CHAP. 1.

A briefe Relation of the seuerall Voyages, vndertaken and performed by the Right Honorable, GEORGE, Earle of Cumberland, in his owne person, or at his owne charge, and by his direction: collected out of the Relations and Iournals of credible persons Actors therein.

THe first Voyage of this Right Honorable Earle was intended to First voyage 1586. The Spanish King had imbargued all English ships in his Ports of Spaine and Portugall 1585. whence warres were not only expected at home, but euery where honorably sought and happily preuented. See Hak. tom. 3. Sierra Leona. Abraham Cock. Andrew Battell was one of his companie. See of this voyage, Tem. 1. l. 7. 6. 3. Iohn Drake. Fenton and Wards expedition. See Hak. l. 3. I had it also written. the South Sea: and begun from Grauesend, Iune 26. 1585. with three Ships and a Pinnace; the Red Dragon Admirall, of 260. Tunnes, with 130. men, commanded by Captaine Robert Widrington: the Barke Clifford Vice-admirall, of 130. Tunnes, with 70. men, commanded by Captaine Christopher Lister (he had beene taken prisoner in Barbarie at the battell of Alcassar, in which King Sebastian was slaine) the Roe Rere-admirall, commanded by Captaine Hawes: the Dorothee, a small Pinnace of Sir Walter Raleighs (This voyage being published at large in Master Hakluyts printed voyages, I will here but briefly runne ouer) Septemb. 7. they fell with the Coast of Barbarie, haling in with the Road of Santa Cruce: after that they anchored in Rio del Oro, and searched vp the Riuer, finding it fourteene or fifteene leagues vpward as broad as at the mouth, some two leagues ouer. The last of September they resolued for Sierra Leona, from whence they departed the seuenth of Nouember. The fourth of Ianuarie they fell with the American shoare in 30. degrees and 40. minutes South latitude, the weather temperate. Ian. 10. they tooke (a little short of the Riuer of Plate) a small Portugall ship, and in her Abraham Cock of Leigh neere London, married in that Country, who was brought home by the Admirall. They learned that in that Riuer were fiue Townes each of seuentie housholds or more. Buenos Aeres, fiftie leagues vp the Riuer, the rest fortie or fiftie aboue each other; Tuccaman the vppermost 230. leagues from the entrance: In which was store of Corne, Cattell, Fruits, but neither Siluer nor Gold. In this Barke were fiue and fortie Negroes. The next day they tooke another, in which were fiue and thirtie Negro women, foure or fiue Friars, one an Irishman. Their Bookes, Beades, and Pictures, cost aboue 1000. Duckets. The Bishop of Tuccaman had sent for them to take possession of a Monasterie. They learned of Master Iohn Drake who went in consort with Captaine Fenton, cast away neere the Riuer of Plate, his companie taken or slaine by the Saluages: of which Iohn Drake and Richard Fairweather escaped with two or three others in a Canoa to the Spaniards and liued in those parts. Here also they tooke Miles Philips left in the Countrey by Sir Iohn Hawkins.

After counsell taken they fell Aprill 3. with the Land of Brasil in 16. degrees and a Terse, and watered in the Road of Camana. They proceeded and anchored before the Towne of Baya, and found in the Harbour eight Ships and one Caruell. The next day they forced the Portugals Baya. to abandon foure of the best of those ships, and towed them forth in despight of infinite store of Bold courage. great and small shot from the shoare and ships: one Hulke hauing in her foure and twentie pieces of Ordnance. The least of these prizes was 130. Tunnes. After this they haled the Hulke and commanded the Master to follow them, which he did, together with a Caruell with fiftie Butts of wine. They fetched reliefe from the shoare also in despite of innumerable Indians and all the enemies forces. May 24. they tooke a ship of 120. Tunnes laden with Meale and Sugar. But the voyage to the South Sea was defeated by some mens desire to returne, in which Captaine Delamour tooke a small Pinnace. The Fle ••• sish Hulke taken into the Fleet in stead of the George Hulks disaster. cast off, furnished with her men, suddenly tooke fire and perished, Ship, Men, and Goods. Septemb. 29. the residue reached the Coast of England after an vnprofitable and vnfortunate voyage.

IN the yeare 1587. when the Towne of Slewse was beseeged by the Duke of Parma, Sir Roger Williams being Gouernour there, the Earle put himselfe in person to make proofe of his valour The Earle in Sluce, 88. seruice. in that seruice, but at his arriuall found the Towne surrendred vnto the Duke, the said Sir Roger being not able to hold out longer. Anno 1588. amongst many of the Nobility which distributed themselues into diuers of her Maiesties Shippes vpon the approach of the Spanish Armada, the Earle put himselfe aboord the Bonaduenture commanded by Captaine George Raymond; when they wanne that honour that no Sea can drowne; no age can weare out. The Queene so accepted Second voyage 1588. this Noble Earles resolution, that she gaue him leaue the same yeare to goe as Generall, and for his greater honour and ability was pleased to lend him the Golden Lion, one of the Shippes Royall, to be the Admirall; which he victualled and furnished at his owne charge and aduenture, hauing Commission to pursue his intended voyage towards the Spanish coasts, vnder the broad Seale of England, bearing date the fourth of October, 1588. Attended with many braue Gentlemen he set forth about the end of October, and in the Narrow Seas met with a Shippe of Dunkerke called the Hare, laden with Merchandise for Spaine, which after some fight he tooke and sent home. But contrary windes first suspended, and after that a storme (which forced them Hare taken. to cut the maine Maste ouerboord) depriued him of further hopes and ability to prosecute his true designes.

HIs spirit remaining neuerthelesse higher then the windes, and more resolutely by stormes Third voyage 1589. compact & vnited in it selfe, he procured a new of her Maiestie the Victory, one of the Royal Nauie, accompanied with the Meg and Margaret, two small Ships and one Caruell; which were set forth at his charges, and manned with 400. Mariners and Souldiers: the Admirall commanded by his Lordship, and vnder him Captaine Christopher Lyster: the Meg by Captaine William Mounson Viceadmirall: the Margaret by Captaine Edward Careles alias Write Rereadmirall: the Caruell by Captaine Pigeon. The eighteenth of Iune they set forth from Plimmouth and within three dayes met with three French Ships, Leaguers of New Hauen, and Saint Maloes laden with The League then was enemy to Queene Elizabeth. New-found land fish: two of them with the Margaret not able to endure the Sea, were sent for England. The thirteenth of Iuly his Lordship met with eleuen Dutch Ships which at first made shew to abide a fight, and after a few shot yeelded and sent their Masters aboord shewing their Pasports from Hamborough, Lubecke, Bream, Pomerland and Callice: who confessed that they had goods aboord to the value of foure thousand & fiue hundred pounds of a Iew of Lisbone; which being deliuered and distributed, his Lordship set saile for the Asores. The first of August he had sight Iew of Lisbone. of Saint Michael, and to disguise himselfe put forth a Spanish Flagge. Espying foure Shippes in the Roade, he resolued that night to cut their Cables and to bring them away: which he accordingly The Azores foure Ships taken. performed before he was descried. The Spaniards in three of them leaping into the Sea, with much noise and outcry gaue the alarme to the Town, which made many vaine shots at his Boate in the darke. The fourth was the Falcon of London, vnder the name of a Scottish Ship, hauing a Scottish Pilot. The three Spaniards were laden from Siuill with Wine and Sallet Oyle. The Pinnace tooke a small Shippe wherein was thirty tunnes of Madera wines, same Wollen Cloath, Silke and Taffata. The Carracks were departed from Tercera eight dayes before. He manned his Boates and obtained refreshing at Flores professing himselfe a friend to their King Don Antonio. From thence rowing a shipboord, the Boate was pursued two miles together by a monstrous Fish, whose Finnes many times appeared about the gils aboue water foure or fiue yards a sunder, A monstrous Fish. and his iawes gaping a yard and a halfe wide, not without great danger of ouerturning the Pinnace, and deuouring some of the company: but at the last they all escaped. Here his Lordshippe met and accepted into consort Captaine Dauies with his Shippe and Pinnace, a Shippe of Sir Walter Raleighs, commanded by Captaine Markesbury, and the Barke Lime.

Hauing intelligence that the Carracks were at Tercera, he came vp to the road of Fyall the seuen and twentieth of August, and descrying certaine Shippes at anchor close aboord the shoare; See Linscbot. c. 96. he sent his Boates which boorded a Ship of 250. tunne armed with foureteene cast Peeces, and continued fight till a supply of Boates came from the Fleete to second them, and then recouered the prize. The Spaniards (except Iohn de Palma) leapt all ouer-boord to swimme to the shoare, A prize of Port Ricco. which was so neere that the Ship was moored to the Castle, from whence the great Ordinance plaied all the time of the fight: onely it was not a play to the Master of the Caruell, whose calfe of his legge was shot away. This Shippe came laden from Port-Racco with Sugar, Ginger, and Hides. The Ship-boates fetched also out of the Roade some other small Ships laden from Guin • ee Guin • ee Ship taken. with Elephants teeth, Graines, Coca nuts, and Goate Skinnes: most of which prizes he sent for England. The next day, eight Englishmen prisoners stole from Tercera in a small Boate, hauing no other yard for their maine saile then two Pipe staues. These told his Lordship, that the Carrackes were departed a weeke before, which moued him to returne for Fyall with purpose to take that Towne.

He arriued, September the tenth, landing his men, the Platforme shot at them in their march, Fyall taken. but they comming vp found it and the Towne ahandoned, and tooke thereof possession. This Towne containeth 500. housholds well and strongly built of Lime and Stone, well stored with fresh water, delicate Fruites and Grapes of diuers sorts. He set a guard to preserue the Churches and Religious Houses, and staid there foure dayes till the ransome was brought him, which was The spoile. 2000, Duckets, most of Church Plate. He shipped from the Platforme eight and fiftie Peeces of Iron Ordnance. The Gouernour of Graciosa sent his Lordship sixtie Butts of Wine, but excused his want of fresh water. A Ship of Weymo •• h came thither with a Spanish prize worth sixteene thousand pounds, and brought newes of the West Indie Fleete shortly to come; which after three or foure dayes playing to and fro in rough weather (I let passe a Shippe of Saint Malo, Ship of Saint Malo. which he took laden with New-found-land Fish) he espied going into the hauen at Angra in Tercera to the number of fifteene saile, being too farre to Leeward to come neere them: and they being strong and fortified with the Castle and Fort, he was forced to giue ouer. And although he le • t a Pinnace for aduice, intending to waite for them at Sea; yet she returned with newes that they had taken off their sailes, and downe their topmasts with resolution of longer stay. Wherefore he sailed to Saint Michaels, and being there repelled from watering, went to Saint Maries, where they found two Brasil Ships laden with Sugar, which the Ilanders fought to bring a ground: but Captaine Lyster hastning the attempt in the face of the enemie and danger of continuall Captaine Lysters valorous attempt. shoare-shot, borded the vttermost, cut asunder her Cables and Hawsers and towed her away, whiles Captaine Dauies entred the other then a ground and abandoned, and was forced to forsake her. Two men were slaine and sixteene hurt. But a greater losse followed whiles the His audacious enterprise and rash endangering the r • st. Earle in person sought to get the other ship, Captaine Lyster rashly disvaluing the enemies force, the Barre also detayning them on ground in the midst of danger from the enemie, to the losse and hurt of eightie men. His Lordship receiued three shot vpon his Target, and a fourth on the side, not deepe, his head also broken with stones that the bloud couered his face, both it and his legs likewise burned with fire-balls.

The Meg being leakie was sent with the prize into England, and his Lordship held his course for Spaine. By the way he tooke a Portugal ship laden from Brasil, and after that another which was one of the fifteene which had before entred Angra, being a ship of 400. Tunnes, laden from American ships taken. Mexico and Saint Iohn de Vlhua with seuen hundred hides, sixe chists of Cochenele, certaine chists of Sugar and some Siluer. The Captaine was an Italian, and had in her fiue and twentie thousand Duckets aduenture. Thus full of ioy they resolued homewards, but Sea-fortunes are variable, hauing two inconstant Parents, Aire and Water. His Lordship sent Captaine Lyster in the Mexican prize for Portsmouth, which at Helcl • ffe in Cornwall was wracked, the Captaine and all his companie drowned except fiue or sixe. Scarsitie of drinke caused by Captaine Lyster drowned. contrarie windes, caused his Lordship to seeke to recouer some part of Ireland for reliefe; but wayting for entrance was put off againe, their Beere and Water being all spent. Three spoonfuls of vineger were allowed to each man at a meale with some small reliefe squeezed out of the l • es Miserable distresse for want of drink. of their wine vessels: which continued fourteene dayes without other supply then the drops of Haile and Raine, carefully saued with Sheets and Napkins. Some dranke vp the soyled running water at the Scupper-holes; others saued by deuise the runnings downe the Masts and • arred Ropes; and many licked the moist Boards, Railes, and Masts with their tongues like Dogs. Yet was that Raine so intermingled with the sprie of the foaming Seas in that extreme storme, that it could not be healthfull: yea, some in their extremitie of thirst dranke themselues to death with their Cannes of salt-water in their hands. Notwithstanding this extreme scarsitie, his Salt deadly draught. The Earles equitie and courage. noble charitie caused equall distribution of the small store they had aswell to all his prisoners as to his owne people. By this time the lamentable cryes of the sicke and hurt men for drinke was heard in euery corner of the ship: for want whereof many perished (ten or twelue euery night.) more then otherwise had miscarried in the whole Voyage. The storme continuing added to their misery, tearing the ship in such sort, as his Lordships Cabbin, the dining roome, and halfe Decke became all one, and he was forced to seeke a new lodging in the hold. His minde was yet vndaunted and present, his bodily presence and preuentions readie. The last of Nouember hee spake with an English ship, which promised him the next morning two or three tunnes of Wine, but soone after vnfortunately came on ground. The next day hee had some supply of Beere, but not sufficient to enable him to vndertake for England. Hee therefore (the winde seruing) put into Ventre Hauen, in the Westermost part of Ireland, where hauing well refreshed, the twentieth Ventre Hauen in Ireland. of December he set sayle for England. His Lordship in this Voyage tooke thirteene Prizes, but that which was worth more then all the rest was lost, yet the profit redoubled his aduentures. At his arriuall in London, hee met with the vnfortunate newes of the death of his eldest Sonne Francis Lord Clifford, which died the twelfth of December, 1589. yet was comforted with the The Countesse of Dorset borne Ian. 31. 1589. birth of the Ladie Anne Clifford (borne the last of Ianuary following (his Daughter, and by the death of Robert Lord Clifford, who dyed the fourteenth of May 1591.) his heire, now the vertuous wife of the Right Honourable Richard Earle of Dorset.

THis Honourable Sparke was further kindled and enflamed by former disasters, and obtayning of her Majestie a new ship called the Garland, a ship of sixe hundred tunnes, added the The fourth Voyage 1591. Samson Vice-admirall, a ship of his Lordships, of two hundred and sixtie tunnes, the Golden Noble Reare-admirall, and to them the Allagarta, and a small Pinnasse called the Discouerie. With these he set forth 1591. at his owne charge to the Coast of Spaine, where hee tooke good Ship of Saint Thome taken. purchase, a ship laden at Saint Thomas with Sugars, which he was forced to cast off by an irrecouerable leake: another also which after long contrary winds in her course for England, was driuen to put into a Spanish Harbour for want of victuals. But in two other hee was more vnfortunate. For Captayne Munson being sent to dispatch the goods, and the Golden Noble to accompany them (which the nights calmenesse prohibited) the ships beeing thus seuered, were by the Chance of warre: Takers taken. Gallies of Penocha set vpon, his Lordship being within hearing of the shot, but by reason of the calme not able to releeue them: so that the two ships were recouered, Captayne Bayly slaine, Captayne Munson and the rest carried Prisoners to Penecha, and thence to Lisbone. His Lordship wrote to the Archd • ke Albert, then Vice-roy, for their good vsage, otherwise threatning requitall to theirs of whom he presumed hee should take store. For feare whereof the common sort were returned a few dayes after new clothed, Captayne Munson with sixe others only detayned. His Lordship hauing intelligence of a great Armada prepared in the Groyne; to bee sent against the Lord Thomas Howard then Admirall of her Majesties fleet at the Asores, attending to Aduise. surprize the West Indian fleet, sent the Mooneshine with aduise; otherwise the Lord Howard had runne the fortune of Sir Richard Greenuile, who lost his ship and life, or rather exchanged the one for honor, and for the other made the Spaniards the greatest losers in so deere a purchase. Sir R. Greenuile. Thus weakned by disaduenture, he was forced to returne for England.

HIs Lordship considering the inconuenience of her Maiesties command, not to lay any Spanish ship aboard with her ships, lest both might together be destroyed by fire, rather chose Fifth Voyage 1592. to seeke out amongst the Merchants, then to make further vse of the ships Royall. And so hee hired the Tigre a ship of six hundred tunnes, furnished by the Owners for three hundred pounds a moneth wages, in which he went in person, thereto adding his owne ship the Samson, and the Golden Noble, with two small ships.

These in the yeere, 1592. were set forth, but so crossed with winds, as three moneths victualls Ill beginnings. were spent in Harbours, before they could get to the Westward of Plymmouth: whereby also one of his Lordships principall designes was frustrate, which was the taking of the Carrikes outward bound, as also the meanes to performe his intended Voyage to the West Indies. Wherevpon, not like to satisfie that expectation which might arise from a personall expedition of his Lordship, he transferred the chiefe command to Captayne Norton, and returned to London, leauing His r •• urne, and Captayne Norton substituted. instructions with the Admirall to goe for the Asores. Captayne Norton neere Cape Finisterre, met two of the King of Spaines Gallions, returning from Brest in Brittanie; in fight with whom the Golden Noble receiued a shot in her fore-mast, which made them doubt of her further sufficiencie: but hauing fished it aswell as they could, Captayne Caue her Commander espied an Argosie bound for Lisbone, and gaue chase to her within shot of the Fort of Cascaijs within Argosie taken. fiue fathome water of a shoald called Catchops, and there in sight of the men on shoare laid her aboard, and returned into England with her.

The Admirall with the rest of the fleet arriued at the Asores, and hauing watered and refreshed at Flores (which that Iland permitted to all men of warre, as not able to withstand them) Flores courtesie. Santa Cruce a▪ Carrike. put to Sea and spreading themselues, the Santa Cruce was descried, which made all the haste she could for Angra in Tercera. They hasted after, and being within halfe a league of her, they espied Sir Iohn Burroughs in the Ro-bucke, a ship of Sir Walter Raleighs of two hundred tunnes (which had ridden vnseene on the Easterne side of the Iland) standing to crosse the Carrickes way, so that Sir, I Burrough. now she was forced, the wind being Westerly to luffe vp, & recouer the Road of Lagow • a on the South end of Flores. The law and custom of the Sea, making al ships of war then together (though Sea-custome of sharing. not formerly consorted) equall sharers according to their tunnage of the prizes gained, Captayne Norton out of ciuil respect (and not needing help) consulted with Sir Iohn Burroughs, and they agreed to board her the next morning. But a storme in the night forced them al from their anchors, which the next day being somwhat allaied they recouered the road & found the Carrike warped as neer the shore as they could, hauing indeuo • ed also to put ashore such goods as time would permit) Portugals fire their Carrike. and fired, with all her sayles and flags vp and Ordnance laden, which went off on euery side when the fire came to them: a sight more pleasing to the Portugals then the English, whom those accounted now the Owners of that consumed substance. The surge also (issue of the late storme) scarsly permitted their Boates to land, to seeke to get wrackes, and what the Portugals had carried ashoare: e •• ry man (for feare of wracking the Boates on the Rockes) being vp to the neck, Auri sacra fa •• s. and some ouer head and eares before they could obtayne the shoare, where also they were forced on hands and knees to climbe vp a steep hill, on the top whereof stood many Ilanders tumbling downe great stones on them. But all difficulties were made easie by resolution and hope, which brought them to the Towne (now forsaken by her Inhabitants) and made them Masters of the wracked goods, which seemed to flye thither for refuge from the fire and water. Towne taken.

Whiles they were thus employed about this burnt Carrike, Sir Robert Crosse Captayne of the Foresight of her Maiesties, Master Tomson Captayne of the Daintie (a ship of Sir Iohn Hawkins) Captayne Newport in the Golden Dragon came into this consort. They were much grieued with this spectacle, but comforted that there had but one of the fiue Carrickes passed, this had fallen into this terrible Purgatory, and three were still expected. They spread themselues, & continued expecting from the nine and twentieth of Iune, till the third of August, at which time Master Tomson first had sight of the great Carricke, called Madre de Dios, and comming vp, gaue her a broad-side of Ordnance; & falling a sterne came (hauing laden his Ordnance) again and againe to Made de Dios a great Carrik deliuer his peal • s to hinder her way, till the rest of the fleet could come, the Carricke answering with the like. Sir Iohn Burroughes and the Golden Dragon came in about three a clocke, and Sir Iohn receiued a shot of a Canon Perier vnder water in the Bread-roome, which made him beare The fight. vp to stop his leake. Sir Robert Crosse was the next, who to giue her his broad side, came so neere, that becalming his sayles he vnwillingly fell aboard the Carricke, which hauing lashed her fast by the Strowdes, sayled away with her by her side. The Earle of Cumberlands ships, worst of sayle, were the last which came vp, about eleuen aclocke at night, not minding then to boord Queenes ships danger. her: But hearing the Foresight, calling to Captayne Norton, And you be men, saue the Queenes ship: he gaue order to the Samson, to lay her aboord on the one side, and promising to doe the like in the Tigre on the other, which about twelue a clock was performed. The Tigre running stemling aboord, broke her beake-head to the huddings; the Samson laid the Forefight aboord, and entred thorow her into the Carricke, whereby the Forefight without entring any one man, tooke opportunitie Carrike entred. to free her selfe.

And now both ships companies beeing entred into the Fore-cheynes, the Fore-castle was so high, that without any resistance the getting vp bad ••• ne difficult. But heere was strong resistance, some irrecouerably falling by the bo • rd, a •• 〈…〉 ssault continued an houre and an halfe, so braue a bootie making the men fight like Dragons till the Fore-castle being gained, the Portugals Fight and Engglish Victorie. stowed themselues in holds. The English now hunted after nothing but pillage, and were readie to goe to the eares about it, each man lighting a Candle, the negligence of which fired a Cabbin, in which were sixe hundred Cartrages of Powder. The rumour hereof made them all readie to forsake the Carrike, when Captayne Norton with some others with buckets of water, aduentured the quenching of that fire: Feare of leake by the fight and neernesse of the shoare Danger by fire. were great parts of his care. All these dang • rs freed, contention about so rich a pillage was welnigh kindling in the Commanders, beeing so diuersly commanded and employed: but Sir Iohn Burroughes pretending the Queenes name, Captayne Norton yeelded that hee should take care of the Carricke, which he accordingly repayred, lands about eight hundred Negros on Coruo, detaynes Contention about the bootie. In M. Hak. his second Tome, this Carrikes purchase is attributed principally to Sir I. Burgh. there may the Reader also see her dimensions & goods, &c. I haue here followed that Relation which I found, and leaue free iudgement to the Reader. My copie also argueth my Lords case, which I ha 〈…〉 itted. the ordinary Saylers, commits the Gentlemen to a ship of the Ea • le of Cumberlands to goe whether they would, who escaped not a second rifling by other Englishmen of warre, which tooke from them (thus negligently dismissed) nine hundred Diamonds besides other odde ends. The Earle of Cumberland had notice by a Pinnasse sent from Captayne Norton twentie dayes before the Carricke came into England, and had Commission from the Queene for her safe harbouring. Hardly she escaped the Rockes of Silly (the Tigre also participating in that danger) and came to Dartmouth, being so huge and vnweldie a ship, as shee was neuer remooued out of that Harbour, but there laid vp her bones. His Lordships share would haue amounted according to his employment of ships and men, to two or three Millions, but because his Commission large enough otherwise, had not prouided for the case of his returne, and substituting another in his place, some adjudged it to depend on the Queenes mercie and bountie. Neyther yet by reason of some mens imbezelling had her Majestie the account of the fifth part of her value; and the Earle was faine to accept of sixe and thirtie thousand pounds for him and his, as out of gift.

THe next yeere 1593. his Lorship procured two ships Royall, the Golden Lion Admirall commanded Sixt voyage. 1593. by himselfe, the Bonaduenture Vice-admirall, and therewith employed the Backe Chaldon, the Pilgrime, the Anthonie, and the Disconerie: which three last when hee came to the Coast of Spaine hee sent for the West Indies. Hee tooke from the protection of fourteene great Hulkes, two French ships of Saint Malowes (which then held for the league, and v •• re therefore Two French ships very rich taken. reputed in state of Spaniards) of great value, one of which he carried with him, and sent the other into England. The Spaniards hauing intelligence, set forth an Armada against him, which waited for him at the Ilands, and the Earle hearing of their beeing at Flores, and within fiue leagues of them, lighted on a ship which they had sent to descry, which before shee could recouer her fleet, he tooke. He learning by these that the Spanish fleet trebled the force of his, hauing Scout taken. kept company with them one day, quitted them and kept tenne or twelue leagues distant from them three weekes. In which space he fell sicke beyond hope of life, without returne or refreshing His sicknesse and returne. from the shoare. Captayne Monson with much hazard, procured him some refreshing from Coruo; and leauing the rest of the ships (which tooke one Prize after) hee returned for England, this proouing the most gainfull Voyage which he made before or after.

THe Anthonie of one hundred and twentie tunnes, commanded by Captayne Iames Langton, Pilot Antonio Martino a Spaniard, which had long liued in those Indies, and wel acquainted The seuenth Voyage. 1593. with those Ports: the Pilgrime of one hundred tunnes, commanded by Captayne Francis Slingsbie, Diego Petrus a Spanish Pilot, and the Discouerie: these three after fare well solemnely taken and giuen by shot on all hands, shaped their Course for the Antillas, and fell with the Iland of Saint Lucia, there and at Matinnio, refreshing themselues three dayes, they concluded to attempt the taking of the Rancherias, which are the Pearle-fishings of Margarita, contayning sixe or seuen Pearl-fishings. seuerall small Villages, which for that purpose they inhabit but not aboue one of them at once, when their fishing failes there, remouing to another and so by course, hauing emptie houses standing alway readie for that purpose. The Pearles for more safetie are monethly carried to the Towne of Margarita three leagues from the waters side. They kept out of sight all day for feare of discouerie, and at night landed and visited two emptie Rancherias: but taking a Spaniard which then came thither in a Boate with two Indians, they made him their guide to the inhabited Rancheria, fiue leagues off, commanding the Boates to row along the shoare, and not to double the point till euening. The two Captaynes with eight and twentie men, marched by land in the heat, which with want of water much annoyed them. They came thither in the beginning of the night, and agreed to assault the place in three places at once, notwithstanding their small numbers, lest they should gather head any where. The Spaniards at first thought it Rancheria assau •• ed and taken. had beene some false alarme of the Gouernour, and bid away with this iesting, but finding it earnest, hastily fled to the woods. Thus did they take the Towne, with some two thousand pounds value in Pearle besides what other pillage the Souldiers gate. Their weapons they brake for feare of pursuite.

In the morning they went aboord the fishing Boats, and tooke their Oysters gotten the night before: and gate aboord their ships (much in suspense for them, not knowing of this sudden enterprize) the fifth day after they had gone from them. The shippes now comming before the Towne demanded ransome for their houses and Canoas, to redeeme which from destruction they gaue two thousand Duckets in Pearle. But Caruels of aduice hauing euery-where giuen intelligence of them, at Cumana they found them on their guard and returned, not without losse. Thence they coasted Terra F 〈…〉 ma, till they came to the Ilands of Aruba and Corresao, where they landed and refreshed themselues: Thence to Rio de Hache, which they thought to haue taken, Aruba and Corresao. R. de Hache. but found the enemy ready for them, with other intelligence that they had carried their goods into the Mountaynes.

They therefore set saile for Hispaniola, came to Cape Tuberone, and thence to the Bay of Saint Strange watering. Nicholas, and thence to Fort Plat, and others on the North side: thence to Mona, and so Sauona, where they watered againe, in this manner. The Iland is low destitute of any Spring, and to the Sea a small fine Sand. Not twenty paces from the wash of the Sea digging a hole and setting Estanchas or Stantias. therein a Hogshead (the head knocked out) water is plentifully taken, seeming to be no other then the Sea water, losing the saltnesse in that passage. Thence they went to the Riuer of Socko, about 5. l. Eastward of Saint Domingo, and went in the night 4. l. vp and suddenly surprised an Estanca, that is, a Farme place, where slaues keepe the great mens cattle, make their Cassaui bread, dresse their Ginger and Fruites, and doe other offices of Husbandry. Being thereof possessed, they came to parlie for ransome of their Houses, and for their Negros, for which they gaue them the flesh of thirtie Beeues with Cassaui and Fruites. Beefe will not keepe in those Beefe how kept there. parts aboue foure and twenty houres, vnlesse first salted, and then dried in the Sunne, being first cut into two sides like Bacon, without any bone left in it, nor any peece of flesh thicker then a mans hand. It must first be searched with a Knife, then rubbed ouer with Salt, and hauing so remained twelue houres must be dried in the Sunne: and foure hot dayes drying will saue it sufficiently.

Other Estanças being likewise taken yeelded like contributions. From thence they went vpon Ri. Marracaua. another Riuer called Marracaua, where there was an Ingenio of Sugars which they tooke for their prouisions and caused the owner to ransome it from burning. Thence they went to the mouth of the harbour of Saint Domingo, and rid there at the East side of the same, at Point Torrosilio to intercept any Shipping comming forth. The Sergeant Mayor came hither to treat for ransome of some prisoners, and with him an Englishman of Captaine Lancaesters company of Captain Raymunds fleete, whose Ship was newly cast away comming out of the East Indres into Cap. Raymund. those parts, a little to the West of Saint Domingo at Acoa. The Spaniards set forth two Caruels to intercept the Boates, which they did, but the Ships recouered the taken and takers together. They brought foure brasse Falcons of Captaine Lancasters Ship, ten others of Iron they left for the heauinesse being somewhat farre from the water. They tooke also a fine Friggot hidden vnder the trees, which they brought for England.

Thence they went for Iamaica, and there found two Barkes laden with Hides and Cannafistula, Iamaica. one of which they manned and sent for England, taken by a French man of warre by the way. Thence they went to Cuba, to Cape Corientes, and Cape Saint Antonio, to expect shipping comming for the Hauana, but in vaine. Thus after eight moneths spent in the Countrey, the Antonie and the Frigot went to the Bay of Honduras; the Pilgrime at Hauana spent some few dayes, and then set saile for England, where they arriued in Plimmouth, Bay of Honduras. May 14. 1594.

The Antonie and the Frigot within foure leagues of Porto cauallo descried seuen Shippes in the Porto Cauallo. Road, the least of ninescore tun. They anchored within Caliuar shot of the Spanish Shippes and moored their Ships a head and sterne, and bent their broad sides vnto them, and there fought all that day with those seuen Shippes and all night, now and then a shot: Captaine Langton sent The fight. the Boate and Shallop to the shore, from whence they brought a Frigot of twenty tunne. The next morning they fired the Frigot, and with their Boates purposed to bring her crosse the Admirals halfe. But when they saw them comming, they all ranne into the Boates and got ashore. The Admirall let slippe the other sixe, vnhanged their Rudders, and carried them ashore that Ships fired. none should saile away with the Shippes if they were taken. They laded the Admirall with the best out of all the Shippes, and sent ashore to know if they would ransome the rest, which they delaying, they fired one of them laden with Hides and Logwood, and then another laden with Susaparill. But the King of Spaine had forbidden them any ransoming, and they came not. All their Ordnance was heaued ouerboord sauing two or three Brasse peeces, in hope some Englishmen might be the better for them afterward. One of them was a Shippe of fiue hundred tunnes. They brought away the Admirall of 250. and came into Plimmouth the fifteenth of May, the next day after the Pilgrims arriuall.

ANno 1594. The Earle of Cumberland on his owne charge with the helpe of some aduenturers The eight Voyages 1594. set forth for the Tercera Ilands the Royall Exchange, Admirall of 250. tunnes, commanded by Captaine George Caue: the May Floure Viceadmirall, of like burden, commanded by Captaine William Antonie: the Samson Rereadmirall, commanded by Captaine Nicholas Downton, a Caruell and a small Pinnace. They set forth from Plimmouth, April 6. In the way they tooke a small Barke laden with Galicia wines, &c. Iune the second, they had sight of Saint Michael; After ten dayes they descried the great Carricke of 2000. tuns, called the Cinque LLagas or Fiue Wounds. The May Floure first got vp to her and receiued an vnwelcome salutation. In the night The great Carriks called Fiue wounds. the Samson came in and continued the fight, and at last the Admirall. They agreed that the Admirall should lay the Carrake aboord in the Prow, the Viceadmirall in the Waste, and the Rereadmirall in the Quarter. But it fell out that the Admirall laying her aboord at the looffe, recoiled a sterne, the Viceadmirall being so neere that she was faine to runne with her bolt sprit betweene the two quarters, which forced the Rereadmirall to lay her aboord Borded. on the Bowe.

After many bickerings, fire-workes flew about interchangeably. At last the Vice-admiral with a Culuering-shot at hand fired the Carrick in her Sterne, and the Reare-admirall her Forecastle Carraks fired. by a shot that gaue fire to the Mat on the Beake-head, from thence burning to the Mat on the Bolt-sprit, and so ran vp to the Top-saile-yard: they plying and maintayning their fires so well with their small shot, that many of those which came to quench them were slaine. These fires encreased so sore that the Vice-admiralls fore-saile and fore-top-saile were both burnt, the Reare-admirall being in like predicament, whiles the Admirall with much danger and difficultie English Ships in danger. quenched the fires throwne into her from the Carrick. To saue themselues in this heat and furie, the Admirall and Vice-admirall fell off, leauing the Reare-admirall foule of the Carricks spritsaile-yard in great danger to haue beene consumed with her, had they not helped her off with their Boats.

In this distresse the companie brought the Commander Don Francisco de Melo to put forth a flagge of truce: but the Carricks Carpenter more desperate, comforted him with hope of quenching Pittifull distresse of the Carrike. the fire, whereupon he cryed, Coragio, I will neuer yeeld, notwithstanding the protestations, contestations, and obtestations of the lamenting out-crying companie. One ran •• raged on him, charging him with this foule vncharitablenesse, threatning vengeance on him and his for this obstinacy in suffering so many soules to perish, rather then to accept the English assistance. Some of their chiefest, rich in chaines and jewels, cast off all, and naked as they were borne cast themselues into the Sea to aduenture vpon English mercy; amongst all which, was taken vp by the Reare-admirals Boat, two men of note and three of inferiour qualitie. These three were clothed and set on land: the other two were Don Nuno Velio Periera (who had somtimes bin Gouernour of Mozambique and Sofala, and returning for Spaine in a Carrick of great value, lost neere Bona Speranza, was now here a passenger) and Bras Carero, Captaine of another Carrick cast away neere Mozambique, here also a passenger. These two were brought into England and ransomed. Three impediments happened to the Assailants, the Reare-admirall hurt with a shot The impediments of taking the Carrike. and made in person vnseruiceable being a valiant man; the Vice-admirall slaine; and the Admirall himselfe Captaine Caue shot at the first thorow both the legs, whereof shortly after his returne hee dyed. The Caruell and Pinnace were accidentally absent: one and twentie were slaine in the fight. In the Carrick were many of qualitie; and before infection had fallen amongst them neere the Cape, their number of white and blacke men exceeded 1100. all which perished but those before named. The burden of this Carrick and her lading in wealth did farre exceede the Madre de Dios, returning after a long voyage fraighted with pearles, jewels, drugs, silkes (her meanest lading pepper) besides the best of the Nazaret (lately cast away) her commodities, the Captaine whereof had beene Bras Carero aforesaid.

They set saile after this disaster for Flores and after some refreshing, on the nine and twentieth Another Carrike. of Iune descryed another Carrick of 1500. Tunnes, which they supposed to bee the Saint Philip one of the King of Spaines men of warre. After some more cautelous fight occasioned by that conceit, they sent their Boat to summon her to yeeld to the Queene of Englands ships vnder the command of the Earle of Cumberland, or else to vndergoe the fortunes of the Fiue wounds, the sorrowfull witnesses whereof they presented those two former Captaines: to whom the Generall Don Lewys de Costynio answered; As your Generall hath beene at the burning of the Fiue wounds, so I haue beene at the burning and taking of the Reuenge of the Queene of Englands. Therefore let him doe what he dare doe for his Queene, and I will doe what I am able for my King: commanding the Boat instantly to be gone. The fight was renewed, but intermitted by the calme, and remitted by the remisser companie, their Captaines being slaine and wounded. Whereupon they gaue ouer and arriued in England in August and the beginning of September, hauing done much harme to the enemie, and little good to themselues.

THe Earle not liking his ill partage in the Madre de Dios, nor this vnhappier losse of two The ninth voyage. 1595. Carricks for want of sufficient strength to take them, builded a ship of his owne of 900. Tunnes at Detford, which the Queene at her lanching named The Scourge of Malice, the best ship that euer before had beene built by any subiect. Shee made his Lordship three voyages, and after was sold to the East Indian Companie, whence shee made many returnes (before in the name of the Dragon related) and proued fortunate against the Portugals in the East. His Lordship had The Dragon a fortunate ship to the East Indian Societie: surprised vnluckily by the Dutch: see Ho • es relation. To. 1. l. 5. An. 1595. Fight. thought to haue gone in her in person, and prepared the Alcedo his Vice-admirall, commanded by Captaine Monson, the Antonio commanded by Daniel Iarret and the old Frigot. But when he had gone as farre as Plimmouth on his intended voyage, Her Majestie by Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins, sent for him to returne, which commandement his Lordship obeyed, but the ships proceeded to seeke their aduenture, giuing command of the Admirall to Captaine Langton; which Captaine Monson misliking went forth seuerally to seeke his owne fortune in the Alcedo. The Scourge, the Antonie, and the Frigot, went together to the Asores, where first they tooke a Saint Thome Caruell of 100. Tunnes laden with Sugars. After which neere the Iland of Flores in a fogge they espyed a great Ship lying by the Lee, which they conceiued to be a Carrick, but found it to be the Saint Thomas, Vice-admirall of the King of Spaines fleet, lying for the waftage of the East and West Indian fleetes: with whom they fell in so hot a fight that shee was glad to beare vp to recouer her selfe amongst the rest of her Consorts; which after the cleering of the fogge they discerned not farre from them. Thence they went to the Coast of Spaine, where they tooke three Dutch ships of the East-Countries laden with Wheat, Copper, and other munitions and prouisions for the King of Spaine. Hauing spent their victuals they returned.

AN. 1596. his Lordship set forth againe the Scourge of Malice, in which he went in person accompanied Tenth voyage. 1596. with the Dread-naught of the Queenes, and some other small ships; and about thirtie or fortie leagues from England was incountred with a storme, wherein the Scourge spent her mayne mast, and was made vnseruiceable for that voyage: so that hee was forced to returne for England in the Dread naught.

THe same yeere perceiuing that the Earle of Essex and the Lord Admirall were to goe to the Coast of Spaine with a great fleet of the Queenes, together with a squadron of Flemmish Eleuenth voyage. men of warre, his Lordship thought good to a wait some gleanings in so great a Vintage, and set forth the Ascension of 300. Tunnes and foure and thirtie pieces of Ordnance, manned with 120. men, commanded by Captaine Francis Slingsby, chiefly to expect such ships as should come from Lisbone. The Ascension thus furnished, met with such a fret of winde that with all haste they handed in their sailes, and being within the Hooke of Godwine Sands droue with two anchors ahead, Godwine sands: till they were within two Cables length of the Sands. They then let fall their short anchor, which by Gods grace stayed them till the next day noone (hourely expecting their wrack) and at last cut their Cables. Hauing refurnished themselues at Plimouth they set forwards and comming to the Rocke, say off and on. After some frustrated attempts by the Boat on a Caruell (in which the Captaine was sore wounded) the King of Spaines Admirall Sirago set forth sixe ships against them, and himselfe and another ship laid the Ascension aboard, the one on the Bow, the other on the Quarter, and now the mouthes of the great Ordnance (being neere in place to Sea fight. whisper) roared out their thunders and pierced thorow and thorow on all hands. Which ended, the Spaniards leaped into the fore-chaines and mayne-chaines, thinking to haue entred the ship, but were brauely repelled. The English seeing many Spaniards together vnder the Admirals halfe decke, discharged amongst them a Fowler laden with case shot to their no small harme: To that the Spaniards had enough and were content to fall off. Of ours two and twentie were slaine and hurt, which losse lighted asmuch on them which hid themselues as those which stood to the fight. To preuent the like afterwards, they put safe in hold the Chirurgeon, Carpenter, and Cooper for the publike dependance on them, and made fast the hatches that others should not seeke refuge. But the Spanish Admirall making a brauado, and seeing them readie to receiue them, tacked about and went in for Lisbone without any further leaue-taking. The Ascension continued on the Coast till they had but fourteene dayes victuals left, and then returned with hurts to themselues, and losse also to his Lordship.

AN. 1597. the vndanted Earle hauing furnished and victualled his owne ship the Malice-Scourge, The twelfth voyage. Names of the ships and their Captaines employed in the twelfth voyage. vndertooke a voyage in person. Vnder him in it commanded Captaine Iohn Wats outward, and Captaine Iames Langton homewards. The Merchant Royall was Vice-admirall, commanded by Sir Iohn Barkley; Captaine Robert Flicke commanded in the Ascension, Reareadmirall; Captaine Henrie Clifford commanded the Samson, after whose death at Porto Rico, Christopher Colthurst was her Captaine; Master Iohn Ley, and homewards Thomas Cotch Captaines of the Alcedo; Francis Slingsby Captaine of the Consent; Captaine Iames Langton of the Prosperous, and homewards Captaine Iohn Wats; Captaine Henrie Palmer in the Centurion, and homewards after his death his sonne William Palmer; Hercules Folyambe Captaine of the Gallion-Constance; Captaine Flemming in the Affection; Captaine Christopher Colthurst in the Guiana, homeward Gerard Middleton; Captaine Henrie Iolliffe in the Scout; Captaine Robert Careles, and after his death Andrew Andrewes in the Antonie; Captaine Edward Goodwin in the Pegasus; Captaine Henrie Bromley in the Royall Defence; Captaine Iohn Dixon in the Margaret and Iohn; Master Iohn Lea Captaine of the Barkley Bay; William Harper Captaine of the old Frigot. To make vp the score we may reckon two Barges vsed for landing of men, as occasion required.

For the land Souldiers, Sir Iohn Barkley was Coronell Generall: Captaine William Mesey Lieutenant Colonell: Captaine Hercules Folyambe Sergeant Major: Captaine Arthur Powell Lieutenant Colonell of the Earles Regiment: Captaines, Lewis Orrell, Thomas Roberts, Henrie Gyll, Thomas Coche, Hugh Starkie, Ralph Rookesby, Roger Tirwhit; Captaine Andrew Andrewes Leader of the Earles Companie: Captaine Iames Tothill Leader of Sir Iohn Barkleys Companie: Captaines, Iames Euans and George Orrell Corporals of the field: Captaine Iohn Man Prouost Marshall: Captaine Arthur Milles Master of the Artillerie and Prouant Master.

The noble Earle thus attended and furnished (chiefly at his owne charges) set saile with this Fleet from Portsmouth the sixt of March. But you shall haue a better Relator.

His Lordship hauing had the spoile of all things at his pleasure, prepared for the sending aboard the Ordnance, Munitions, Bels, Ginger, Sugar, &c. of brasse Ordnance hee tooke aboue sixtie peeces: setting saile for England Iuly 16. In which returne his Lordship lost a Barge, by his commandement sunke in the Hauen to the prejudice of the Enemie. Another Barge cast away in a storme at the Bermudas. The Pegasus wracked vpon Goodwin Sands, and the old Frigot vpon Vshent, with the losse of about seuen hundred men, whereof fix hundred dyed of the bloudie flix and Calenture at Porto Rico: sixtie slaine in fight, and fortie drowned in the wracks of the old Frigot and Pegasus.

CHAP. II.

The Voyage to Saint Iohn de Porto Rico, by the Right Honorable, GEORGE, Earle of Cumberland, written by himselfe.

WOrthiest of your Sexe, my chiefe Commandresse, to giue content to your wish in bare plainnesse. I haue set downe the courses and fortunes of my late performed 1596. iourney. The sixth day of March, with my whole Fleet I set saile out of the Sound of Plimouth, the winde being prosperous though much. Wee kept altogether till the when the faire passage put mee in hope that God had prepared this an vnlooked for fortune, if it were well handled, in getting vpon the Coast of Spaine sure intelligence whether the Carricks were gone, and how neere they were readie if not gone. The doing of which vndiscouered, though I knew was hard, yet not impossible for him that His purpose frustrated. could well worke: And considering the mightie importance, I tooke the course to doe it my selfe, taking with me the Guiana and the Skout; which two I meant should onely be seene vpon the Coast, and left the rest of the fleet, appointing them where to lye till I came vnto them. But God whose will is beyond mans resolutions, forced mee to alter this; for my Masts not made so sufficiently as I expected, both now began to shew their weaknesse, especially my mayne Mast, which I continually looked would haue gone ouer board. My Mariners were at their wits Defect in the mayne Mast. end: and I protest I would haue giuen fiue thousand pounds for a new one; the greatest part of my strength both by Sea and Land hauing beene lost, if that ship had returned in this extremitie.

Hearing all that would, I heard many opinions to little purpose, and at length resolued (though many thought it dangerous) lest the winde should with a storme come vp at West North-west, to goe to the Burlings and there ride, till my Masts were fished, my selfe knowing the Roade, though not any else in my ship: the windes they spake of, I feared not; my onely The Burlings. doubt was that I should be discouered, being within three leagues of Penechia; Caruels comming off euery day to fish; but this extremitie forced deuice how to hide what I was. For goe thither Penechia. I must, hopelesse otherwise to repaire those desperate ruines. My ship was black which well furthered my deuice, and though shee were great, yet shewed not so afarre off. Wherefore I came in about eight of the clocke at night vpon Thursday, when I was sure all the Fisher-men were gone to sell their fish at Lisbone, and from the mayne they could not make moe: this was the sixteenth of March. Before the morning I had downe my top-masts, my mayne yard vnrigged, and all things readie for my Carpenters to worke. The small ships with mee I made stand off to Sea all day, that not hauing any in my companie I should be the lesse suspected. And thus with a strange Flagge and Ancient vpon my poope, I rid without giuing chase to any, as though I had beene some Merchant, euery day diuers ships comming by me that were both good prize, and had beene worth the taking. Vpon Sunday night the Fisher-men returne to the Burlings; wherefore to goe away vndiscouered of them, and also soone to meet with my fleet, which I had appointed to tarry for mee in that heigth betwixt twentie and thirtie leagues off, and that they should keepe with them what ships soeuer they met, that were outward bowne: I ceased not working day nor night, and by Saturday at night was readie to set saile, when within night I heard the Ordnance goe off betwixt me and the shoare, and well knew it was a small ship of Hampton and my little Pinnace the Skout, that were in fight with a ship which they chased to windward of mee before might, and fearing their match too hard, as in truth it proued. I, for losing time let slip mine anchor, and soone came to helpe the poore little ones much ouer-matched. At my first comming vp shee shot at me; yet forbare I, and went so neere that I spake to them, and demanding of whence they were? answere was made, of Lisbone. Then assuring my selfe shee was a Biscaine, and would fight well, I came close to her, and gaue her my broad side, which shee so Biscainers good fighters. answered as that I had three men killed, fiue or sixe shot, and my ship in sixe or seuen places, some of them very dangerous. So I laid her aboard and tooke her, shee prouing a ship of Hamburgh, laden with Corne, Copper, Powder, and prohibited commodities. I made the more haste to end this fight, for that I would be out of the sight of the Land before day, which as I desired I Ship of Hamburg taken. was, and there met with a French man laden with Salt going into Lasbone: which small Barke was very fit to serue my purpose. For putting some of my men into her, I sent her into Cales Road, commanding them to fall with it by day in the morning, and keeping themselues close to shew none but the French, and make a waft to call some Portugall to them for Pilotage vp the Riuer. This deuice succeeded well: for betimes in the morning they were fast by a Caruell that was going to fish, which (not suspecting them) came close to them, so as the men I put in shot at them with Muskets so fast, as not any of them durst stirre to handle their sailes till their Boat went aboard, and so brought them off to me. These men came that night from Lisbone, and assured me that the next farre winde there would come forth fiue Caracks, with more treasure then euer Intelligence from Lisbone. went in one yeere for the Indies, and fiue and twentie ships for Brasil. This welcome newes was accompanied with the meeting againe of my whole fleet, which at that very instant I descryed. Fiue Carraks and twentie fiue ships. So none being ioyned, I wished for nothing but an happy houre to see those long-lookedafter Monsters, whose wealth exceedes their greatnesse, yet bee they the greatest ships in the world. My fleet being thus ioyned, I called all the Captaines and Masters aboard, and gaue directions where and in what order we should lye, and how we would fight, not doubting to meete them being vndiscouered, and well knowing the way they would come. Being drawne from our rests with our ioy in our hope, wee so long continued gasing for that which came not, as I began to feare some vnluckie accident, and leauing my fleet alone, with a Caruell I went in with the shoare, and with her and my Boat got another Caruell, by whom I vnderstood that the very New intelligence. same day that I tooke the first Caruell at the Rock, there came into Lisbone a ship that brought Spaniards out of England, and was in Plimouth when I came by, which assured them that I was comne forth, and they verily beleeued was looking for them, so as they sent Caruels of aduice to search euery where for me, one of which when I returned to my fleet, I vnderstood had comne by them to windward and discouered them all. So I feared it was vaine to tarry there any longer; for either they would shift their course or not come at all. So knowing that their seeing of Another attempt. me could not hurt, I went to see if they were comne so low downe the Riuer, as that it were possible to lay them aboard in the night where they rode. Now againe I left my fleet at Sea, and (the winde something fauouring me) got in betwixt the Cat-ships, from whence I saw them riding in the Bay of Wiers. Here had I too much of my desire, seeing what I desired to see, but hopelesse of the good I expected by seeing them: for they were where no good could bee done vpon them, riding within the Castle of Saint Iulian, which hath in it aboue an hundred peeces No hope that way. of great Ordnance; so as though I could haue got in (which I verily beleeue I could) it had not beene possible to haue returned, the winde being euer very scant to come forth withall, and hanging for the most part so farre Northerly, as that for feare of the Cat-ships, I must of force haue comne close by their platformes. With this vnpleasing fight I returned to my fleet, and that night being the fift of Aprill, wee went altogither for the South Cape. The eight day I went from thence towards the Canaries, and the thirteenth day I came to Lancerota, where by diuers both He comes to the Canaries. Rich Marquesse. Englishmen and Spaniards I had beene informed that there dwelt a Marquesse, that was worth 100000. pounds, if he could be taken suddenly: which I doubted not, hauing aboard mee three or foure which had beene prisoners there, who assured me they could bring me into the Road by night: and being on land could guide me to the Castle where he dwelt, how darke soeuer it were. But they fayled in all: for when I came to the land, they knew not where the Road was, so as I Poore performance of rich promisers. was forced to anchor finding ground, but where it was they knew not. And in truth, it was so neere a ledge of Rocks, as if we had gone any further, the ships had beene in danger. In the morning, though then I had no other hope left me to catch the Marquesse, saue onely that perhaps he would hold his Castle; yet I thought it meete to set all my Souldiers on shoare, for that till this He lands his Souldiers. time I neuer had giuen them any trayning, and well knew many of them to bee very raw and vnpractised to seruice at land. Wherefore my selfe then fearing an ague, tooke physick, was let bloud, and sent Sir Iohn Barkley with them, knowing for certaine that place could make no resistance Sir Iohn Barkley. against such a force. So being landed they marched to the Towne, which the guides said, was but three miles from the landing place. But it proued more then three leagues, the most wicked marching for loose stones and sand that euer I saw. That night I heard not from them, nor the next day till night, when I had word brought that they had taken the Towne and Castle Towne and Castle takers. without resistance. Onely as they marched the people of the Countrie (I meane the Mountayners) would watch if any straggled, and would most desperately assault them with their Lances, being so swift of foot, as when once they runne, not any could come neere them. In the Castle was not any thing but some few peeces of Ordnance dismounted. In the Towne (whose houses were most beggarly) some little wine onely, which little was too much; for it distempered so Poore purchase and yet too rich. many, that if there had beene a strong enemie to haue attempted, they should haue found drunken resistance; the meaner sort being most ouer-throwne alreadie, and the Commanders, some distempered with wine, some with pride of themselues, or scorne of others, so as there were very few of them but that fell to most disorderly outrage one with another. And Sir Iohn Barkley with much griefe told me, if I tooke not some seuere course to remedie those things, he assured himselfe it would be the ruine of our voyage. Whereupon the next day I went on shoare to see my men trayned, and calling all the Commanders before me, rebuked them for those faults, and gaue Articles The Earles honorable care and wise prouision. both for their courses at Land and Sea, reading to them my Commissions, that they might know I had full power to execute those punishments I set downe for euery offence; and assuring them I would not be slow in doing it if they offended. The next day being the one and twentieth of Aprill, I set saile, and betwixt the Grand Canarie and Tenerife met with the Royall Defence, a ship which should haue comne with mee out of England, but being not readie followed me; and thwart the Rocke, after I was comne from thence met with a Caruell, which by ten English men that were prisoners in Lisbone, was stollen forth in the night. They assured me (word Caruell stollen forth by English captiues. being brought thither that I was gone off the Coast) they resolued to send forth the Carracks, and that within a few dayes they would come forth. Which I making knowne to all my Commanders, they agreed with me that it was fit to spend some few dayes and looke for their comming; so did we: but not seeing them, the yeere was so farre spent that I assured my selfe they were either gone by, or would not goe this yeere, their time for doubling the Cape of Buona Speranza being now past; for they neuer went out so late but once, and then were all forced Danger of late going forth for the Cape of Good Hope. to returne.

Though many would imagine the missing of this faire fortune should much haue troubled me; I assure you it did not: the reason I will let you know hereafter. Now againe, calling all the Captaines and Masters aboard me, I first asked them whether they thought it was fit to tarry any longer vpon that hope, telling them mine opinion how little reason there was in it, and that longer stay might much hurt our other purposes, to which all agreeing, we resolued to proceede. Then I asked whether they thought the time was not too farre spent to get Farnanbuco? to which many answered; No. And though I well knew what it was, I would not reply till I had called two Portugall Pilots, which I brought with me out of England, old men that had at the least beene twentie times a piece there out of Portugall: And asking their opinions, they Old Portugall Pilots. told vs that they had gone it at that time of the yeere, but diuers times put backe, and at their best passage beene sixe or seuen weekes in getting one degree. To which there were that answered, though sometimes it happened so, yet it might fall out otherwise: and if not, though we should be long in getting thither, yet there was assurance to win that place with ease, and Rash aduisers. getting it to haue wealth enough. Till this I kept secret, what now euery occasion gaue mee fit time to vtter. Hauing dispatched from mee a ship that was in Trade at the Canaries and bound for England, and being so farre shot to the Southwards, as I was sure not to meet with any going to the Northwards; so as not any newes where I was could come into Spaine, till it came out of the Indies: which winning of time would giue me so good leisure to fortifie my selfe in the place The Earles m •• ture and disc • eet intendments. whither I meant to goe, as hardly I would bee supplanted till either wee honorably quitted the place, or had supply; you may see, too griedie desire is a dangerous enemie, for where I should haue but lightly touched this as yet, I was almost entring into the bowels of my intention, the time ripe I saw to speake more freely then I had done. I told them I had aduisedly considered, of all these things now pleaded, and could, as I thought, before their speech haue giuen them so sufficient reasons His speech. for the shaping of some other course then Brasil, as would haue stayed all these pleadings. But I thought it better first to heare euery one speake his minde, and then to vtter my conceit. Which though I assured my selfe was the best for vs, yet if any amongst them could giue reason against it, I would not onely take it well, but be drawne to them. Then layed I before them how our men were alreadie many of them sicke; and that vndoubtedly the crossing the Line would keepe those from recouering, although the passage were as good as man could wish. Besides, I remembred them of intelligence giuen vs both vpon the Coast of Spaine and the Iland, that the King had sent thither to defend the place against me six hundred Souldiers; and also it was likely that he had giuen order, that if they saw not themselues strong enough to resist, that with their portable goods they should fle • into the Mountaines, and set their Sugar and Brasill wood on fire; then were we sure to haue nothing: and lastly, if wee beat long vnder the Line, vndoubtedly the most of our men would fall sicke, and then should we be forced to returne without doing any thing, for to no other place could we goe, once bearing vp vpon that occasion.

With this I pawsed, to heare if there would be any thing said by them: but not any speaking, I told them I well perceiued by their silence the doubts my wordes had driuen into their mindes: but not to conceale any longer from them, that which hitherto I had for all their goods done, the truth was I neuer had intention after I found I could not get out of England before Christmas, to goe for Brasil, but onely for the west Indies, where there were many possibilities to make a voyage by: as first, the sacking of His purposes and probabilities. Margarita, which they knew was rich; then Porto Rico, after that Saint Domingo, then in Iuly the outward bound fleet would be in the Acoa, where we could not misse them: and if these gaue vs not content, in the end of Iuly or August, wee should meete the fleet at Cape Saint Antonio. Many of these reasons I vttered, more to carry my men with good liking thither, then for any thought I had of diuers of them. And my speech had desired successe, for they all went with greedie desire, and hopefull expectation, I appointing them to make what haste they could to Dominica, where we would stay one for another, thinking it better to goe straggling thither then to goe togither, there being possibilitie to meete some purchase by the way, which we were in most likelihood They proceed. of when we spred furthest. Therefore we spred thus till we met at Dominica, wee straggled all sauing the Alcedon, the Centurian, and two Flemmings, laden with Corne, which I tooke vpon the coast of Spaine, and still carried alongst with me, as chiefe meanes to effect my most desired purpose. These with all the rest came safely to Dominica, where wee carried our sicke people ashoare They arriue at Dominica. the three and twentieth of May, and tarried till the first of Iune.

This Iland is onely inhabited by Indians that mightly hate the Spaniard, but loue the English very much. They brought vs great store of Potatoes, Pines, Plantins, Tabacco, Mammyes, Indies-pepper, and other of their Countrie commodities to trade. They most desired to haue Swords, Hatchets, or Kniues, and very much Clothes. But if they could get none of these, they would sell their commodities for glasse beades, and such trifling things. From hence I went to the Virgines Ilands which are not inhabited, and there purposed againe to muster my men, the Las Virgines. Iland of Dominica being so wooddie as that there I could not doe it; and in the euening the third day I came there to an anchor. The next morning early I had them on shoare, and after mustering them for many respects, found it meet to speake to them, which as neere as I can remember, was thus: Kinde Countrimen and fellow Souldiers, I am sure there is none here but haue marked, My Lords speech. and the wisest wonder at my light regarding the many grosse faults committed amongst you since my comming to Sea; suffering euery man to doe what he would, vrging no man further then he listed: Many courses drew me to this patience, onely one I will now vtter, the rest being fitter to conceale to my selfe, then to make so many acquainted with. The great hope of meeting the Caracks made me hope for a short iourney; which hapning, I thought it better to returne with euery mans good word, then by iust punishing of any to haue their ill word at my returne. But that hope as you now see is altogither passed, and now we are settled to another course, which though it may be will not proue altogither so rich, and must of force keepe vs longer abroad; yet I assure you vpon my honour and conscience, I doe constantly beleeue there will spring out of it more glorie to God, more seruice to our Prince and Countrie, and more honour to our selues, then could haue done by the Caracks if we had taken them all. For the better performance we must fall to another course; I in gouerning, you in obeying; I in directing you what to doe, you in following my direction. To which end I haue already deliuered you certaine Articles, wherein you may see how the breach of them shall be punished. And though these twentie dayes at the least you haue had them amongst you, yet heare I, there are some which wish they could but light vpon so much as they would conceale from me. Base conditions be hatefull things in men professing Armes, there is none baser then theft; and no theft so base as for a man to steale from his owne companion. And he that concealeth any thing gotten in this iourney, stealeth from euery man in it, all going to haue their part of what soeuer is Basenesse of theft. gotten. This I thought not vnfit particularly to touch, because the speech hath giuen great offence to the whole Armie, and no doubt may encourage some men of lewd and base humours amongst vs to doe the like: but let the warning I now giue you driue those thoughts out of their thoughts that hold them: and be also a warning that they beedfully obserue the rest of the Articles. For I assure you, my ouer-patient and forced sluggish humour is shaken off, and I will neither ouer-see, nor suffer to passe vnpunished ill deseruers.

This deliuered, I presently shipped my men which were by muster and gaue order to set saile. Now hauing set all things in order, and wanting nothing but sure knowledge, where might bee our safest and most commodious landing, there were many of my Masters and Sea Captaines that would willingly haue gone through the Virgines, as Sir Francis Drake did, when Sir Francis Drake. hee was there. But I finding the way though the passages more certaine and safe tooke that course; more desiring to be the first that tooke Porto Rico, then the second that passed through the Virgines. And the fift day in the morning, I sent for Captaine Lanckton, and Knotsford, who was Master of the Gallion, very expert in those Countries, and was Pilot with Iohn Hawkins when hee dyed, and putting either of them into a small Pinnace, sent them before that they might make the landing place before night, and my selfe with the fleet did linger, and so when it was darke, putting out all our sailes, came to them vndiscouered, which was about one of the clocke that night. But they did mee no good, for the place they went to discouer was further They arriue at the Iland. from them then they expected, so as it was darke before they came to it, and for feare of carrying me to leeward stayed, and told me they had done nothing. Wherefore I stood close vpon a winde off and on, vntill the morning, when being close by the shoare there was to my seeming Euill surmise • . a smooth landing place, which by all them in my fleet that were there with Sir Francis Drake, I was told was impossible to get, the winde ouer-blowing all day out of the Sea. Wherefore I tooke my Boat and Sir Iohn Barkley with me, rowed thither, and found it not onely smooth, but His search. by the view of our eyes a most goodly sandie Bay, to march all alongst by the Sea side till wee came to the Towne. Being well pleased with this sight I returned aboard, and gaue order to all the Commanders presently to land there. But by diuers of them many obiections were made against landing there. First, that the march seemed to be great: Then, that none knew the way: Obiections. and lastly, if the Towne stood in an Iland, as they often had heard it did, we should be forced to returne to our ships, not hauing meanes to get vnto them. Gentlemen, said I, a willing minde makes long steps with great ease: I haue been sickae and am not now strong; you shall goe no further nor faster The Earles answere. then I will doe before you: for guides wee need no better then our eyes; the Towne standing by the Sea side, and we landing from the Sea see no other but faire sandie Bayes all the way thither: so as much neerer we might land if we were sure there were any where to leeward such a head-land as this that maketh smooth landing within it. But that being vncertaine I meane to take this, which I doe assuredly beleeue God hath directed vs vnto; for I am sure, it is better then any euer told me of. And for your last argument, that if it be an Iland we shall not get into it, that reason is nothing; for you see our Boats may row by vs, and when we shall come to any water they may set vs ouer, if it be deepe: in shallow places we shall passe our selues. So all you haue or can say being now throughly answered, let me haue no more speaking, but get your men all into your Boates, and follow in order as I haue directed you. I will goe before in my Boat, and when you see my Colours displayed, make all the haste you can to land. This doe with good heart and courage, assuring your selues you haue the mayden-head of Porto Rico, and so possesse the keyes of all the In 〈◊〉 . And though there bee not so many millions in it as there was when a greater force then we went without it: yet assure your selfe the Towne is rich. The last yeere there were eighteene ships laden with Ginger and Sugar from it. I assure you there are mynes of gold in it. And though these be motiues to draw you to fight, yet haue I not told you of one. You being Souldiers and carrying the mindes of Souldiers, will, I doubt not, carry you beyond all profit. It is thought by men of indgement too strong for this strength to carry, because it hath alreadie resisted a much stronger force: so as we should haue iust cause to be proud of taking it, and (beleeue me) assured we are to take it, now we see where to land quietly, the Indian Souldiers liuing too pleasantly to venter their lines: for if they line two or three yeares, they get with the labour of their slaues (without taking any paines themselues) whatsoeuer they loose; so as they will make great showes, and it may be indure one brunt; but if they doe any more, teare me in peeces.

This said, the Captaines that were there went for their men, telling all the rest my resolution. And as soone as they saw me rowe towards the shoare all followed as I had directed. Thus landed we the sixt day in a most fine place, where not any wet his furniture nor saw any enemie. They land the fixt of Iune. By which meanes all our troopes were put in good order, and we made much stronger; then a small resistance before we were martialled would haue made vs. This place was leagues from the Towne, towards which we marched in the extreame heate of the day, the way being sandy, and would no doubt haue tired many, but that going all alongst by the Sea, we at pleasure marched in it when we listed; and besides had the place wee went to, still in our fight, which standing vpon the top of an hill shewed much nearer then it was. When wee had gone some three leagues, we saw six or seuen Horsemen; which (the forlorne hop • ) comming within sixteene or twenty score of, presently turned their Horses and galloped away. Not long after there came a Negro willingly offering his seruice, which I was most glad of; assuring my selfe he would haue guided me to the Towne: but he not speaking Spanish nor vnderstanding it, we Negros misleading. were led by him to the entrance of the Sea that maketh the Iland, where I imagined with Boates to get ouer. But of that we were hindred by a bulwarke standing on the Iland side close vpon the mouth of the entrance, and hauing in it fiue peeces of Brasse. The entrance is not aboue sixtie yards ouer, and a little within it is stopped quite ouer with piles driuen in; so as it was not possible to get in there so long as the enemy possessed it. Then were we at our wits end, but I assured my selfe there was some other good way ouer where those Horsemen rid which we saw before; and with much a doe made this dumbe guide vnderstand that I would haue him carry me to the place where they went ouer. When I perceiued he vnderstood me, I followed him through the most wickedest wood that euer I was in in all my life, & at length he brought me to the reare part of all my troope. And for that it grew late, and I was loath to loose any time, I made them march, being Sir Iohn Barkleys Regiment; and gaue order mine owne should come in the reare, not hauing place nor time then to shift them. We had not gone farre, but we crossed the footing of the Horsemen we saw before, and following them were about Sunset brought to a narrow Bridge, whereon three might goe a front about two score ouer, and to our seeming about the A Bridge. midst of it a strong Gate of wood close shut; and at the further side of the water a Block-house with Ordnance, by which there stood fiue Spaniards. When I and Sir Iohn Barkley had viewed this place, we vnderstood by another Negro, that comming thither, at a low water we might passe ouer wading besides the Causie. And he telling vs that it was not low water till two of the clocke in the morning, we returned to a little plaine (that we passed by before) to rest our men and giue them some refreshing, for the better inabling them to fight in the morning.

THus farre the same honourable hand hath beene our Actor and Anthour: but here when hee comes to doing, breaks off speaking, and (tam Marte quàm Mercurio) exchangeth words for swords, and Mercuriall arts into Martiall acts; of which we haue another Relator, as of the rest of this Voyage: a man neere in attendance to his honourable Master. But I cannot giue him that which yet this giues hims, a name I haue since heard that his name was Doctor Layfield. It is a copious discourse, which we haue somewhat abridged; both in that former part of the Historie, which you already haue from Him which best know it and in the rest, in some superfluities or digressions (seeming such at least to me, who hauing so much worke, make my selfe more to make the Reader lesse) prouiding neuerthelesse that not a drop of necessary bloud be lost, or strange iniected, how often soeuer we seeme to open a vaine to our redundant Auhor bleed. It was another cause which made me leaue out a politicall discourse and State-morall mysterie of this History, written by the same Noble Commander, whose worth here we honour. The times are altered, and howsoeuer Planets haue their peculiar course fixed Stars must moue with their Orbe, and follow the first Moueable. The men of Bethshemesh bought dearely their prying into the Arke: and I know not how I may be tolerated to vtter now in publike, those State-mysteries which he then in priuate counselled for his Countries good. I could also be willing, as I know the world would be greedie of such morsels: but Aesops Dogge snatching at the shadow of a morsell in the water, lost that which he had in his mouth; and his Crowe gaping to sing to please the Foxe displeased her selfe with losse of all her other wealth and purchase. Euery where in this vaste worke we haue beene wary, and yet scarce wary enough of this danger, in our wariest warinesse; wherein yet (if any such fault be) it is not an itching finger, busie in things aboue vs, but store of businesse in so multiforme a taske perhaps hath occasioned ouersight to eyes, otherwise dimme enough. Once; whatsoeuer the King and State disclaime, I disclaime also as not mine, because I and mine are theirs; and no farther desire to be or see mine owne then in the publike, of which, and for which (vnder God) I am, haue, can, write, do, speake, acknowledge all things. I will pry in the East and West Indies rather then state it at home.

CHAP. III.

A large Relation of the Port Ricco voiage; written, as is reported, by that learned man and reuerend Diuine Doctor LAYFIELD, his Lordships Chaplaine and Attendant in that expedition; very much abbreuiated.

§. I.

The Shippes emploied in the Voyage and accidents on the Coasts of Spaine, in the Canaries, and the Nauigation thence to Dominica.

HIs Lordship being authorised by Letters Patents giuen at Westminster the foureteenth An • . 1596. Aug. of Ianuary, to leuie Forces seruiceable by Sea and Land, came downe to Portesmouth the eight of February, wherein nothing memorable happened till Munday, being the thirteenth of March. While we were at Morning Prayer, his Lordship happened to see a Gallant of the company (purposely I name him not) reading of Worthy act of a worthy man. Orlando Furioso; to whom himselfe in person went presently after Seruice, all the Company being by, and hauing told him that we might looke that God would serue vs accordingly, if we serued not him better; bad him be sure that if againe he tooks him in the like manner, he would cast his Booke ouer-bo •• d, and turne himselfe out of the Ship. The next day by obseruation it was found, that towards the euening we had runne within fiue or sixe and twenty leagues of the North Cape: whereupon his Lordship gaue direction to the Vice-admirall, that he should carry his Flagge in the Maine-top, and with a peece of Ordnance should hale in the rest of the Fleete to his Lee, and that they all with him as their Admirall for the time, should this night winde South and by West; and there they should ride off and on scattering themselues to the North and South, in the height of the Burlings, till his Lordshippe should come to them. In the meane season himselfe attended onely with the Guiana, and the Scourges sco • t, run to fall in with the North Cape, meaning by the taking of some Caruell or some Fisherman to haue some certaine intelligence in what forwardnesse the fiue Carracks were which at this very time his Lordship knew were outwards bound, The defect of his maine Maste caused him to stand in for the Burlings.

The Burlings is an Iland something longer then broad, and by the violent beating of the Sea, The Burling • s or Berlinga. it selfe almost made two Ilands, and within few yeares it will be so; exceeding rockie it is and barren aboue measure. We found no liuing thing in it, but Lysards and some few Conies.

Vpon thursday, being the thirteenth of Aprill, we had sight of the Ilands. The first that was The C • nari • Ilands. within kenning, was Alegrança, the most Northerly of the Canaries: we left it on the star-boord side, as also three little hils rather then the Islands hauing all one name of the Grange. In the afternoone we had Lancerota, one of the six great Canaries, in cleere kenning. The next morning twixt fiue and six, we were come to an anchor in the Roade, which beareth East South-east of the Iland. His Lordship had taken colde with watching the last night, whereupon he found himselfe so ill the next morning (being good Friday) that he kept his Cabbin, and was glad to take some strong Physicke: He sent therefore for Sir Iohn Barkley his Lieutenant generall, and gaue him order to land with certaine Companies, to the number of betweene fiue and six hundred men. They were in their March by ten that morning, and marched the next way (as they thought) to the chiefe Towne of the Iland, but their foremost desire was if they might, to haue surprised the Marquesse, who commandeth both that and the next Iland called Fortenentura, as his owne possession. The Towne is from the place they landed at, as they coniecture, some ten miles at the least. By fiue in the afternoone they entered the Towne, which besides the expectation They take the chiefe Towne of L ••• erota. they found clearely quitted of the enemy, and nothing in a manner left, sauing good store of very excellent Wine and Cheese. After the Towne was assured, Sir Iohn sent a troope to a strong Hold some halfe a mile of from the Towne, called the Castle; a place which the Marquesse had fortified with good store of Munition and Ordnance. When our Troopes were come vp the Hill, they found twixt 80, and 100. Ilanders and Spaniards within and about the house, The Cas • le taken. but without fight they quitted the place, so that our men entered it without losse or danger. They found in it a dozen or more cast Peeces of Brasse, the least Bases, the most whole Culuering and Demiculuering, and an innumerable company of Stones laid in places of greatest aduantage. The House it selfe built of squared stone, flanked very strongly and cunningly, both for defence and offence: the entrance thereunto not as in our Forts of equall height with the foundation and ground, but raised about a Pikes length in height, so that without the vse of a Ladder, there could be no entrance there. I haue heard sundry of our wisest Commanders say, that if they had drawne in their Ladder and onely shut the doore, twenty men victualled might haue kept it against fiue hundred. The Towne consisteth of somewhat more then a hundred houses, whose The Towne described. building is rude, being commonly but of one Storie; their Roofes flat and something sloping to cast of raine, couered onely with Canes or Straw laid vpon a few rafters, and very dirt cast vpon all, which being hardned by the Sunne, becommeth of showre-proofe.

The Inhabitants are of very able and actiue bodies, their stature commonly tall, of swiftnesse (in that Mountainous Countrie) not farre behinde their Horses and Cammels: their Armes Inhabitants. are Pikes and Stones; when a Peece is presented to them, so soone as they perceiue the cocke or match to fall, they cast themselues flat to the ground, and the report is no sooner heard, but they are vpon their feete, their stones out of their hands, and withall, they charge with their Pikes, and this in scattered incounters or single fight (for either they know not or neglect orderly ba • talion) oftner giueth then receiueth hurt. The Iland it is not round, but stretched The Iland of Lançero • a. somewhat in length to the North-east and South-west, parted by a ridge of Hils from end to end, as Italie is by the Mountaines-Apennine. These hils are barren, otherwise then that in prettie store they feede flocks of S • eepe and Goates. Their Vallies promise no fruitfulnesse, being Beasts. very sandy and dry, something like Rye-fields in England, and yet they yeelde passing good Barley, and Wheate. Their beasts be Sheepe and Goates, few Neate, many Asses, fewer Camels, but fewest Gennets, and these of no great stature. The Iland is thought to exceede the Wight both in breadth and length: of the Temper a man may iudge (besides that it lyeth in 28. deg • ees, and some minutes) by the complexion of the Inhabitants, which is blackish, and by their Haruest-time, which was past before the middest of Aprill, and looke for a second about One haruest done before the middest of Aprill. Michaelmas, their landing there was vpon good Friday. The next day, the fifteenth of Aprill, Sir Iohn Barkeley, being out of hope to finde the Marquesse, not knowing where to seeke him, whom feare had taught to hide himselfe closely, marched backe to the Nauie, without farther • arme to the Towne or Castle, then borrowing some necessaries. There is in the Towne The Church. a Church of old, and a Frierie not yet finished. Their Church hath no windowes, nor admit • eth light otherwise then by the doores, it hath no Chancell, but is one vndeuided roome, stone seates along the sides, and in the one end an Altar with the appurtenants: for the people seemeth full of ignorant Superstition, many Buls and Pardons being found in diuers houses. The Friery is a prettie square, with more commodities of fresh water and Gardens, then any other place of the Towne, euen the Marquesse his house.

They came that night to the waters side, yet thought it better to lodge abroade then aboord, though there were Boates to receiue them. The next day being Easter day, his Lordship hauing something recouered his strength, after dinner went ashore to the Companies, hauing seene them trained, knowing that the enemy watched for aduantage of scatterers, saw all his men shipt first, and then himselfe tooke Boate. The next day, being Munday, all the Captaines dined aboord the Admirall, and after dinner his Lordship caused his Commission (which was exceeding large in many points) to be openly reade; and Articles of gouernment were giuen for Sea-matters to the Captaine of euery Ship, and for seruice by Land to the Captaine of euery company; besides which Articles to the Sea Captaines, was deliuered a sealed letter, which they should open, if vpon any accident they lost the Fleete, and thereby learne direction where to seeke his Lordship. But withall it was expresly articled, that in no other case they should aduenture to open it; and that if they came into any danger of being taken by the enemy, they should not faile to cast the Letter ouer-boord sealed, as it was deliuered; for in no sort would his Lordship haue his purpose disclosed, no not by examination nor torture.

While his Lordship was coasting neere Teneriffa, the breathes rather then windes were so diuers, that it was doubled on euery side almost and came so close aboord the shore, that we did easily see into Santa Cruz, and some other coasting Townes, and might discerne the men vpon the hils, the rather by coni • cture, by reason of the eminencie and height thereof; among which there is one aboue the rest incomprable, generally held to be much higher then the Pyke of the Açores, being then couered with Snow, when the bottome was as hot as at Midsummer it is in Pike of Teneriffe. England. The Iland though to the Sea a very high land, yet is full of many very fruitfull Plaines, and Vineyards, yeelding to the King yearely (by credible mens report) 28000. Buts of Canary-Sacke. Certaine it is, that in common reputation it is held richer not onely then the rest, but Riches thereof Captain Leighs voi • ge to Orenoque. euen then the grand Canaria it selfe (though it seeme not so goodly a champion Countrie (for we had that also in very neere kenning.) And that the King esteemeth it more, no man can doubt seeing he keepeth a farre greater Garrison there, then in the Canaria.

Captaine Charles Leigh which hitherto had commanded of the Alcedo, on the fourth of May last, the Fleete and in his owne Barke, called the Blacke Lee, runne himselfe alone for the Riuer of Orenoque. His Lordship after diuers consultations determined that the Fleete should goe for Dominico. (His speeches, Captaine Slingsbies employment, and other particulars, are here for breuity omitted.

An old Portugall Pilot told his Lordship that he had beene in eight and twentie voyages into Brasil, but at this time of the yeere onely in one; wherein, hee saith, the windes were so contrarie, and they had so many other difficulties, that they were forced to put in againe and loose that yeeres voyage; so that the windes being in these parts at set times of the yeere, themselues also constantly set, we might well thinke wee should bee encountred with the same difficulties. All this while we held on our course for the West Indies, running West and by South, and West South-west, but bearing still to the Westward, both because we are likelier to keepe the fresher gale that way (though some were of contrarie opinion) and because the later wee entred within the Tropick, we should bee the likelier to meet with the Brasil fleet, whose course homewards must of necessitie be much to the North. By Wednesday the tenth of May (for till then wee met not with any memorable accident, seeing to tell of the flocks of flying fishes, might iustly seeme triuiall) we were come so directly vnder the Sunne, that none could see euidently the shadow Sunne in their Zeni • h. of a stile set perpendicularly, but if there were any it inclined rather to the due South. For by obseruation by the Astrolabe (the vse of the staffe now fayling) we were found to haue passed our Tropick three degrees and a halfe, and the Sunnes declination that day was precisely twentie degrees. This was more cleerly perceiued at night by taking the height of the Crosier (a starre which of all other distinctly to be perceiued neere the Antartick Pole, serueth for those Southerly The Crosier. parts, as the lesser Beare doth to the Northerly countries.)

It is a long step from the Canaries to the West Indies, which first of all wee had in our kenning vpon Sunday being the one and twentieth of May. But to lay, if it be but a handfull of peeble stones, in this gap. Vpon Saturday being the thirteenth of May, we had the first gust, and it had Gusts. many followers, for few dayes passed without raine. When this raine began, immediately wee all felt a very noysome sauour, it was very sulphurous, and lasted so long as the raine did. Whether Vnwholso • e raine. this proceeded of the nature of the water that fell from so neere the Sunne, or from the ship being very drie (as on land after a great drought there will rise a hot sauour) it is not cleerly knowne, nor yet determined, but that others may the better, this obseruation is expressed. This sauour was not felt vpon the decks, or any where else besides the Cabbin, or at least not any where so much. The reason whereof may happily bee, that the aire being suddenly beaten in, and that by narrow passages, came the more violently, and by consequent the more sensibly into the Cabbin, then into other parts of the ship, and therefore whatsoeuer qualitie it bore with it, it was there the strongliest felt. In the following of as great gusts as that which came first, there was no such sauour felt, the fleet going still farther and farther from the Sunne. And which may be most to the purpose, not any of them that felt it, found any distemper after it, onely the sense was much displeased therewithall; his Lordship had at this time aken much physick, but still rather to preuent sicknesse, then for to recouer health (for God be thanked, his body was very able to obey his minde) finding no difference in the world in the working of physick there and in England. Nauigators may helpe themselues by his Lordships obseruation: That vpon Friday being the ninteenth of May, the colour of the Sea began Colour of the Sea black. sensibly to alter, that whereas before it was of a cleere azure, it then began to incline to a deepe blacke. We were that day a hundreth and sixtie leagues (or thereabouts) from the West Indies and held our selues so certainly in the height of Dominica, that wee runne a due Westerly course. It is not vnlikely but this colour will be found in the same place at another time. And in such a course, wherein (besides the great difference of Cardes) a man must bee forced to trust to a dead reckoning; this may bee some helpe to a heedfull man. Vpon Sunday in the euening his Lordship directed the Master to runne that night with an easie saile, because he tooke himselfe neerer land then most of the Mariners would consent to, being himselfe the first that both spyed and cryed land; they were but few that did assent at the first: some desired it so much, that they durst not let themselues be ouer credulous; others happily would haue had themselues the first discryers, but his Lordship still made it land. Wee set saile for the land, and within two houres it was Matinino. D 〈…〉 . made to bee Matinino. Leauing it therefore on the larboard side, wee stood for Dominica, and within an houre or thereabouts had it in kenning.

§. II.

Description of Dominica and the Virgines. Their landing on Port Ricco, march, fights, and taking the Towne.

BY two in the afternoone wee were come so neere aboard the shoare, that wee were met with many Canoes, manned with men wholly naked, sauing that they had chaines Naked Ind 〈…〉 and bracelets and some bodkins in their eares, or some strap in their nostrils or lips; the cause of their comming was to exchange their Tabacco, Pinos, Plantins, Potatoes, and Pepper with any trifle if it were gawdie. They were at the first suspicious that wee were Spaniards or Frenchmen, but being assured that wee were English they came willingly aboard. They are men of good proportion, strong, and straight limmed, but few of them tall, their wits able to direct them to things bodily profitable. Their Canoes are of one Tree commonly in breadth, but containing one man, yet in some are seene two yonkers sit shoulder to shoulder. They are of Their Canoas. diuers length: some for three or foure men that sit in reasonable distance, and in some of them The people described. eight or nine persons a rowe. Besides their Merchandise for exchange, euery one hath commonly his Bowe and Arrowes; they speake some Spanish words: they haue Wickers platted something like a broad shield to defend the raine, they that want these, vse a very broad leafe to that purpose, they prouide shelter against the raine because it washeth of their red painting, laid so Red painting. on that if you touch it, you shall finde it on your fingers.

That night, hauing with much a doe found land, within a quarter of a mile of the shore, we ankored for that night onely, for though there were a good watering place, and a very sweete riueret fast by vs, yet his Lordship ment to way ankor the next morning, and to beare in to another watering place, wherewithall we certainly looked for a hot Bathe. Their Oares wherewith they rowe are not laid in bankes as Ship-boates haue, but are made like a long Battledoore, sauing Their Oares. that their palmes are much longer then broade, growing into a sharpe point, with a rising in the middest of them a good way; very like they are to blades of bigge Westerne Daggers, that are now made with grauing. The shankes of these Oares are of equall bignesse, and at the top crosset, like a lame mans crutch. These they vse alwayes with both their hands, but indifferently as they finde cause to steere this way or that way. The next morning wee bore in to the North-west end of the Iland, where we found a goodly Bay able to receiue a greater Nauie then hath beene together in the memorie of this age. There his Lordship found the hote Bathe fast by the side of a very fine Riuer. The Bathe is as hot as either the Crosse-bathe or Kingsbathe at the Citie of Bathe in England, and within three or foure yards runneth into the Riuer, which within a stones cast disburdeneth it selfe into the Sea. Here our sicke men specially found A hot Bathe. good refreshing. In this place his Lordship staied some six dayes in watering the whole Fleete, which in that time was all come sauing the Frigat, one of the blacke Pinnaces, and one of the Flemmings (which we hoped to be before vs, for they haue directions.) It was held conuenient here to take a Muster of our companies, and something better to acq • aint euery one with his owne colours; but the weather was so extreamely foule, that in three or foure dayes spent to this purpose, there could be nothing done. Vpon Wednesday therefore, being the last of May, it was resolued to stay no longer there, but to come againe to ankor at the Uirgines, and there bestow one day in training our men. For that was our way to Saint Iohn de Puertorico, whether The Virgines. his Lordship now declared it was his purpose to goe first of all. By this time (for his Lordship would not haue any thing done in that foule weather) the other blacke Pinnace was taken down for a long Boate to serue for the more conuenient landing of our men.

That euening and the next morning all our men were brought aboord, and on thursday night our sailes were cut for the Virgines. To describe this Iland, it heth North-west and South-east, Description of Dominica. the soile is very fat, euen in the most neglected places, matching the Garden-plats in England for a rich blacke molde: so Mountainous (certaine in the places where we came neere the Seacoasts) that the Vallies may better be called Pits then Plaines, and withall so vnpassably wooddie, that it is maruailous how those naked soules can be able to pull themselues through them, without renting their naturall cloathes. Some speake of more easie passages in the Inland of the Iland, which make it probable that they leaue those skirts and edges of their Countrie thus of purpose for a wall of defence. These Hils are apparelled with very goodly greene Trees, of many sorts. The tallnesse of these vnrequested Trees make the hils seeme more hilly then of themselues happily they are: for they grow so like good children of some happy ciuill body, without enuie or oppression, as that they looke like a proud meddow about Oxford, when after some irruption, Tems is againe cooched low within his owne banks, leauing the earths Mantle more ruggie and flakie, then otherwise it would haue bin; yea so much seeme these natural children delighted with equalitie and withall with multiplication, that hauing growne to a definite stature, without desire of ouertopping others, they willingly let downe their boughes, which being come to the earth againe take roote, as it were to continue the succession of their decaying progenitors: and yet they doe continually maintaine themselues in a greene-good liking, through the liberalitie partly of the Sunnes neighbourhood, which prouideth them in that necrenesse to the Sea, of exceeding showres; partly of many fine Riuers, which to requite the shadow and coolenesse they receiue from the Trees, giue them backe againe, a continuall refreshing of very sweete and tastie water. For the Inhabitants of this Countrie. A Captaine or two watering neere the place where his Lordship first anchored, found a leasure to rowe vp a Riuer with some guard or Pikes A Town found in Dominica. and Musketers, till they came to a Towne of these poore Saluages; and a poore Towne it was of some twenty cottages rather then Houses, and yet there was there a King, whom they found in a wide hanging garment of rich crimson Taffetie, a Spanish Rapier in his hand, and the modell of a Lyon in shining Brasse, hanging vpon his breast. There they saw their women as naked as wee Wilde Maiesty. had seene their men, and alike attired euen to the boring of their lippes and eares, yet in that nakednesse, they perceiued some sparkes of modestie, not willingly comming in the sight of strange and apparelled men; and when they did come, busie to couer, what should haue bin better couered. The Queene they saw not, nor any of the Noble wiues, but of the vulgar many; and the Maidens it should seeme they would not haue so squemish, for the King commanded his Daughters presence, with whom our Gentlemen did dance after meate was taken away. This withdrawing of their wiues seemeth to come of the common ielousie of these people; for (it is Adultery punished with death. reported) that though they admit one man to haue many wiues, yet for any man to meddle with another mans wife, is punished with death, euen among them. And no meruaile if the seueritie of law be set instead of many other wanting hinderances. It seemeth that themselues are wearie of their nakednesse, for besides the Kings apparrell, they are exceeding desirous to exchange any of their Commodities for an old Waste-coate, or but a Cap, yea or but a paire of Gloues.

It is pretie that they say is the difference twixt the habit of a Wife and a Maide. The Maide Difference of maide & wife. weareth no garter (and indeede she needeth none) but the Wife is the first night she is married (which is not done without asking at the least the consent of her parents) so straightly gartered, that in time the flesh will hang ouer the list. The haire of men and women are of like length, and fashion. But of all other things it is most memorable, that whereas their Houses are priuate to all other vses, yet they haue one common place, where all their men at least take their diet, Common diet roome. nature teaching them that Law which in Licurgus his mouth was thought strange and perhaps needelesse. The King sitteth in the same great roome with the rest, but withdrawing himselfe Kings state. into some more louely part, accompanied onely with three or foure of the best esteeme; their meates are their fine fruites, yet haue they Hennes and Pigges, but it should seeme rather for delight, then victuall: their drinke is commonly water, but they make drinke of their Ca •• ain, better of their Pines (and it should seeme that might be made an excellent liquor) but the best and reserued for the Kings cup onely of Potatoes: their Bread is Cassain. The last report of them shall bee what I haue seene in experience, namely their great desire to vnderstand the English tongue; for some of them will point to most parts of his body, and hauing told Desire to learn English. the name of it in the language of Dominica, he would not rest till he were told the name of it in English, which hauing once told he would repeate till he could either name it right, or at least till he thought it was right, and so commonly it should be, sauing that to all words ending in a consonant they alwayes set the second vowell, as for chinne, they say chin-ne, so making most of the monasillables, dissillables. But it is time to leaue them who are already many leagues of.

On thursday night his Lordship set saile for the Uirgines, and on saturday morning had They come to the Virgines. them in sight: and in the afternoone we were come to an ankor. On Whitsunday in the morning betimes (for there was a fit place sought out the euening before) our land forces went on My Lords land companies about one thousand. shore, and there his Lordshippe tooke a perfect muster of them. The Companies indeede were (though after much sicknesse) goodly, in number one might well say not so fewe as a thousand. When the Companies had bin trained into all sorts, and faces of fights, at length his Lordshippe commanded the Drummes to beate a call, and the troopes being drawne in the nearest closenesse The speech you haue before in his own relation, and therefore here omitted. that conueniently they might be, that he might be heard of all, his Lordship standing vnder a great cliffe of a rocke, his prospect to the Seaward, stept vpon one of the greater stones (which added to his naturall stature, gaue him a pretty height aboue the other company) so commanding audience, made a speech to them.

After which, the Fleete then within one dayes sailing from Puertoricco, his Lordship presently See before the names of the Captaines and Commanders, here omitted. appointed Officers for the field. They all made vp a dozen Companies: whereof if any wanted the full number of 80. they were plentifully supplied, by a large ouerplus of gallant Gentlemen that followed his Lordships colours, borne by Captaine Bromley; and Sir Iohn also had more then 80. so that the whole Armie appointed to Land, was neere vpon a thousand, specially seeing the Officers of seuerall Companies were not reckoned in these numbers. The Offices thus bestowed, his Lordship forth with commanded euery man to be shipped in Boates, and to goe aboord, where after dinner it was debated, whether it were better to passe through the Uirgines, a way not clearely vnknowne (for diuers of our company both Souldiors and Marriners had gone it before with Sir Francis Drake, in his last voyage) or else to hold the old course Sir Fr. Drake. through the Passages. It was acknowledged that the Virgines was the neerer way, but withall none can denie, but that it was the more dangerous; for the way is very narrow (about the breadth of Thames about London) and we durst not promise our selues the continuance of a leading winde. The way through the passages was found to be farther about, but withall it was without danger, and therefore hauing no great haste choose the safer way by the passages; for (said his Lordship) I choose rather, to be the first that shall take Puertorico, then the second that shall passe the Uirgines. The Uirgines are little Ilands not inhabited; some thinke for want of The Virgines described. water, some thinke that is no cause, and that there is store of water. They are very barren and craggie, somewhat like the Burlings, but being much more sandie, as it is much more hot. Among these many scattered Ilands there is one called the Bird-Iland, by reason of the incredible Bird-Iland. store of Fowle. So stored is it with plentie of Fowle, that neuer was English Doue-coat more willing to yeelde her increase then that hillocke, for you may take with your hands onely, as much as you will to the filling of Bushels and Quarters. That euening we cut sailes, and ranne through the Passages in the night time. Incredible store of Birds.

Vpon Monday afternoone, we made our selues to be not farre from Puerto rico; and our desire was to beare in with it in the morning before day, that by that meanes we might least of all be discouered. For this cause therefore the Scout and the Anthony were sent before to make our landing place, and that done to returne, which was about midnight. His Lordships greatest care was and had bin some dayes to set his men safely and well on land, for he doubted not to make them a way, if once they were landed without impeachment. Himselfe therefore hauing commanded that Sir Iohn Barkley should come aboord with him, tooke a Boate and w • nt himselfe no otherwise accompanied then with Sir Iohn and the Cocksons gyng, to discouer a landing place. Without long stay he returned againe, so wet, that he was forced to change his apparell, but withall gaue present commandement that euery Captaine and Ship should put their men into Boates, and that they should follow his bloudy colours, which he would haue presently landed.

By eight of the clocke that tuesday, being the sixt of Iune, his Lordships regiment, and most They land vpon the Ile of Saint Iohn de Puerto rico the si • t of Iu •• . part of Sir Iohn Barkleys were landed, which amounted neere to the number of a thousand men. We began to march as soone as we could be brought into any order, & the forlorne hope drawne out, which was led by Captaine Andrewes the Commander of his Lordships priuate Company, which that day was brought vp in the the Battell by Captaine Powell, Lieutenant Colonell of his Lordships regiment. The way we marched was along the Sea side, commonly on firme, sometime on loose sand, but yet it was a faire march, for three leagues at the least, till we met with a blacke-Moore, who we hoped should haue bin our Guide (and so he was willing to be) but he neither spake good English, nor good Spanish, and besides was affrighted, so that a great while he did mislead vs; for through most vnpassable rocks and clifts he brought vs: for betwixt the clifts where we stood, and the Iland wherein the Towne stood, there we saw an arme of the Sea, in breadth not Calieuer shot, but on the other side was a fort with fiue peece of great Ordnance, and some, though not many, Musketeers; for both the euening before they had discouered our Nauie, and this morning our landing, as we were sure by diuers Horsemen, whom we saw come forth to view our strength. Here there was offer made by some, so to plant a number of Musketeers in these rockes, as that they might beate them in the fort from their Ordnance: this was thought possible, and afterwards was done but now deferred, because though we had no annoyance of the fort, yet we knew not how to get ouer, for the depth of the passage meerly vnknown, and our Boats yet had not found any landing place neere the fort. And while here we were at a flat bay, euen at our wits end, what course we might take to come to the Towne, there was sent a Peece or two of great Ordnance (but without any hurt) from another fort, which standeth vpon the narrowest part of the same arme of the Sea, and was the onely passage that was vsed from the maine Iland where we were, to the Iland where the Towne is. Here the Nigro was so nething comforted, and brought to the little wit he had; at length, with Negros misguiding. much adoe, being made to vnderstand, we tooke our selues to be out of the way, because wee could not passe that way; partly with threatning and partly with promises if he brought vs into a better way to the Town; he began againe to leade, and we to follow with as nimble mindes as weary bodies, for we had marched from morning till now that it was euen in the edge of the euening; but we would not be weary.

At length through many vntroden pathes, or rather no pathes, but such wodden holes, as would haue taught the most proud body to stoope very humbly; he brought vs into a beaten Bad March. sandy way. But for all this we were not neere the Bridge which must be passed, and diuers euen of our leaders began after so long and troublesome a march to faint, so that order was giuen to stay the Vantgard, when it pleased God to helpe by one meane or other to as many Horses, as kept vs from staying our march. There might be seene a poore tyred Iade, without Saddle or Bridle, onely with a match in his mouth very welcome to them that commanded the best Horses of England. But at length we ouercame the length of the way, and euen to the Bridge were come, but it was so late, that that night we were out of hope to passe it, being (as we had great reason to thinke) fortified against vs. Onely the Companies were commanded to keepe their guard, till his Lordship in person with Sir Iohn Barkley went as quietly as they could to take view of the place; which they found to be narrow and a long Cawse-way leading to a Bridge reaching from the one Iland to the other. The Bridge they perceiued to be pulled vp, and on the other banke was there a strong Barricado, a little beyond which was a Fort with Ordnance. But how much or what we could not learne, nor by how many men it was held, yet perceiued Bridge and Barricado. they it absolutely not to be passed but at a low water. Our Mariners and Sea-men could say little to the ebbing and flowing in this Countrie, and therefore the onely way to know the fit time of assault, was to set a continuall watch to giue present information of the ebbe. The meane time the Armie was led backe to repose themselues a while.

In a great Lawne we all sat or lay downe, and with fresh water, which the first Negro, and another, that was afterwards taken in this wood, led our men to, they refreshed themselues; some had some Bread, his Lordship was no niggard of that he had. His lodging that night was his Target; I lay at his head, and to my remembrance, neuer slept better. In the morning (two houres at least before day) the allarum was giuen very quietly, and was readily taken, for we needed not but to shake our eares. The Companies were streight ranged, and euery man had forgotten how weary he had bin the last night, so forward they were to be in seruice. Euen betwixt his Lordship and Sir Iohn Barkeley there grew a little question; whether of them should haue the point that day. Sir Iohns answer was, that his Lordship might command them all, and therefore it was at his pleasure to haue or leaue the point; but since it had pleased him to Sir Iohn Barkeleys honourable ambition. diuide the Armie into two Regiments, and his Lordshippes Leaders had all the last day had the Point, he tooke it to be neerer the order of the Warres if the other Regiment this day were respected. This reason together with request to his honour to remember himselfe to be the Generall, and therefore his place should not be so full of danger, so farre moued his Lordship that Sir Iohns Regiment had the Point; neuerthelesse his Lordshippe would be at the seruice in person. Thus the manner of the enterprize being vpon the present resolued on, his Lordship put himselfe into his Armour, so did all the Commanders, and who else had Armours, for they looked that the seruice should be hot, as indeede it proued.

By and by the enemies Centinell had discouered the approach of our Companies, and they The fight betw •• t the Engl • sh and Spaniards. tooke the Alarum. It may be well said it was well fought by the Engli • h, and if it had bin day that euery one might haue seene what he did, it is to be thought so many would not haue deserued so much commendation. The assault continued aboue two houres, during which time the Spaniards were not idle. For though the assalants left no way in the world vnattempted, yet no way could they finde to enter the Gate. The Cawsey, which was the ordinarie way of passage, was purposely made so rugged: that our men to keepe them on their feete, made choise to wade The Earles accidentall danger. in the water besides it. Here his Lordship was (by the stumbling of him that bore his Target) ouerthrowne, euen to the danger of drowning; for his Armour so ouerburdened him, that the Sergiant Maior that by chance was next had much adoe at the first and second time to get him from vnder the water: when he was vp, he had receiued so much Salt water, that it droue him to so great extremity of present sicknesse, that he was forced to lye downe in the very place vpon the Cawsey; till being somewhat recouered, he was able to be led to a place of some more safetie and ease; in which place the Bullets made him threatning musicke on euery side. His Lordshippe being brought to this little safe place (whence yet he would not be remoued till the fight was done) Sir Iohn Barkeley led on his Regiment, from whom there were not lesse then 3000. English Bullets sent among the Spaniards, who had not so many hands as we, yet were not much behinde vs, in sending these heauy leaden messengers of death. For besides fix peece of great Ordnance, which were bent and played iust vpon the Cawsey, and some pretty store of Musketeers; at a port fast by the gate lay there a fowler, or a cast peece, that did more skathe, then all the rest, for that at once shot many murthering shot, whereupon the peece is also called a murtherer; for all this our Soldiers came to the very gate, and with Bils, some two or three that they had, wanting other fitter instruments, began to hewe it. At their ports and loope holes they were at the push of the Pike, and hauing broken their owne, with their naked hands Valiantassaults at the gates. tooke their enemies Pikes, and perforce brake them.

But for all this no entrance could be got. Sir Iohn Barkeley attempting to discouer if any Sir I. Barkleys courage. passage might be found of either side of the gate, twice waded so farre, that if he could not haue swamme, he had bin drowned. They that were come to the gate called to their owne Companies, that some Pikes should be drawne to them: this word was giuen farther then was intended, for by and by all the Pikes were called for. Then his Lordships colours began to march, and to the Cawsey came, where hee was very exceeding sicke lying vpon the His Lordships perill. ground in a place, no lesse dangerous then if he had bin vpon the Cawsey; a place so perillous that it had bin as safe being at the entry of a breach by assault.: but the end was, it could not then bee taken; the tyde came in so fast, that what was at our knees before, was now The tide hindereth them. come vp to our middles: and besides the day began to breake, which though some thought would be aduantagious for vs, yet certainely it would haue bin the death of many a man; their Ordnance being bent to scoure the Cawsey, and the ruggednesse which they had made to hinder our approach, had made vs forsake it; which if the day had once discouered to them, they might easily haue bent their Artillery to our much greater losse. But God would not haue more bloud shed, nor ours as yet to haue our wils. The Companies therefore were brought off to the place where we lodged all night, before where the Chirurgians were presently to looke to the hurt, which were not many, and the slaine much fewer, all vnder fiftie of both sorts. No Commander slaine or hurt but two Lieutenants. Lieutenant Cholmley, that had serued excellently well, and Lieutenant Belings. The losse that the enemy had was much like, sauing that of the assaults there were some few more slaine: from this place our Companies marched to the Sea-side, whether his Lordship had appointed victuals to meete them.

His Lordship hauing giuen the Souldiours some time to refresh themselues, in the meane time His Lordship goeth aboord. went himselfe aboord so sicke that in truth he was to be feared, with purpose to r • pose himselfe for that night, but his thoughts were so busied and restlesse, that within few houres he came ashore againe, and presently put in execution a purpose, which his Lordshippe had this meane time digested: it was to land men at the other Fort. For effecting whereof he gaue direction that one of the Ships should beare in close to the shore, though it were (as indeede at proued) with His returne and second Stratagem. apparent danger of casting her away: But the seruice was to be done whatsoeuer it cost: Withall there were in the rocks on the other side ouer against the Fort (I meane that which we first came to see, but could not come at) some fifty Musketeers placed, to beate the enemy from their Ordnance: meane while there were shipped in Boates Captaine Coach, and Captaine Orrell with two hundred Pikes and shot to land on the other side the Fort, twixt it and the Town, that they hauing made good the place, might either make a stand till the rest of the forces were landed (if it were thought needefull) or else might march and charge the other Fort on that side, when our men should assault it on this side. This plot tooke very good effect; for within an houre that the Good successe thereof. attempt was giuen, partly the Ship, and partly the Musketeers had so beaten the Fort, that the Boates had good leisure to land; whereupon within short space the enemy quitted the place without losse to be spoken of to our Companies: for of all ours there were not aboue three hurt, and one slain, onely the Ship was driuen vpon the rockes, and finally cast away. Their direction Ship lost. was that the Souldiers should make the place good (for there was no doubt of their sufficient strength) the Boats were commanded to come backe againe to his Lordship, who appointed to The red Fort, called Matadiabolo. tarry at a Conduit which is in the maine Iland but from whence men might be landed betwixt the point or the Bridge, and the red fort, called Mata-diabolo.

Our men were safely landed some pretty distance beyond the red Fort; where the Spaniards were ready to receiue them, and a while they skirmished gallantly, but finding themselues ouerweake, they made an honorable retreat till they were fallen into the wood, in the edge whereof Spaniards beaten. they made their first stand. Ours marched directly to the Fort, which they found quitted, and there lodged all that night. By that time that the Boates were come backe to his Lordship, the The English take the Fort. Moone was growne so light, and the water fallen to so dead an ebbe, that there was no hope of passge till the next floud. There was not so much as a candle or a match to be seene in the Fort, whereupon his Lordship told Sir Iohn Barkeley that he tooke that Fort also to be quitted, the rather because some were seene passing from the Fort to the Frigat. Hereupon himselfe accompanied with Sir Iohn Barkeley, went to the Cawsey to see if they could perceiue any more Another Fort quitted. certaintie, and Captaine Rukesby was sent and brought certaine intelligence, that the enemy was gone.

By this time it was growne very late, and our men needed some refreshing: the Companies therefore were drawne vp to the place where we had lodged the last night, where hauing eaten something they were within a while brought downe to the point, where meeting with Captaine Coach and Captaine Orrell, all began to march directly towards the Towne. And now our men made but little doubt of all hauing once set safe footing in the lesser Iland. It was night when we began to march, and by breake of day we were at the Towne. This day was thursday, They enter the lesse Iland and march to the Towne. Iun. 8. The passage is wooddie on either side, and so narrow that not passi • g three at the most can march in ranke; and from the Towne this Fort is a mile and a halfe: yet all this way being so fit for Amb • skadoes, or for the Irish manner of charging by sudden comming on and off, there was not a Dogge that barked at vs, so that in great quietnesse wee came to the Towne, The Towne quitted of all people able to beare armes and entred by the English. and found it quitted of all able to make resistance: fo. besides women and men, whom either age or wounds had disabled for the warres, all the rest had quitted the Towne, and betaken themselues as to their last hope, to one of their Forts to the Sea-wards, called Mora.

§. III.

The Fort Mora beseeged and taken. The Towne described: the Mines. Purpose to hold the place; altered by the death and sickenesse of many.

AFter that the place was assured with sufficient guards, and euery Company quartered: first of all the Spaniards that were left were deliuered to the Prouost, and then his Lordship sent a Drum to summon the Fort to be deliuered to him for the Queene of England, The Fort summoned. who had sent him thither to take it. The Gouernour made answere • hat the King of Spaine had sent him thither to keepe it, and that so long as he liued it should not be deliuered. The Gouernors brauado. After this summons his Lordship tooke exceeding care for the taking in of this hold with the least losse of men that possibly might be; for he considered that he was to leaue a strong Garrison there, and that he must himselfe goe home well guarded. His purpose therefore was to take it without fight, onely with a straight siedge to force them to yeelding: his Lordships speciall purpose and desire was by hunger to driue them to a yeelding (as in the end hee did) but Care to saue mens liues. withall he prouided a batterie, if their victualls should last longer then he wished and hoped. At one time therefore he tooke order to cut off all possible meanes of reliefe of victualls, by sen • ing Boates, which continually lay twixt the Fort and their Mayne; and withall hee prouided two plat-formes, and seuerall Gabions, that from two place • at once their wall might bee beaten. To this purpose there was brought from the Scourge two whole Culuerings, and two Demiculuerings, and about the Towne were found foure other peeces that would serue for batterie, among the which one was that which had slain Sir Nicholas Clifford there not long before. By Saturday Sir Nicholas Clifford. the seuenteenth of Iune the Ordnance was readie to batter. But his Lordship would not haue them begin on the Sabbath day; so that it was deferred till Monday.

All this while the noise of warre was not so great among vs, but that the still voice of Iustice His Lordships iustice. was well heard. It is no newes that in such companies there will bee outrages committed, and so was it there: for his Lordship publikely disarmed a very good Souldier, for ouer-violent Souldier disarmed for vnmanly and vnmannerly vsage to a woman. Churches and Women secured. Rauisher executed. Sacriledg • terrified. spoyling a Gentlewoman of her jewels. But because this was not terrible enough to the rest, and he was desirous to arme Iustice with the authoritie of all the Commanders, forthwith hee caused a martiall Court to bee called. Whereupon the Article of defacing Churches or Houses of Religion, and of offering force to Women, there were two condemned to die. Hee that had done violence to a Spaniards wife, was a Souldier, and had giuen very good proofe of his valour, so farre, that his Lordship had taken speciall notice of him, but being conuicted of this crime, there was no place left for mercy, but hanged hee was in the market place; the Spaniards as many as would come, being suffered to be present at the execution. The other fellow was a Sayler and an Officer in the Vice-admirall, for defacing some things in the Church, without order from the Generall, hee was brought thrice to the Gibbet, and at length his Lordship was intreated to grant him mercy. These few but indeed notable examples of justice haue since held vs in much better termes of ruly obedience.

Vpon Monday the batterie began to speake very loud: both the Gabions beat vpon a Caualero which they had made vpon the Point next to the Towne. The Ordnance which they had planted thereon, by dinner time was iudged to bee dismounted, and though that were the thing specially respected in the batterie, yet because the Wall and the Caualero that stood vpon it began to nod, they beat that place till towards the euening. All this while scarce was there a Spaniard to be seene vpon any part of their wall, whereas before the Ordnance began to play, there could not within the sight and reach of the Fort, foure or fiue of the Souldiers come together, but there would a shot of great Ordnance be sent to scatter them. In the euening the Canoneers found that they had spent all the Culuering shot, and therefore shut vp that day with the lesser peeces. Against the morning there was more prouided; but in the meane season it was perceiued, that the Caualero was alreadie sufficiently beaten, and that with the next raine (which in that Countrie and time of the yeere, is neither seldome nor little) it Raines. would fall, being (as all the Countrie is) of a sandie earth, it did but crumble into dust. The Canoneers therefore were appointed in the morning to beate the other Point neerer the Sea. For that so flanked the Gate, and the breach alreadie made, that without great danger there could not any approch be made, and his Lordship was growne exceeding niggardly of the expence of any one mans life.

This wrought so with them in the Fort, that about one a clocke, they sent forth a Drum to Parley demanded. demand parley. His motion was, that two of their Captaines might be suffered to speake with two of the English. It was granted; and they met in a place of the greatest indifferency that could be found, so that neither partie should discouer others strength. The demands were deliuered Conditions demanded. in Paper, written in Spanish: the summe whereof was; for themselues they desired that with Colours flying, match in their cocks, and bullets in their mouth be set beyond the Point at the Bridge, to goe whither they would. Further, they demanded all the prisoners to bee deliuered without ransome, and that no mans Negroes and Slaues should be detayned from them. His Lordship vtterly refused any such composition, but told them because hee tooke no pleasure in s • edding Christian bloud, hee would deliuer them some Articles, which if they liked, hee would without more adoe receiue them to mercy. Which Articles were these, deliuered vnder his Lordships owne hand to the Gouernour.

A resolution, which you may trust to.

I Am content to giue your selfe and all your people their liues, your selfe, with your Captaines and Articles offered. Officers to passe with your Armes: all the rest of your Souldiers with their Rapiers and Daggers onely.

You shall all stay here with me, till I giue you passage from the Iland, which shall bee within thirtie dayes.

Any one of you, which I shall choose, shall goe with me into England, but shall not stay longer there then one moneth, but being well fitted for the purpose, shall bee safely sent home into Spaine without ransome.

It was doubted whether there were any in the Fort that spake English, and therefore some were wishing the Articles were translated into Spanish. But his Lordship peremptor • ly refused to seeke their language, but would haue them to finde out his; but because it was now growne late, he gaue them respite to thinke what they would answere till eight a clocke the next day, and promise was giuen on either side, that neither should practise to put things out of the state, they now were in. The next morning rather before then after the time appointed, there returned to his Lordship, besides the two former Captaines, both hee that now was, and hee that had beene last Gouernour, and withall they brought with them one of good place in his Lordships seruice whom they had taken prisoner, while he was viewing a peece of Ordnance that lay neere the Fort. These also required (as Captaine Lansois and the Sergeant Major before) priuate audience who without much difficultie yeelded vpon the foresaid conditions; and farther desired they might haue two Colours left them, & in lieu hereof they made promise that nothing Spaniards yeeld the Fort. should be spoyled in the Fort. That day the Gouernour and his Companie dined with his Lordship, and after dinner the Gouernour went and brought out his Companies out of the Fort (which of all sorts were neere foure hundred) and deliuered the keyes to his Lordship, who The Fort Mora wherein were 400. Souldiers, deliuered vp to the English. immediately brought in his owne Colours, and Sir Iohn Barkleys, and placed them vpon the two Points of the Fort. The Spaniards without being pillaged (for beside all promises his Lordship suffered them to carry their stuffe away) conueyed safely into a strong Castle in the Towne called Fortileza. This Fort was taken in vpon Wednesday being the one and twentieth of Iune, and vpon Thursday our fleet was commanded to come into the Harbour, for all this while it had rid without. This Fort is to the Sea-ward very strong, and fitted with goodly Ordnance, and bestowed for the most aduantage to annoy an enemie that possibly could bee deuised. It is held absolutely impossible that any shippe should passe that Point without sinking instantly, if the Fort doe not graunt her passage: And the riding without the Harbour is very dangerous as wee found by the losse of many Anchors and Cables, to the extreme danger of many of the Ships, and the finall casting away of one of them. The Fort to the landward is not altogether so strong as towards the Sea, but yet being victualled able to abide a long siege.

The Towne consisteth of many large streets, the houses are built after the Spanish manner, The description of the citie of Saint Iohn de Puerto Rico. of two stories height onely, but very strongly, and the roomes are goodly and large, with great doores in stead of windowes for receit of aire, which for the most part of the day wanteth neuer. For about eight in the morning there riseth ordinarily a fresh breese (as they call it) and bloweth till foure or fiue in the afternoone, so that their houses all that while are very coole, of Fresh aire. all the artificiall day the space from three in the morning till sixe, is the most temperate, so that then a man may well indure some light clothes vpon him; from fixe till the breese rise is very soultering, from fiue in the afternoone hottest of all the rest till midnight, which tim • Heat, how ordered. also is held dangerous to be abroad, by reason of the Screnaes (they call them) which are raynie dewes. And indeed in the nights the Souldiers which were forced to lie abroad in the fields, when they awaked found as much of their bodies as lay vpwards to bee very wet. The Towne Great dewes. in circuit is not so bigge as Oxford, but very much bigger then all Portesmouth within the fortifications, and in sight much fayrer. In all this space there is very little lost ground; for they Greatnesse. haue beene still building, insomuch as that within these three yeeres, it is augmented one fourth part. The Cathedrall Church is not so goodly as any of the Cathedrall Churches in England, Cathedrall Church described. and yet it is faire and handsome; two rowes of proportionable pillars, make two allies besides the middle walke, and this all along vp to the high Altar. It is darker then commonly Countrie Churches in England. For the windowes are few and little, and those indeed without No glasse windowes. glasse (whereof there is none to be found in all the Towne) but couered with Canuas, so that the most of the light is receiued by the doores, the greatest whereof is iust in the West end The doores, &c. to the Seaward, so that out of it a man walking in the Church may behold the ships riding in a very faire Harbour. The other two doores (besides that which is priuate from the Bishops house) are on either side, a little aboue their Quire. For that of all other things is the most singular and differing from the fashion in England, that their Quire is in the very lowest and Westermost part of their Church, wherein is the Bishops seate raysed three good steps aboue Quire in the lowest part of the Church. the rest, and pompously built. On either side of him seeme to sit sixe Prebends, and vpwards are places for singing men and Quiristers. Their Church wanteth no necessarie implement. On the North side a faire paire of Organs; at either side-doore a poore mans boxe: aboue the Organs on the same side, there is a decent Pulpit very conueniently placed; on the other side of the side-doores, there were two Lauers for holy water, to sprinkle the Incommers, and in the South-west corner fast by the great doore is there a place seemly inclosed with Ioyners worke, where is a faire Font placed. This Church is sacred to Saint Iohn Baptist, as is all the Iland; besides his Image there were many other in particular shrines, which the Souldiers could not bee held from defacing vnorderly. There are in the Citie three or foure little Chappels to Chappels. Saint Anne, Saint Barbara, and others.

Besides the Fort, which held out those few dayes, and is of some twice twelue score remoued from the Towne: there is in the West and by South side of the Towne a strong Castle, The Castle. built of squared stone, commonly called the Kings house, named before Fortileza, wherein was found good store of Munition. Betwixt this Castle, and the Fort Mora, there is another peece of fortification of squared Stone and battlemented, it also coasteth along the Sea, and may beate the harbour. So that all things considered, it was the mightie hand of God, which with the losse of two men onely at one shot slaine with a peece of Ordnance, deliuered a place of such strength, to so small a troope of men, the rather if it be considered, that we came not thither vnlooked for; for they had particular warning a moneth at least before, and to the waterside where Boates vse to land out of the harbour, they had cast vp a strong ditch to impeach landing there, but God brought vs a better way. There is also a faire Frierie standing on the North side Monasterie. of the Towne, but little distant from it: it is built of Bricke in a good large square, with a Church and Hall, and all necessary roomes for a Pryor and Couent of Fryers, it seemeth not to be perfected yet, for they are beginning of a Cloyster not yet couered. The Couent was fled all, sauing one old Fryer, who in the little broken Latine that he had told me, that they were Dominicani ordinis praedicatorum mendicantium. The scituation of this place is exceeding delightfull: it standeth vpon the easie hanging of a hill, inclosed on three parts well neere by the Sea. The soile sandie and very light, like to our Rye-fields in England: the temper as in that height hot, and yet rather effectually and in operation, then to the sense. There books haue their glewed backs, there melted and loosened; Flowers or Fruites candied in England, there lose their crust, and English Comfits grow liquid. But after some little acquaintance, it is likely it would proue a very healthfull place; for though they speake of some mortality (as what place in the world is alwaies free from that scourge of God?) that hath bin there of late, yet haue I bin told by them that haue liued there, in seuenteene moneths there haue not aboue two bin buried, and those of extreame age. And at his Lordships comming hither people of 80. and 90. yeares old were of good abilitie of body.

The rest of this little Iland (at the least halfe of a league in length) is for the most Woods complaining Woods of vnknowne trees. of the want of dressing and industrie, yet are they all youthfully greene, and none without some fruite or other, but so strange as would pose the professors of that skill in England: and in these woods Horses and Oxen grow fat, if they be suffered to rest. Therein be also some large inclosures carefully dressed, not vnlike to our manner of dressing Hop-yards, and euery hillocke laden with the fruites of the Countrie. Lemmons or rather Lymes, and the goodliest Orenges that euer I saw are ordinarily to be found where no man set them. In and about the Towne there is store of Coker-nut-trees, which, beside the excellencie of the Fruite, giue a very delightfull gracing to the Towne. There is not in this little Iland any knowne Riuer or Spring', but hard beyond the point in the other Iland there is an excellent Conduit of very good fresh water, handsomely ouerbuilt with squared Stone; and in the Towne euery house hath a large Well, and some two, so as they cannot want water in such plentie of raine, which is there both often and abundant. And if men will not lose themselues with ouermuch ease and pleasure, there will be no necessarie thing wanting. But the eminent and knowne profits of this place are Ginger, Sugar and Hides, besides the secrets of the Gold Mines, howsoeuer of late yeares neglected. Some reasons haue beene giuen, why the King left working though he knew there were exceeding store of Gold. The first is, the very store of Gold; for say they the sweetenesse he found, made him vnwilling to haue any copartners, and therefore knowing this place to bee the neerest to the Indies to Why those mynes are neglected. those Countrimen, whom he most feared that they would in time become sharers with him, he would not lay such a baite to entice them to set footing there, where being once entered, they would not onely guild their fingers, and pay their Souldiers for the present with his Treasure, but would make this their baiting place in the longer iourney to the other Ilands, and continent of the Indies, which are the very coffers whence he feedeth his warres. And if it be obiected, that the working in these Mines was ceased before the King had cause to feare the English or French inuasions thereinto, there being then no warres twixt him and them; let them rest satisfied, that with the answer made by a Spaniard to his Lordship, obiecting the same, that the warres were then a brewing. Secondly, they say that the King left working in this, because he would haue all not onely this, but the other Mines also; for he saw that all men, as they doe loue wealth, so doe they also seeke after ease, And if with lesse labour they may get the same profit, none will vndergoe needlesse trauell. From which generall, the descent is very easie and direct to this particular. That if in a shorter voyage and lesse time his subiects were sure to make themselues Masters of as much gold, as if they went farther and should come no heauier home; hee should finde but few that would fetch gold from Peru, or the other more inland parts of the Indies, when as they might haue it with halfe the trauell, and in halfe the time. Besides, the Spaniards great lands and pouertie of men will not suffer all workes goe forwards at once. There are among the Spaniards whom God hath deliuered to his Lordships hands, the same Lansois of whom was spoken before. In what reckoning hee is held by the Spaniards, may bee perceiued, by their imploying him, in time of so great necessitie. Once it is confessed, that hee almost onely was hee that held the rest from present yeelding, and who after yeelding (which yet they say was without his consent) taketh the losse of the Spaniards most of all to heart. He seemeth truly to be wise aboue the common pitch of Souldiers which is his profession, yet hath he beene heard say and protest by the faith of a Souldier, that there is not so rich and good a myne in all the Kings Dominions to the Westward, as that of Puerto Rico. Others whose fathers were imployed in the workes, report what their dying fathers told them. But that which maketh most of all to the purpose, is the present preparation which the King is euen now a making, for the reuiuing of these workes afresh in Puerto Rico, by setting two hundreth Negroes to worke, and for that purpose had sent great store of Mattocks and Spades thither, there found in his store-house, and for what other vse they should haue needed, is not well conceiueable.

Much time was spent in taking order how the Spaniards might be dispatched to Carthagena; (for thither it was resolued they should bee sent) being a place so farre to the leeward of Puerto Rico, as that they neither could in haste themselues make any head, nor send newes to Spaine, to procure the le •• ing of any forces thence: and in prouiding victuals for this place, and repayring ships that were first to come for England. Vpon Thursday being Saint Peters day, there was a saile discryed at Sea in the morning, and by noone shee was come into the Harbour, which Saile descryed. with much astonishment shee found turned English. The Spaniards had some few dayes before reported that they looked for a ship to bring from the Hauana much of the Souldiers pay that was behinde. This held vs for the time in great suspence of hope and doubt, whether this might bee shee or no; the rather because this seemed to bee of the same bignesse that they had spoken of, but when shee was fallen into the trap, it was found indeed to bee a very Mouse, where we looked for a Mountaine. For her lading was a number of poore naked Negroes from Angola to bee sold there. Yet was shee a pretie Boat, and of her lading likely to bee made of A ship of Negroes. good vse. Within few dayes after there was another saile almost taken after the same manner, yet perceiuing a greater fleete riding there, then shee could hope to finde Spanish shee got her tack aboard, and went away lasking, so that though the Affection was sent away in chace after her, yet shee escaped.

Vpon Friday being the seuenth of Iuly, all things being made readie for their passage, the Spaniards were imbarked in a Caruell, and in another ship, which during the time the ships rode without the Harbour, for feare of them whom shee could not passe, or enuie that they should receiue good by her, ranne her selfe desperately ashoare, but shee and most things in her were saued, and here shee saued the sending away of a better ship. With these two, wherein the baser Spaniards were put, there were two other ships sent to waft them, wherein also went the Gouernour and some few others, who deserued some respect. And for themselues it was permitted them to come directly home for England. The next day being the eighth of Iuly, there came to his Lordship two Negroes from the mayne Iland with a flagge of truce, and a letter from one Seralta, an ancient Commander in that Iland, and who vpon a wound receiued in the first fight at the bridge had with-drawne himselfe into the Countrie. The effect of his desire was, that being in great distresse through feare of the English, that daily marched vp and downe the Countrie, he desired his Lordship to grant him and his protection to trauell without danger. Whereunto his Lordship made this answere to be written, and sent him. That he must absolutely denie his request, but yet if himselfe, or any of his Nation, or any dwelling with him or them would within eight dayes come vnto him to Puerto Rico, he should by the vertue of that his Letter bee protected from being taken or spoyled, by any of his Souldiers: and this hee willed him to signifie to them neere about him, that they might giue notice of the same throughout the whole Iland. And further, his Lordship promised that to as many as would come, that they should both come safely, and if they so would should bee imbarked, and sent away as the Gouernour with the rest of the Spaniards were alreadie.

His Lordships honorable resolution and intendment was, not to come so farre from home, to take onely or spoile some place in this other world, and then run home againe: but hee had determined (by the leaue of God) to keepe Puerto Rico, if it pleased God to giue it into his hands. That was the place he meant to carry, whatsoeuer it might cost him, being the very key of the West Indies, which locketh and shutteth all the gold and siluer in the Continent of America and Brasilia. He knew that Saint Domingo might with much lesse losse bee taken, and would bring much greater profit for the present; in regard whereof, and of the desire hee had his Aduenturers should become gayners, his thoughts sometime tooke that way, but finally they stayed at Puerto Rico, and there setled themselues. As this was his resolution before hee had it, so was it also after Purpose of stay and holding the place. he had it, and then not onely his, but euery man of worth or spirit saw such reason in his Lordships designments, that some thought themselues not so graciously dealt withall, that they were passed ouer, when others were named to stay. But God had otherwise disposed. For within a while that his Lordship had beene in Puerto Rico, many of our men fell sicke, and at the very first not very many dyed. The Spanish as well as the English were both sicke and dyed of the sicknesse, as besides Seralta was seene in diuers others. O h • rs suspected their bodily labours to haue procured Alteration by sicknesse and mo • talitie. it, and both seeme to haue concurred.

In Iuly and August is their Winter, so called for their great raines at those times, which to bodies alreadie rarified by the heat of the Sunne then ouer them, and yet rather where vehement Winte • (so called of abundance of rain) in Iuly and August. The disease. exercise hath more opened the pores whereby inward heat is exhaled, must needes be very dangerous. It was an extreme loosenesse of the body, which within few dayes would grow into a flux of bloud, sometimes in the beginning accompanyed with a hot Ague, but alwayes in the end attended by an extreme debillitie and waste of spirits: so that some two dayes before death, the armes and legs of the sicke would be wonderfull cold. And that was held for a certaine signe of neere departure. This sicknesse vsually within few dayes (for it was very extreme to the number of sixtie eightie, and an hundred stooles in an artificiall day) brought a languishing weaknesse ouer all the body, so that one mans sicknesse (if • ee were of any note) commonly kept two from doing duties. And this was it, which rather then the number alreadie dead, made his Lordship first thinke of quitting the place. For though towards the beginning of Iuly, there were not much aboue two hundred dead, yet was there twice as many sicke, and there was no great hope to recouer the most of them. The ships were left weakly manned, for when we landed we landed about a thousand men, of which the greater part was dead or made vnseruiceable for the present. There were aboue foure hundred reported dead when his Lordship left the 400. English de •• of sicknesse in Puer • o Rico. Towne, and surely as many so sicke, that most of them could not bring themselues aboard, before his Lordship left the place. After that it was once openly giuen out what his Lordship purposed, then was order taken to make readie the ships, in which time these things happened. Vpon Friday the seuenth of Iuly, there was a saile discryed, which being come in was found to bee one of our owne, though made ours by purchace. Heretofore it was noted, that at our comming from the Canaries, wee wanted the Frigat and one of the black Pinnaces, which being sent vpon a piece of seruice with Captaine Slingsby in the Consent, had left him, and were gone after a chace, but how farre or whither none knew till this saile came in, which told vs that they had taken that chace, whose lading was Muttons onely and Hennes, passing from one Iland to another, but withall they had so irrecouerably lost the fleet, that after they had there stayed fiue or sixe dayes, beating vp and downe to finde vs againe, but withou • effect. Captaine Harper that commanded the Frigat, was forced to breake open his Letter, to know his direction whither his Lordship had appointed him to come to him. According whereunto they first stood for Margarita, where not finding his Lordship, nor hearing any newes of the fleet; they put off againe for Puerto Rico, according to the direction they had receiued. But by reason of the violence of the Current there not so well knowne to them, they were driuen to the leeward of Puerto Rico, and so had beene at Domingo before they came to vs. There they heard newes of his Lordships being at Puerto Rico, and that he had taken the Towne, but the Fort held out still. Making therefore all the haste they could, bearing vp as high as the Passages, they got thither at last. The men in this ship were they which had beene in the black Pinnace, but because shee began to bee leakie, and not to brooke Black Pinnace sunke. these Seas, they had sunke her, and put themselues into the prize, which being of better saile then the Frigat, had out-gone her some dayes sayling, for they told vs shee would also bee there within few dayes, and so shee was on Tuesday next after, hauing lost one man of their companie, all the rest were very strong, and in good liking. Vpon Wednesday the nineteenth of Iuly, there came into this Harbour a Caruell: Shee was found to bee of Margarita, laded onely with passengers that were bound for Spaine. There were also found some rags and medicine pearle, to the value of a thousand Duckets; the men were not many, and it should seeme they had not A thousand Ducats worth of pearles • ound. further furnished themselues, then might prouide them necessaries at their arriuall in Spaine, and to present their friends. Vpon interrogatories therefore he found it very certaine by the agreeing confession of them all, that they were so farre from hearing of any fleet of the English in these Westerne parts, that in much securitie the Kings Chist was yet remayning in Margarita, with no more then the ordinarie guard. For besides the old Garrison of about thirtie Souldiers, there The Kings rich Chist of pearls in Margarita. was not any new supply. Onely they had receiued direction from the King, that seeing the Chist was very rich, they should not aduenture to send so great treasure without assured strength; and therefore his pleasure was signified to be, that it should attend his sending of some Gallions or Frigats for the safe wafting of the same. The Chist had not beene stirred some yeeres, and therefore rich it must needes be, in a place which so plentifully yeelded pearle. Triall was made by his Lordship with three ships; but Margarita lying South-east or South-east by South from Puerto Ricco, and the windes at that time of the yeere constantly blowing East South-east or South-east by East, they were forced backe frustrate of their hopes.

§. IIII.

Purpose of returne. Treatie with the Spaniards. His Lordships departure. Description of the Iland, the Beasts, Fruits, Plants, &c.

HIs Lordship after he saw it was not Gods pleasure, that this place should yet bee kept by the English, had made some offers afarre off to the Teniente, and other chiefe men that were in the mayne Iland, for ransomming their Iland and Citie. To this purpose he vsed one Antonio Robles, a Licenciate in physick, that had beene taken in the ship of Angola, whereof I noted something before. This Robles is a man, whom some learning and much experience added to his naturall wit, had made very subtile and craftie. Hee once returned, but soone after gaue the slip, as also did two others. By reason of this accident, the old Gouernour and the rest of the Spaniards, were restrayned of much libertie they had, and were kept in closer durance: which wrought with them in such sort, that at his Lordships returne into the Harbour, the Gouernour Pedro Suarez made offer to his Lordship, that if it would please • im to send one Vincent Lopez (that was in restraint with him) againe to negociate with the Teniente touching the ransome of the Citie and Stansies, he would become suretie for his returne. His Lordship refused to write any more to men so vnworthy of his curtesie, which they had much abused; Marry if you, said my Lord, doe see likelihood that any thing would bee effected, and would your selfe and as from your selfe write to them to perswade them for their owne good, I would vpon your word and suretiship, be content that the said Lopez should passe. Lopez sent with Letters. Thus vpon Tuesday the first of August, was Lopez dispatched with one Letter to the Bishop, and another to the Teniente, both from Pedro Suarez. Vpon Thursday the third day, Lopez returned. And brought his Lordship a Letter in shew from the Licenciate in physick, Antonio Robles, but indeed it was an answere from the Teniente, Pedro Garcia, and the rest, into whose hands the gouernment fell, vpon the sending away of the present Gouernour Antonio Muschere. In this Letter, besides many idle excuses for his owne treacherous breach of promise (the conuenient doing whereof was in likelihood the cause, that he specially was deputed to write for the rest) there was offer made, that if it would please his Excellencie, to set downe and send them a definite summe, which he would accept, they would looke into their present abilitie, and accordingly would send his Lordship assurance, that within seuen dayes it should be sent to him, to be receiued at the Point, where hee held continuall guard. Concluding, that in these sendings they sought nothing but delaies, his Lordship determined not to send them any more, but withall speed to make himselfe and the fleet readie for a happy, and by many much desired returne, since it was cleere, that it was not Gods pleasure, that yet this Iland should bee inhabited by the English. All the Hides therefore, and Ginger and Sugar, which either was alreadie readie or in time could be gotten, was forthwith shipped, and so was all the munition in the Towne, all the Ordnance in any place of that Iland, which amounted in all and of all sorts very neere the full number of fourscore cast peeces, some of them the goodliest that euer I saw. But when they saw his Lordship 80 peeces of brasen Ordnance brought from Puerto Rico. resolute to send no more to them for negotiating touching the ransome of their Citie; they now begin to send againe and againe to him. His Lordship neuer meant to deface their Citie, or to make it vnfit to be inhabited. But withall he tooke the likeliest wayes, to conceale this from the knowledge of the enemie, whom hee could not so well rule with any other bit, our owne strength being now growne so weake. His Lordship therefore entertayned their offers, and so farre granted their desires, that some in the name of them all, might with his Lordships Passe come to the Citie to goe through with his Excellencie. There came two, Imma •• el Corder • and Don Pedro de Pantoia, who without the Bishops consent, they said, offered fiue hundred kintals of Ginger; at whose returne (which should bee within three or foure dayes) they did thinke that thrice so much would be giuen. The fleet was not yet altogether readie, and Sir Iohn Barkley not yet so well recouered of his the common disease, as that it was deemed fit hee should presently commit himselfe to the Sea, being to bee so long without a bayting place; and hee by his Lordships directions left him, might dispatch the matter. These two therefore were licensed to returne to Luisa to their friends vpon Saturday being the twelfth of August, with promise to be againe with vs on the Tuesday following. But before their appointed day his Lordship set saile: yet it is not vnlikely his returne was something hastened, by an accident that fell out. The old man Pedro Suarez had a countenance that promised an honest minde, and in regard of his age and weaknesse, he was not so narrowly looked to, as for sometime hee had beene. This old sicke man found a meanes to escape the Sunday-night after they were gone to Luisa, certainly not without practice with his Countrimen; and it is thought with the priuitie of his Keeper. Now this mans departure onely therefore misliked, because it was traiterous and without leaue, did more and more confirme his Lordship in his opinion that the Spaniards dealing with vs was traiterous, and for some other end, then was pretended. And therefore seeing his owne stay should not be needfull (for he knew Sir Iohn very sufficient to dispatch any thing that was to bee done) he presently commanded that his owne ship should weigh, and with her, of great ships onely the Samson; of the lesser, the Royall Defence, the Frigat, the Scout, the Elizabeth, the Guiana, and two little ones that were found in the Harbour, one a Frenchman, and the other a Spanish Frigat, which were rigged during our aboad there. So that his Lordship left with Sir Iohn the Ships left with Sir I. Barkley. strength of the Nauie, the Ascention, the Gallion, the Alcedo, the Consent, the Pegasus, the Centurion, two strong flie-boats, and the Anthonie. The true reason of his Lordships desire to be gone from Puerto Rico quickly, was indeed a longing he had to be quickly at the Ilands. For hee had so plotted the voyage, that still hee would haue a string left in store for his Bow. And now hee had intelligence that the fleet of Mexico, which hee knew was to goe this yeere, was euen Cause of the Earles quick departure: now vpon their dispatch. For vpon very good aduertisements he was giuen to vnderstand, that the fleet meant to disimbogge the first light Moone in their September, which falleth out to bee the seuen and twentieth of our August, and his desire was to be at the Ilands before them, which he might well hope for being in the height of the Bermuda by that time they should put forth of the Bay. Besides this he had reason to looke for the meeting of a Carack, if by the middest of September hee were at the Ilands. For though they, which are homewards bound hauing made their voyage in the East Indies, ordinarily haue timelier passage, and are at home by August, yet if any of them, which this yeere were to goe from Lisbon, should be put backe againe, September is the moneth, wherein they were to bee expected at the Açores. And for their more certaine meeting againe with his Lordship, that so all the fleet might come home together, his Lordship left them this direction, which was giuen to euery ship vnder his hand. You shall steere in with the Southward part of Flores: if you finde me not in that course, then seeke me betwixt ten and fourteene le • gues of Fayal, West South-west. If there you finde mee not, then come through betwixt Fayal and the Pike; and seeke me in the Road at Gra • iosa; if you finde me in none of these places, you may be assured I am gone from the Ilands for England. And for the Towne, Sir Iohn had order giuen to leaue it vndefaced, sauing that the Fort Mora should bee razed to the landward. Thus wee left Puerto Rico, and steered as directly to the Ilands as the windes would suffer vs, which are there continually Easterly, yet serued vs so fauourably, that blowing much at East South-east, wee tooke our selues to hold a North North-east course, allowing our ships to driue one point to the leeward; which course it we could hold, we hoped to weather the infamous Iland of Bermuda, notorious with vnmercifull and incredible stormes of fearfull thunder and lightning. It was the The Ear • e departed from Puerto Rico the 14. of August. sixt day after our departure from Puerto Rico, being Saturday the nineteenth of August, when I writ out this note, then were wee a great way from the height of the Bermuda, which lyeth in thirtie three degrees.

Now we are in the way from Puerto Rico to the Ilands of Açores, which must needes be found a long passage, and the way being not much beaten with resort of the Passengers, puts me in hope that this may be a leisurefull place, to pay a piece of a promise that I made before, to say something more of the nature and qualitie and largenesse of the mayne Iland of Puerto Rico. The meanes which I did most wish and hope for, to enable mee the better for the payment of this debt, I could neuer with conueniency come by. For I alwayes waited if his Lordship would passe ouer into the Mayne. For without him I had no great desire, and indeed I should haue beene quickly missed, seeing it pleased his Honor to vse mee in the dispatch of all things, which were The Authors employment with the Earle. to be done by warrant or direction vnder his hand. So that whatsoeuer I shall say here, I must be content to report vpon the report of others; and I will not tell you any thing, which (mee thought) my selfe did not first see reason to beleeue. The plat and figure of the Iland is a square, Of the n • ture, qualitie, • nd largenesse of the mayne Iland of Saint Iohn de Pue ••• Rico. altera parte longius, the length exceeding the breadth neere the proportion of seuen to foure; for it is told me, to be sixe and thirtie leagues long, and twentie leagues broad, bearing it selfe out from end to end neere in the same distance. It lyeth East and West: at the West end the two corners doe so jut out, that they make a goodly Bay betwixt them, but yet not so profitable, because a goodly Riuer, which would gladly disburden it selfe into the Bay, is choaked with sands, which the Sea casteth vp into the mouth of the Riuer, which being nauigable a good way vp into the Land, is within a stones cast of losing his old name, and being called the Sea, made shallow and vnfit for the receit of Vessels of burthen. There are indeed in the same Bay other lesser Riuerets, whereat Passengers vse to take in fresh water, as Sir Francis Drake did, after hee was beaten from the Citie of Puerto Rico, and put forth thence to Nombre de Dios. Vpon this part of the Iland, which is commonly called La Aquada, in English, The watering place, the greatest Commander, and of largest possessions, is, or of late hath beene, one Chereno; whose proper land, is thought to containe in compasse and circuit neere the quantitie of ten leagues. The other end, the Easterly end is knowne by the name of La cabeça de San Iuan, in English Saint Iohns head. The Citie of Puerto Rico is his right side or arme: and the South side about the Countrie of Choama (whither the Bishop at our comming had carried himselfe) will be answerable to the left side or left arme, as being lesse fit for action, and his feet is the watering place. The most famous Riuers of this Iland are Toa and Baiamond, the rather because they runne into the Harbour of the Citie of Puerto Rico; whereof Toa is by much the greater, and falleth more with Riuer Toa. the West of the Towne: This Riuer riseth out of a Mountaine, called Guiamo, being on the South side of the mayne Iland, some fifteene or sixteene leagues from Puerto Rico • o the Eastward; from Guiamo it runneth North in one streame, till it come to another Mountaine, called Cawas, and though in this way it receiue many Riuerets into it, yet it cannot bee said either to lose or retaine his name, for thus farre it is not knowne certainly what name it had, as they say; but here parteth it selfe into two streames, the one whereof runneth Northerly to Luisa, a Towne not great but somewhat fortified, standing some sixe leagues to the Eastward of Puerto Rico. Whether the Towne doe giue or take his name of this arme of the Riuer, it is vnknowne. But well knowne it is, that they haue both one name. The other streame being once diuorced from Luisa, runneth North North-west and falleth into the Harbour of Puerto Rico, where it is called Toa.

Baiamond riseth betwixt the parting of Toa and Luisa, and runneth a Northerly, but more Easterly Riuer Baiamond. course withall, till it mingleth it selfe with salt water on the South-west side of Puerto Rico. The Iland is watered with very many other Riuers, and Riuerets and Springs without number, or names, but those that giue or take names of the Villages and Townes which stand vpon them, for the most part runne Northerly. For besides Guiamo, which riseth in the Countrie of Coama, and runneth into the Southerly Sea, and the Riuer whereon Saint German (which also is called Salamanca and Guadianilla) is situate towards the West end of the Iland neere to Cape Roxo; all the other of name runne to the leeward of the Iland, and fall into the Northerly Sea. As first and next to Puerto Rico to the Westward, the Riuer and Towne of Sa • uco: next to it Guiamo, then the Recibo, twixt which and the Laguada is another, whose name I could not learne. The Laguada, whereof I spake before, and which giueth name to the Westerly end of the Iland, where Sir Francis Drake (as I said) watered, is next vnto the choaked Bay before mentioned; in which Bay at the North-west Point is the Gawaraba, which the Seas violence hath made something vnprofitable for nauigation, so that the passage to Saint Domingo, and the other leeward parts of the West Indies, are most ordinarily from the Laguada, if they of the Westerly part of the Iland haue any businesse that way. For as Saint Germans or Salamanca, though I haue heard it to be a Harbour and a Sea-faring Towne, yet I am told so much to the contrarie, as makes me doubt of the former report, though I dare not absolutely assent to this later, though a Spaniard of good vnderstanding told it me. Now, in euery one of these Riuers which I haue named is Gold found ordinarily • n the Riuers of Saint Iohn de Puerto Rico. there gold found ordinarily before it be sought. And (I know it to bee true) when the Spaniards perceiued by his Lordships manner of leauing the Citie of Puerto Rico, that hee went not away without purpose to returne, one of them told his Honor in plaine termes, that he could not thrust his spade into any of these named Riuers, and many other besides these, but hee should finde gold. This certainly is true, and I haue seene the experience, that some of the grauell of one of these Riuers being brought to his Lordship because it looked rich, when triall was made, onely by washing away the sand and grauell, there was cornes of very good gold found in it, and that for the quantitie and proportion in great measure. Where, because we are againe fallen into this argument, I will report vnto you a certaine truth, whereby the richnesse of the mynes in Puerto Rico may be esteemed. One Ioancho de Luyando, a Mint-master in this Iland, dwelling in the Guadianilla neere to Saint Germans, or at the least hauing workes there, tooke a bullion or masse of gold so pure, as it needed no further triall, that being sent to the King it was found worth three thousand and fiue hundreth Duckets, and diuers times he found such plates, that onely splitting them, he made himselfe trenchers of gold to eate his meat on. This man may bee judged to haue beene of no great either wit or care; for it is certainly reported, that oftentimes meeting his owne slaues comming out of the Countrie to his house in Puerto Rico with store of gold, hee did not know them to be his owne, till themselues told him so; and yet this man dyed so very rich, that he left euery of his three sonnes a hundreth thousand Duckets; insomuch that the youngest of them being in Spaine vpon the dispatch of some businesse, which his father had left vnsettled, was there thought of state so good, that a Marquesse thought his daughter well bestowed vpon Vanitie of riches. him in marriage, But see how nothing will last where God with his preseruing blessing doth not keepe things together. For at this day, scarce is there any remainder left of all his riches, and this now most poore though great Lady, not being able to proportion her selfe to the lownesse of her fortune, and besides vexed with her husbands ill conditions, hath by authoritie left him, and hauing entered religious profession, is at this present in a Nunnerie in Saint Domingo.

I haue beene very inquisitiue of the best obseruers, and most able to judge among ours, that haue vpon occasion trauailed into the inparts of the Iland. They doe agreeingly tell me, first that their wayes are very myrie, or rather dirtie, as proceeding of mold rather then grauell or sand; The soile. now, the prouerbe in England is, that that Countrie is best for the Byder, that is most cumbersome to the Rider. Secondly, the grasse and herbage they meet withall euerywhere is very proud and high, though somewhat course, which argueth a lustinesse, and strength of fatnesse in the soile, and which wanteth onely store of mouthes to ouer-come that luxuriant pride, and to bring it to the finenesse which we most commend in England, which is made most probable, by that, which in the third place they report of their experience, that the soile is a black mold, vnderlaid within some two foot, with a laire of reddish clay, which is one of the most infallible marks by which our English Grasiers know their battle and feeding grounds. The whole Iland is delightfully and pleasurably diuersified with Hills and Vallies. Among the Hills there is one eminent aboue the rest, called the Loquilla, commended with the greatest plentie and riches of mynes. And yet M. Loquilla. none of the Riuers that I can heare of, haue their heads from thence, which perhaps may bee the reason, why it aboue the rest is lesse wasted. For they say that in the other Hills also there are veines found, of whose pouertie no man needeth to complaine. This Hill which they call Loquilla, is placed Easterly aboue Luisa. The Vallies are much wooddy, but in very many places interlaced with g • odly large Playnes and spacious Lawnes. The woods are not onely vnderlings Woods and Timber. (as in the lesser Iland for the most part they are) but timber trees of goodly talnesse and stature, fit for the building of ships, and of euery part of them. For not to speake of a ship which wee our selues found here a building towards the burthen of a hundreth, the great Bougonia; a ship of a thousand, hauing lost her Masts at Sea, had them all made here of the timber of this Iland, her mayne Mast being of two trees onely, and being there and all other wayes fitted for Spaine, was euen vpon the point of putting forth of this Harbour, when Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins came hither with an honorable intent to take her and the foure Millions, which shee brought hither from the Hauana. For this ship was the Admirall of the fleet, which that yeere went from Tierra firma; and being taken with a storme at Sea, and hauing lost her Masts, with much adoe recouered this Harbour, and here was againe fitted. But the Queenes Nauie (vpon aduertisement Great ship sunke with foure mi •• ions and a halfe of treasure. of this accident) came so just in the nick, that they were forced to sinke her in the Harbour, and that with so great haste, that the passengers had not time to fetch their clothes, but lading and victuals and all was lost. Some of the ribs of this great Beast we found here, but the marrow and sweetnesse of her was gone; for shee brought in her foure millions and a halfe of treasure, for the wafting whereof those Frigats, which Sir Francis burned in this Harbour, were purposely sent. For while Sir Francis was watering at Guadalupe, some of his fleet discouered the passage of these Frigats by Dominica; which good newes (as truly they were very good) assured Sir Francis (as he openly told the fleet) that the treasure was not yet gone from Saint Iohn de Puerto Rico, for as much as he assured himselfe that these ships were going to fetch it home. The Playnes and The playnes. Lawnes of the mayne Iland • re graced with much varietie of many kindes of fruit: for besides the great Countries of ground where their Heards roame with such vncontrolled licence, as that Herds almost wilde. they grow almost wilde, the champaine which they haue chosen to place their Stancies and Ingenios vpon, are richly laden with Ginger and Sugar-cane. Their Ingenios are commonly vpon Ginger and Sugar. some Riuer, or neere some moore-marrish and waterish places, for in places of that qualitie doe their Sugar-canes prosper best. And besides, there is much vse of water for their Mills, and other works, though most commonly their Mills goe with the strength of men and horses, as I vnderstand, like our Horse-mills in England, which if I had seene my selfe I should haue beene better able, and conseq • ently more willing, to haue reported to you the manner and cunning of the same. They that haue beene eye-witnesses, doe with great wonder and commendation speake of them. Their Stansias are more inwardly placed in the Countrie, and yet a conuenient neerenesse Stansias for Ginger. to some Riuer is desired, for more conuenient carriage of their Ginger to Puerto Rico, whence they vent their commodities into other Countries; which I take to bee some part of the cause why more follow Ginger then Sugar workes, because their Stansias doe not need such choise of place, and therefore the poorer may more easily come by them, which yet also more easily they set vpon, because much needeth not to set vpon the commoditie of Ginger. I haue heretofore said Ginger and Sugar their richest commodities. Hides. in generall, that Sugar and Ginger are the greatest knowne commodities of this Iland.

A third commoditie of the Iland besides Ginger and Sugar, I did before note to bee Hides. Whereof without contradiction there is very great store. I haue beene told by the Spaniard, that that same Chereno, whose Countrie is neere to the Laguada of the quite contrarie side to Cape Roxo, is generally reported to feede to the number of twelue thousand head of Cattle. Wherevpon One man hauing 12000. head of beeues which vsually are greater then the English. we may easily coniecture, how infinite the number of Cattell in this Iland is, seeing in the Westerly end thereof, which is held farre worse for feeding then the Easterly, neere Saint Iohns head, there is so incredible abundance. Once, it is generally spoken and beleeued, that by reason of this ouer-flowing of Beeues, it is lawfull for any man to kill what he needeth for his vse, if onely hee bee so honest as to bring the skins to the proper owners. Now, these Hides must rise to a huge summe of riches, considering that their Cattell are farre larger, then any Countrie that I know in England doth yeeld. For their Kine that I haue seene here, are for goodlinesse both of heads and bodies comparable with our English Oxen. And I wot not how that kinde of beast Beeues prosper there better then horses. Their horses hath specially a liking to these Southerly parts of the world, aboue their Horses, none of which I haue seene by much so tall and goodly as ordinarily they are in England. They are well made, and well metalled, and good store there are of them, but me thinks, there are many things wanting in them, which are ordinarie in our English light horses. They are all Trotters, nor doe I remember that I haue seene aboue one Ambler, and that a very little fidling Nagge. But it may be, if there were better Breeders, they would haue better and more goodly increase, yet these are good enough for Hackneys, to which vse onely almost they are imployed. For Sheepe and Goates I cannot say that there are any great flocks, and of the two, fewer Sheepe then Goates. For I haue seene and tasted of many Goates, but to my remembrance, I did not see one Sheepe, yet (say they) that the Iland is not without reasonable flocks: and I haue beene told so, by them who haue receiued information from their owne eyes. Neither can this scant of sheepe be Goates. laid vpon the nature of the soile, as being vnfit or vnwilling to feed that sober harmlesse creature, Why she • pe are scarse. but it proceedeth rather of a wooluish kinde of wilde Dogs which are bred in the woods, and there goe in great companies together. This commeth to passe, by reason that these Dogs finde Wolu • sh Dogs. in the woods sufficient sustenance, and preferre that wilde libertie before domesticall, and to themselues much more profitable seruice. These Dogs liue of Crabs; I meane not fruits of trees: The wild dogs liue of Crabs. but an Animal, a liuing and sensible creature, in feeding whereupon, euen men finde a delight, not onely a contentednesse. These woods are full of these Crabs, in quantitie bigger then euer I saw Description of th • se landcrabs quere if they b • e not Tortoi •• s. any Sea-Crabs in England, and in such multitudes that they haue Berries, like Conies in English Warrens. They are in shape not different from Sea-Crabs, for ought I could perceiue. For I speake not this out of report, but of my owne sensible experience. I haue seene multitudes of them both here, and at Dominica. The whitest whereof (for some are vgly blacke) some of our men did catch and eate with good liking, and without any harme, that euer I heard complaint of. At our first comming to Puerto Rico, the Dogs of the Citie, euery night kept a fearfull howling, and in the day time, you should see them goe in flocks into the woods along the Sea side. This wee tooke at first a kinde bemoaning of their Masters absence, and leauing of them: but Their experiment. when within a while they were acquainted with vs, who at first were strangers to them, and so began to leaue the howling by night, yet still continued their daily resort to the woods, and that in companies. We vnderstood by asking, that their resort thither was to hunt, and eate Crabs, whereof in the woods they should finde store. This then is the sustenance which the wilde Dogs of Puerto Rico finde in their woods; which either fayling them sometimes, or our of a wooluish disposition they get by liuing apart from men, they fall vpon the sheepe, whereof they haue made great waste; but which easily might be repayred, if the Spaniards would bee content, to sweat a little, or to be a little wearie in killing of these Dogs. Their Goates liue more securely, because they loue cliffes of Rocks, or the tops of Hils, and therefore they are out of the ordinarie Goates more safe then Sheepe. haunt of these murderous Dogs, by reason that their ordinarie foode the Crabs are most vsually in bottoms, and along the Sea side. Besides Sheep and Goats there is reasonable good store of Swine, which in these Westerly and Southerly Ilands yeeld most sweet Porke. I doe not remember Swine. that I haue seene here either Hare or Conie, but here is store of excellent Poultrie, as Cocks and Hens and Capons, some Turkies and Ginny-hens, Pidgeons in meruailous abundance; not in Fowles. Pidgeons in Trees. Doue-houses as with vs, but which breed and build in Trees, they are both of great number and goodnesse. For besides other places, there are two or three little Ilands hard by Puerto Rico, neere to the mouth of Toa, where a Boat may goe in an euening or morning, and suddenly take nine, ten, or a dozen dozen; the chiefest of these three is called (as I haue heard) the Gouernours Iland. I haue not marked any store of Fowle vpon this little Iland, nor haue I heard of more by any that haue beene in the mayne Iland. Parrots and Parrachetoes are here, as Crowes and Dawes in England; I haue ordinarily seene them flie in flocks, and except it bee some extraordinarie Parrots as Crowes. talkatiue, they are not here much regarded, as it should seeme.

Now, fruits of the Iland are abundant in number and measure, very excellent; Potatoes are ordinarie. Their Pines are in shape like a Pine-apple, and of this likenesse, I thinke, these had Fruits. Pines. their names, but neither in feeling or taste are they any thing like; for that wherewith this Pine is inclosed is not wood, but soft, that you may squease it in your hand, and so apt to bee mellow, that it will not keepe long, whereas a wooddie Pine-apple is of an exceeding durance and lasting. The taste of this fruit is very delicious, so as it quickly breedeth a fulnesse. For I cannot liken it in the palate to any (me thinks) better then to very ripe Strawberries and Creame, the rather if a man haue alreadie eaten almost his belly full: for then they much resemble a Pine; I haue seene some a quarter of a yard long at least, and in proportionable thicknesse, to bee like a Pine-apple; it groweth vpon an hearb like an Artichoke. Their Mammeis are of the colour of a very darke russitting apple, or a leather-coat, of the bignesse of a great Costard, the rinde of it as Mammeis. thicke or thicker then the barke of a Sallow, which being easily pulled off discouereth a yellow, but well tasting meat, something like a Carrot roote, but much better. Within this meat, there are two or three great rugged ill-shaped stones, which (as I remember) haue kirnels in them. Their Guiauas are a lesser fruit, as bigge as a Peach, and without not much vnlike, but within not solid as the Mammeis, or as an Apple is, but full of such little seedes as a Goose-berry hath, Guiauas. not so greenish, but inclining to a sanguine colour, the taste of this is (me thought) like to a very ripe great white Plum: this fruit is (which a man would not thinke) a remedie against the flux, and so are their Papaies, a fruit like an Apple of a waterish welsh taste. They haue Plums blacke and white, their stones much bigger, and their meat much lesse then in England, and these also That and Pap •• es good agai • st flux. P • ums. Wilde grapes. stay the flux. And so doe their wilde Grapes, which are a fruit growing in Clusters, and therein onely (me thinkes) like Grapes, they are round, and as great as a good Musket-bullet, and yet haue they very little meat vpon them, for their stone (if that which is not hard may bee called a stone) is exceeding great for the proportion of the fruit, insomuch that the meat seemeth to bee but the rinde of this stone. A stone I call it though you may put it together with your finger, but it hath a bitterish kirnell in it, and that which is without: it is meat, and that of a del • ightfull saporous taste. Their Plantines are a fruie which grow on a shrub betwixt an hearb and a tree, but Planti ••• . it is commonly called, a tree of the height of a man, the stem of it as bigge as a mans thigh, the fruit it selfe, of the bignesse and shape of a Goates horne, it groweth yellowish and mellow: being ripe either vpon the tree, or with keeping, and then eaten raw or roasted, it is a good meat, comming neere to the rellish of an Apple-Iohn, or a Duson that hath beene kept till it is ouerripe, sauing that me thought I still found some taste of a roote in it, the meat of it is lapped vp in a thin skin, which being, scored the long way with a knife, easily deliuereth what is within it. Their Coker-trees please the eye, as well as their Nuts doe the taste. The body of them is but Cocos. slender, no where so bigge as a mans middle, and vpwards growing proportionably lesse, till they are risen some thirtie or fortie foot high without sprig or bough, then breake out their boughs all at once, euery one whereof is iust like a goodly Ostridge feather; their leaues are so cunningly set together, euery one whereof alone is something like a Sedge or the leafe of a wilde Lilly. Vnder this bush which is the head of the tree, doe the Coker-nuts grow, some fortie on a tree round about the Bole, some yard downward from where the branches breake out. These trees are a very great grace to the Citie of Puerto Ric • , and very many there were found in it: and he that hat • seene this may somewhat conceiue of the forme of a Palme to tree, for in shape they are not vnlike. This Palmeto tree, while it is young (and yet of good yeeres) is much of it selfe meat, and Palme • os. tasted (me thought) like a Wall-nut, but some what bitterish; when it is old they say it beareth fruit, the Date, one of the best fruits in my iudgement; I saw not any fruit vpon any of the Palmetoes that I saw, and therefore this shall be said onely vpon the report of others. Besides these fruits the Iland yeeldeth Figs, Pomegranates, Muske-millions, Po • e-cit • ons very 〈◊〉 (as my Other fruits. selfe saw) but it is incredible almost that is reported of them by men of good credit; that their Pome-citrons grow to so huge greatnesse, as that a very little number three or foure of th 〈…〉 will Huge Citrons. lade a horse. Limons I did not see any, yet they say there are some, but of Limes the number is numberlesse; and as for Oranges, truly I thinke they are the best tasted, and most goodly in the Oranges. world. For both their sweet and sowre Oranges are full of most delicate and 〈◊〉 -pleasing juyce, and besides they are the goodliest both in colour and greatnesse, that euer I saw. They haue Pepper also growing vpon trees, the Pepper it selfe is a little seede of colour •• ixt white Pepper. and yellow, and inclosed in a bagge which sometime is round like a B • ll, sometime it runneth o •• in a picked length like a fruit, which we gather in our Gardens in England, and eate as a sallet with Mutton. This pepper is much hotter and stronger then the blacke pepper vsed with vs in our Countrie. These fruits and many more grow vpon trees, and common to them all it is, and I thinke to all the fruits of the Iland, that the same tree at once beareth buds, greene fruit, Trees diue ••• fied in fruits, greene & ripe, and buds at once. Ca •• auy bread. and ripe fruits, and often withall seedeth.

Now if any man thinke that wee haue found meates in good store, but yet want bread and drinke, it may at one word bee answered, that the industrious and 〈◊〉 can want 〈◊◊〉 of either. For first of all their Cassauie specially new, and carefully dressed is good bread •• ead 〈◊〉 〈…〉 ll keepe so well that ships that goe hence to Spaine are victualled with it to the good lik 〈…〉 of •• ssengers. This Cassauie is the roote of a small tree, like, me thought, to an ouer-growne Hyssope Cassauie descr 〈…〉 . stalke, or a young Sallow, but that the leaues are not so broad, but by much 〈…〉 ker vpon the branches of Cassauie: this roote is very full of liquor, which must be carefully pressed forth, before the dryer part bee fit to make bread. For the roote eaten with the juyce, or the juyce by it selfe, bringeth a painfull swelling in the belly, whereof death doth oft • n follow. Wher • fore the The iuyce not poyson. Spaniards generally hold it for a kinde of poyson. Yet our men (I am told) meeting with the rootes vnpressed, and mistaking them for Potatoes (whereby you may coniecture their shape) haue eaten them without after feeling any mortall distemper. And to a body whose naturall heat is able to ouercome their cruditie and rawnesse, there is happily no present danger, for they tell me that of this juyce sodden, there is made a prettie kinde of drinke somewhat like small Ale. The bread which they make of this roote is very passing white, not • neaded into loaues, but rolled out in Cakes of a reasonable thicknesse, yet may they be better called thin, and of ••• h breadth that they lap them in • oldes one vpon another. Besides their Cassauie, they haue Mais, May • . which maketh a much •• ner bread, and vsed of the better sort. There are two sorts of Maiz, the lesser they say not vnlike to Rice, in proportion and bignesse and taste; this I neuer saw either growing or raw, but I haue seene it in the dish, and at first did take it for Rice, sauing that mee thought it was something ouer-swollen; they that eats it said, it tasted like Rice. The bigger sort of Maiz I haue seene growing, and it is either the same or exceeding like to the graine which we call Ginny wheat; it groweth vp with a knotted stalke like a Reed, with large scattered leaues; it riseth to a fadome and a halfe at least in height, and at the very top shooteth out the graine. Besides Maiz and Cassauie, there is good store of Rice growing in the Iland, and where Ric • . Rice will grow, who will make a question of Corne. But to put it without contrad •••• on, that Corne will come vp with good increase, experience hath determined the question. For that same Mulato Cheren • (whom I mentioned before) did make experience • nd did sow Corne, which he reaped with good increase. But because it was painefull to follow husbandrie and tillage, and (forsooth) Cassauie and Maiz would serue, the Spaniards would none, nay this Molato halfe borne a slaue, would not bee at the paiues to continue tillage. For drinks, the Drinkes. Spaniard doth here, as in Spaine hee doth, vse water for most of his drinke, which in so hot a climate, would well agree with the English after some acquaintance; yet the Spaniard hath two other sorts of drinke, the one called G • acapo, made of Molasses (that is, the coursest of their Sugar) and some Spices; the other kinde, and vsed by the better sort of them, is called Al • : which is a kinde of Bragget made with many hot spices. And if both these fayled, yet haue they good store of wines, indeed brought in from other Countries; not that this Iland will not nourish Vines: for I haue seene some grow here in P • erto Rico very flourishingly. But I haue heard the King will not suffer them to plant and dresse Vineyards, as a matter of policie.

I might here, and so would I make an end of speaking of the fruits of this Iland (for me thinks what hath beene said, sheweth it to be selfe sufficient to liue well and happily) but their Yerua vina will not haue me forget it. This hearbe is a little contemptible weed to looke vpon, with a Sen ••• iue plant. long woodden stalke creeping vpon the ground, and seldome lifting it selfe aboue a handfull high from ground. But it hath a propertie, which confoundeth my vnderstanding, and perhaps will seeme strange in the way of Philosophers, who haue denyed euery part of sense to any plant; yet this certainly seemeth to haue feeling. For if you lay your finger or a sticke vpon the leaues of it, not onely that very piece which you touched, but that that is neere to it, will contract it selfe, and run together, as if it were presently dead and withered, nor onely the leaues but the very sprigs, being touched, will so disdainfully withdraw themselues, as if they would slip themselues rather then be touched, in which state both leafe and sprig will continue a good while, before it returne to the former greene and flourishing forme. And they say, that so long as the partie which touched it standeth by it, it will not open, but after his departure it will, this last I did not my selfe obserue: and if it be so, it must be more then sense, whence such a sullennesse can proceed; but for the former, I haue my selfe beene often an eye-witnesse to my great wonder, for it groweth in very many places in the little Iland. His Lordship made some of it bee put in pots with earth, and yet it liueth, and how farre it will so continue is vncertaine. There hath beene Cinamon and something else giuen me as fruits of the Ilands, but: I doe thinke they are but Cinamon. rarities at the most, and therefore they shall not come in my bill. But now to returne to the slow steps we made towards the Ilands of the Açores.

§. V.

Accidents by Sea in their way to the Azores and there.

ON Saint B 〈…〉 es eue wee had store of lightning and thunder, which besides the obseruation, put vs more out of doubt of our neerer approach to the Bermuda. The next day about noone wee began to steere East North-east and better. Vpon Friday the fiue and twentieth, wee were melted with a greater and more smothering calme then any time before; and yet (which made it strangest) wee had out of the North-west higher High 〈◊〉 . Seas, then before that time I had euer seene, in the greatest windes that we had had. The hugenesse of this Sea was perceiued not onely by the view of our sight, but rather by the extraordinarie heeling of our ship, certainly as much or more impatient of a high Sea in a calme, as of any other weather. This calme was so extremely hot, that wee were in hope it would bee like other Hot calme continuing thirteene dayes. extreames, of no long continuance; but behold it lasted obstinately thirteene dayes, sauing that sometimes there would be some shew of a gale, but it would so instantly and frowardly leaue vs, as if it had beene come onely to let vs see wee needed not to despaire. There had beene often spench of a Current, that wee were to haue, and some thought that they had found it, the most durst not be • pprehensiue. But vpon Wednesday the thi • tieth; it began to be cleere: for though the winde was not worthy to be called so, nor scarce by the name of a breath, and besides so narrow, that we stood vpon abowling, yet we were found in that last passed artificiall day, to haue run aboue fiftie leagues at the least. For whereas vpon Tuesday wee were by obseruation found to bee almost precisely in thirtie two: vpon Wednesday at noone, wee had the Sunne in thirtie An apparent Current in 32. degrees. three, and two terces, and eight minutes. So that in foure and twentie houres we had raysed one degree and fortie eight minutes, which if we had run due North or South; had risen to about foure or fiue and thirtie leagues. But seeing our course was three parts of the time at East North-east, and East and by North, the ship could not bee allowed lesse way, then fi • tie leagues at the least; and this being without winde, argueth a violent Current, and the rather because for the time we had a hard Sea. This was made yet more certaine by obseruation of the Pole-star vpon Thursday at night. This opinion for a Current, was vpon Saturday Sept. 2. made vndoubted, for the substance of the thing, I meane that there was a Current, but the circumstance seemed • o varie somthing. For the Current was then iudged to set rather to the East & by South, though this would fill the former obseruations with greater difficulties. This was perceiued by many drags, which howsoeuer the ship scaped, yet they still runne or were carried to the East Southerly. And then many other things purposely cast into the Sea to make further triall, all went the same way and that a good pace though directly ahead the ship. And yet farther if there were any breath at all, it was at South-east, so that they went against the winde that was.

And now I come to that the remembrance whereof rather then present apprehension yet maketh me quake, like the man that dyed vpon the fearfull knowledge of how great danger he had passed at Rochester bridge. It was a fearfull storme, which I truly not knowing how dangerfull it was, feared not much while we were in it, but since hearing old Sea-men and of long experience speake of it, I perceiue it is good to be ignorant sometime. Vpon Thursday the seuenth of September, Ignorance beneficiall. the gale began to be very fresh and to keepe the sailes stiffe from the Masts, and so continued all that day. Vpon Friday it began to speake yet lowder, and to whistle a good in the shrowdes, insomuch that our Master made the Drablers bee taken off, and before night it had A terrible stormes blowne the fore-top-saile in pieces by the board; this was taken for the beginning of a storme, and the storme it selfe was looked for: which came indeed about the shutting in of the day, with such furie and rage, as none could say it stole vpon vs vnawares. For I am out of doubt that I had neuer heard any winde so high. One of our Bonnets had beene taken in in the euening, and the other was rent off with the furie of the storme. And thus (for our mayne-top saile was taken in and the top-mast taken downe) bearing onely a bare corse of each, if the ship had not beene exceeding strongly sided, shee could not haue indured so rough weather. For oftentimes the Sea would ship in waues into her of three or foure Tunne of water, which (the ship being leakie within board) falling often, was as much as both the pumps were able to cast out againe, though they went continually all night, and till noone the next day were neuer throughly suckt, so that if any leake had sprung vpon vs vnder water, it could not haue beene chosen, but shee must haue foundered, seeing the pumpes were hardly able to rid the water that was cast in aboue hatches. The Missen-saile had beene in the euening well furled (for the winde came vpon the starboard quarter) and yet the storme had caught it, and with such violence and furie rent it, that with much adoe the Misse • yard was halled downe, and so the quarter decke and poope saued from danger of renting vp. All this was in the night, which made it much more hidious, specially in the fore-end of the night before the Moone got vp. The winde continued in this excesse of violence till midnight, and then abated hee something, but then began the effect of his blowing to shew it selfe, for then the Sea began to worke, and swell farre higher then before. His Lordships ship is a very goodly one, and yet would shee bee as it were in a pit, and round about vast mountaines High-swolne Sea. Vndi que pontus. of water, so that a man might leaue out the rest of the verse, and say onely vndi que pontus. For I protest, besides that which was ouer our heads, our prospect any other way was quickly determined, with waues, in my conscience, higher then our mayne-top. And that (which is strangest) round about vs: for the Sea came vpon euery point of the Compasse, so that the poore ship, nor they that directed and cunned her, could not tell how to cunne her to bee safe from the breaking of these vast waues vpon her. This continued all night: and though the winde fell by little and little, yet the Sea was so light, that all Saturday it was not quieted, so that though out of a storme, yet were wee still in a stormy Sea, insomuch that our mayne-top mast was broken. By Sanday we were come to haue reasonable weather, and rather too little then too much wind. And vpon Monday being the eleuenth of September, wee were not much from a new calme, which wee could not with much more patience haue endured then a good storme; for then wee began to looke out for land, and now to come so neere, what so long wee had longed for. After the storme, the Admirall found himselfe all alone, and so were we the most part of the next day, but towards euening, came the new Frigat to vs. And a sterne her there was a ship seene, which within a day or two afterward, the Samson came and told vs, was her selfe. With day the fifteenth Flores descried. of September, we had the South-west side of it in sight, and bore in therewith till noone. His Lordship had no meaning to make any forcible attempt against it, nor to stay longer, then to take in some fresh victuals; for which purpose, hee sent the Boat off with an old Portugall, and an African of Mozambique, who bearing a flagge of truce, should giue the Ilanders to vnderstand what his Lordships pleasure was, that if they would let him haue things for his money, he would not vse them worse then in former times, they had had experience of him. Withall he gaue the Boat commandement, that shee should bring him answere to the East North-east side of the Iland, where he meant to come to anchor, and tarry for the newes they could learne either English or Spanish. This stay in hoysing the Boat out, gaue the Samson time to get a head vs, and within awhile shee was at anchor. When, behold, at the opening of the Point, first there came one saile, then two, and then three sailes, and within a little the fourth was seene; it was not at first knowne what these might be, yet because the Samson being much neerer, made no haste to weigh, we thought shee made them to be friends. And within awhile we perceiued them to haue pendents in their fore-top-mast heads: this put vs out of doubt, that they were of our owne fleet. For his Lordship at his departure from Puerto Rico, had giuen them direction that euery ship should so beare a pendent, for a marke to be knowne of their friends, and which would make stra • gers neuer a whit the wi • er. These foure were the Merchant, the Ascention, the Consent, and the Pegasus, which by and by came to an anchor with vs. Now were wee growne a prettie strong fleet againe, either part receiuing new strength of other, each hauing formerly lost their owne. For the storme had scattered Sir Iohns companie as well as ours, though it should seeme not to haue beene altogether so great with them, as vs. Of Sir Iohns we had not yet, the Gallion, the Alcedo, the Centurion, the Anthonie, the Kesar, and the Doue, which were the Flemmings. The first newes that the Boat brought vs, made these though friends yet more welcome if that might be. For the Boat hauing told his Lordship that they could not be suffered to land, yet had promise that his Lordship should haue any thing that the Iland would affoord. Mary (said they) we are ill prouided, by reason of the Kings men of warre, nine and twentie of them haue within these few dayes beene here, and taken almost all our prouisions, for they were great ships, and full of gallants, fiue of them being the fiue Caracks, that should this yeere haue gone for the East Indies, but being by the Condes lying on the Coast kept in till it was too late for them to haue any hopefull passage, they were of Merchants made men of Warre, and with the rest or rather the rest with them, were sent to these Ilands to waft the Caracks which were looked for at home this yeere. But the Caracks (said they of Flores) were gone by, before their comming hither, for the safetie whereof, they had commandement to stay if need were, till the end of this moneth. Whither this Armada was gone they said they knew not, nor whither it would returne, but the very last day a great Gallion was within kenning. These newes, as they gaue great cause of circumspection and care, not to meet with them, whom we could not doubt to be too strong for vs, and therefore made vs wish they were finally gone from the Ilands; so on the other side, if knowing that the Caracks were passed, if yet they staid, it made the intelligence of the Mexico fleet more probable. And therefore if this were the cause of their stay, our hope to make some purchace of it, made vs more willing, to haue their neighbourhood. Mary, it might bee, they were sent to looke for our comming home, which they might thinke would be straggling and weake, and yet on the other side the vncertaintie of our comming either at this time or certainly this way, made this something vnlikely. His Lordship therefore commandeo Captaine Slingsby (a fine Gentleman) to goe ashoare and to learne more certaintie what was become of the Kings fleet, and why they came. This relation was from the men of Santa Cruz: but the intelligence which Captaine Slingsby brought the same night late, was from Uilla de la punta Delgada, another Towne of the Ilands. The summe of his report (for I was by when he made it) was, that his Excellencie should haue any thing where withall they could doe him seruice, and if it would please him to come ashoare, they would take it as a great fauour. For the Kings men of Warre, they said, that they iudged them certainly to bee gone home, for they were gone hence vpon a fortnight before. The cause of their comming was to waft the Caracks, which all foure were gone by, before the Kings fleet came hither, with purpose indeed to stay till the end of this moneth for them. But since the Caracks were come home, there had beene sent a Caruell of Aduise to recall them. As for the Mexico fleet, there was not at the Ilands any newes of their comming this yeere. This report made by Captaine Slingsby ouer-night, was confirmed early the next morning by the Gouernour himselfe of the place (a poore Gouernour scarce so good as an English Constable.) But this Captaine Iuan de Fraga de Mandoça, came himselfe and made the same offer to his Lordship, and withall brought both Hennes and Muttons with him, which hee knew hee should not giue for nothing, though hee would seeme vnwilling to receiue any thing. He hauing beene sometime with my Lord, and told all the newes hee remembred, was licensed, hauing first asked and obtayned a Passe for himselfe, and a Protection for the Ilanders, to keepe them from spoile by ours. His Lordship granted his suit, and (which hee farther desired) that they might bee conceiued in the same forme as those were which the Earle of Essex had giuen Earle of Essex his Iland voyage. 1597. him, within two dayes of the same day twelue moneth; and which himselfe had carefully kept euer since.

When this fellow was gone, the flagge of Counsell was hanged out, &c. The returne of this fleet vpon consultation after the newes aforesaid, I forbeare to mention in regard of the length of this The rest (as needlesse) is omitted. discourse. They set forth from Flores Septemb. 16. 1598. On Michaelmas day they sounded, and the ground on the fallow did still more assure vs of being in the sleeue: and the Scollop shells confirmed their opinion which held vs rather on the Coast of France, by the Master and others iudged otherwise: whose iudgement if his Lordship out of his iudgement and authoritie had not contradicted and caused them to take a more Northerly course; all had perished in all likelihood on the Vshent and Rocks. For the next morning we saw the land of Normandie.

CHAP. IIII.

The first Voyages made to diuers parts of America by Englishmen, Sir SEBASTIAN CABOT, Sir THO. PERT: also of Sir IOHN HAWKINS, and Sir FRANCIS DRAKE, and many others: collected briefly out of Master CAMDEN, Master HAKLVYT, and other Writers.

SIr Sebastian Cabota wee haue alreadie mentioned in the former Booke, as a great Discouerer of that, which most iustly should haue beene called Columbina, and a great deale better might haue beene stiled Cabotiana then America, neither Uesputius nor Columbus hauing discouered halfe so much of the Continent of the new World North and South as be (yea, the Continent was discouered by him, when Columbus had yet but viewed the Ilands) this Herrera for the South part hath mentioned in his Relation of the Riuer of Plate before, naming him an Englishman: and for the North is by vs in the fourth Booke deliuered. A second time Sir Thomas Pert and the said Cabota, Sir T. Pert set forth by King Henrie the eighth. were set forth with a fleet to America, by King Henrie the eighth in the eight yeere of his reigne, the same perhaps which Herrera hath also mentioned, of an English ship at Hispaniola, and other American Ilands, in the yeere 1517. Master Hakluyt hath published the Voyages of many English into those parts: as namely of Master Robert Tomson Merchant, and Iohn Field, Master Tomson &c. See Hak. tom. 3. pag. 448. which together with Ralph Sarre and Leonard Chilton in a ship of Iohn Sweeting dwelling at Cadiz, all Englishmen An. 1555. sayled to Hispaniola, and thence to Mexico in New Spaine, where they found Thomas Blake a Scottishman, who had dwelt there twentie yeeres. At Mexico, Robert Tomson and Augustine Boatio an Italian, were imprisoned many moneths by the Inquisition, and Spanish Inquisition. then brought out in a Saint Benito (or fooles coat) to doe penance, a thing neuer seene there before; which caused much concourse of people, giuen to vnderstand of I know not what enemies of God, and expecting to see some Monsters of vncou •• shape. They were much pitied by the people Monstrous lies. seeing such personable men, but sentenced by the Archbishop to be sent back to Spaine, where Tomson did his three yeeres enioyned penance at Siuil. Boatio found the meanes to escape and dyed after in London. Tomson after his libertie married with a rich Spanish heire. The historie at large and his description of Mexico, with the cause of his imprisonment about speaking freely of Images (his Master had made an Image of our Ladie of aboue 7000. pezos price, each pezo being A pezo 4 • . 8d. Master Bodenham. Master Chilton. Chiltons seuenteene yeeres trauels in New Spaine, and Peru. Ecantepec a hill supposed nine leagues high. I suppose it should be nine miles. Good out of Euill. Henrie Hawkes. Sir Iohn Hawkins his third voyage to Guinea, and thence to the West Indies. Sir Francis Drake. Saint Iohn de Vllua. The opinion of lawfulnesse to doe any inhumaniti to Sauages punished: God vsed Christians vnchrist 〈◊〉 dealing to punish 〈◊〉 〈…〉 uagenesse to Sau • g • s. foure shillings and eight pence of our money) the Reader may see in Master Hakluyt.

Where also is deliuered the voyage of Roger Bodenham Englishman 1564. to Mexico: also of Iohn Chilton 1568. thither and from thence to Nueua Bisca • a, and to the Port of Na • idad on the South Sea: to Sansonate in Guatimala, to Tecoantepec, to S • conusco, to Nicaragua, to Nombre de Dios; to Potossi. Cusco, Paita; to Vera Paz, Chiapa, three hundred leagues from Mexico. From Chiapa he trauelled thorow Hills till he came to Ecatepec, that is, The Hill of winde, in the end of that Prouince, supposed the highest Hill that euer was discouered, from the top whereof are seene both the North and South Seas; deemed nine leagues high. They which trauell vp it, lye at the foot ouer-night, and about midnight begin their iourney, that they may trauell to the top before the Sunne rise the next day, because the winde bloweth with such force afterwards, that it is impossible for any man to goe vp. From the foot of this Hill to Tecoantepec the first Towne of New Spaine are fifteene leagues. From Mexico he trauelled againe to Panuco, and there fell sick, which sicknesse in his returne benefited him: for he fell amongst Caniball Indian which afraid to eate him for feare he had the pox, let him goe. Hee went to R. de las Palmas, and to the Mynes of Sacatecas, the richest in all the Indies. After his returne to Mexico he trauelled to other parts, spending seuenteene yeeres in his American peregrinations. Henrie Hawkes liued fiue yeeres in those parts, and his obseruations are recorded by Master Hakluyt.

AN. 1567. Master Iohn Hawkins Generall in the Iesus, departed from Plimouth with fiue other ships, the Minion, of which Master Iohn Hampton was Captaine; the William and Iohn, Thomas Bolton Captaine; the Iudith, of which Master Francis Drake was Captaine; the Angel also and the Swallow. Hauing on the Coast of Guinea taken some fiue hundred Negroes, they sayled with them to the Ilands of the West Indies, to sell them to the Spaniards. By tempest they were driuen to the Port of Saint Iohn de Vllua, where the Spanish ships with 200000. pounds in treasure were at his mercy, but hee dismissed them; which they repayed him with treacherous dealing, the Spaniards perfidiously setting on the English contrarie to the Couenants betwixt them concluded. For after that, when as the whole fleet with their new Vice-roy comming thither had perished, if Master Hawkins had not permitted them to enter the Hauen, out of which he could easily haue kept them: they practised secretly and against agreement to certaine Articles, assaulted the English perfidiously and treacherously, vsing both fraud and scorne, in which fight two ships of the Spaniards were sunke, and one burnt; Some of ours were slaine, others taken and dispiteously tortured, all distressed; all their ships also sunke and burnt, sauing the Minion and Iudith, which were by a storme ensuing be trayed to famine at Sea, which forced the Generall to set 114. men on shoare to the cruell mercies of the Sauages and Spaniards. Yea, one Boat not being able to get to shoare, two were drowned, the rest getting a mile thorow the Sea thither as they could, as Miles Philips one of that forlorne companie hath recorded. Miles Philips. Some were dead in seeming two houres space with abundant drinking of fresh water, others swolne exceedingly with salt water and fruits they found; a shower also leauing them not one drie thread, as if Heauen had pursued the Seas challenge, without; and partly hunger, and partly the water and fruits of the Earth, within their bowels, had conspired against this poore crue.

The Chichemici Indian Sauages added their inhumanitie, killing eight of their companie in the first onset, but they yeelding (hauing neither weapons nor hearts to resist) the Sauages perceiuing them not to be their Spanish enemies pointed them to Tampice, saying, Tampice Christiano, Tompice the Po • t of Panuco▪ Dauid Ingram. which they vnderstood not: but diuided themselues into two companies, one going Westward, of which Philips was one, the other Northward, and with them Dauid Ingram, which recouered his Countrie. After the stingings of flies, deaths by Indians, and manifold miseries, this Westerne companie got to Panuco where the Gouernor stripped them of the little which they had, and of their libertie, calling them English Dogs and Lutheran heretikes, and when they demanded Spanish gouernours crueltie. helpe of their Surgeons for such as the Indians by the way had wounded, hee said, they should haue none other Surgeon but the Hangman: and after foure dayes sent for them out of the Prison, and with many new Halters (wherewith they expected hanging) bound and sent them to Mexico ninetie leagues distant West and by South, with a great guard of Indians. At Mèstitlan they receiued kind vsage. One of their keepers vsed them kindly, the other would strike them to the ground, and bid them, March, march English Dogges, Lutherans, enemies of God. Thus marching they came within two leagues of Mexico, where was our Ladies Church, and therein her Image of Siluer guilt as large as a tall woman, and before it as many Siluer Nuestra Sennora de Guadalupe. Lampes as are dayes in the yeere, which on high dayes are all lighted. Neither Horseman nor Footman will passe by this Church without entring and praying. After their comming to Mexico many dyed, the rest had kind vsage in the Hospitall, Thence they were carried to Tescuco, to be vsed as slaues, but by one Robert Sweeting (sonne of an Englishman by a Spanish woman) were holpen much from the Indians, or else had all perished.

After this they were put to Spaniards as seruants, and had meanes to get somewhat for themselues, till they became a prey to the Inquisition, which seised their goods and persons, shutting them asunder in dungeons a yeere and halfe. By frequent examinations they would haue pumped Deuillish inquisition. somewhat out of them in matters of faith, and not being able, they yeelding to their Assertions in that kind, crauing mercie as men which came into that Countrey by distresse of foule weather: they neuerthelesse racked them to extort confession that way, which made some to say that which cost their liues. After solemne Proclamation that all might come to this sight, they 63. Englishmen sentenced at once. Anno 1575. besides. Three Marryrs were brought in fooles Coats, with ropes about their neckes and candles in their hands to the Scaffold. George R • nely, Peter Mo •• frie, and Cornelius an Irishman were burnt, others condemned to 200. or 300. blowes on Horseback with long whips, and to serue in the Gallies, sixe, eight, or ten yeeres: others to serue in Monasteries, in the S. Benito, fooles-coates, diuers yeeres, of which Philips was one. The whipping was cruelly executed on Good Friday, two Cryers going before proclaiming, behold these English Lutherans, Dogs, enemies of God: the Inquisitors themselues and their Familiars, crying, Strike, lay on those English Hereticks, Lutherans, Gods enemies. All bloudie and swolne they returned to prison to bee sent into Spaine to performe the rest of their Martyrdome. Philips and the rest hauing serued their times (in which hee learned the Mexican tongue) they had their fooles-coats hung vp in the chiefe Church. The rest married there Philips escaped a second imprisonment and after many trauels in the Countrey and dangers in Spaine, returned to England 1582.

Iob Hortop another of this company hath related like aduentures. He saith, that he and some Iob Hortop his 23. yeeres misery. Sceleton of a huge Giant. others were sent Prisoners into Spaine, by the Vice-roy with Don Iuan de Uelasco de Uarre, Admirall and Generall of the Spanish fleet, who carried with him in his ship to bee presented to the King of Spaine, the Anatomie of a Giant, sent from China Vnderstand it of the Philippinae ships. to Mexico, to the Vice-roy Don Martin Henriques. The skull of his head was neere as big as halfe a bushell; his neck-bones, shoulder-plates, arme-bones, and all other lineaments huge and monstrous; the shanke of his skull from the ankle to the knee, was as long as from any mans ankle vp to his waste, and of bignesse accordingly. At this time were also sent to the King two chists ful of earth with Ginger growing Ginger how it groweth. in them: The Ginger runneth in the ground like to Liccoras; the blades grow out of it in length & proportion like to the blades of wild Garlick, which they cut euery fifteen daies, and water them twice a day. They put the blades in their pottage, and vse them in other meates, of pleasing taste and good for appetite.

When they came in the height of Bermuda, they discouered a Monster in the Sea, who shewed himselfe three times vnto them from the middle vpwards: in which parts he was proportioned Sea Monster like a man. like a man, of the complexion of a M • llato, or tawny Indian. The Generall commanded one of his Clerkes to put it in writing to certifie the King thereof. Presently after for the space of sixteene dayes, the weather proued very foule. Offering to make an escape they were descried and seuerely stocked, and imprisoned a yeere in the Contractation house in Siuill, and breaking prison were taken, and by the Inquisition were sentenced: Robert Barret and Iohn Gilbert to bee Second sentence of Inquisition. burnt, Iob Hortop, and Iohn Bone to the Gallies for tenne yeeres, and after that to perpetuall prison. Others were adiudged to the Gallies some eight, some fiue yeeres. Hortop serued twelue yeeres in hunger, thirst, cold and stripes, and after foure yeeres imprisonment in his Fooles coat, was redeemed to the seruice of Hernando de S • ria, from whom after three yeeres seruice more, he stole away and landed at Portsmouth in December 1590. after three and twentie yeeres miserable bondage.

As for Dauid Ingrams perambulation to the North parts, Master Hakluyt in his first Edition Dauid Ingram. published the same, but it seemeth some incredibilities of his reports caused him to leaue him out in the next Impression, the reward o • lying being not to be beleeued in truths. And for Sir Iohn Sir I. Hawkins his 3. voyages. Hawkins himselfe, he had made one Voyage with three ships and three hundred Negros gotten on the Coast of Guinea to Hispaniola, 1562. and other Ports; and returned with a rich gaine: This encouraged him to a second Voyage with the Iesus, Salomon, Tigre, and Swallow, 1564. And hauing visited diuers Ports be returned by Florida. Anno 1567. their vnfortunate Voyage before mentioned was set forth, in which his vniustice to Sauages was chastised by vniustice of Christians, in manner as you haue heard. Himselfe with his remayning company were first endangered with an extreame storme, after that with famine his men dying continually, so that the rest being not able to manage the ship, and the winds crossing, seeking to releeue themselues at Ponte Vedra, with fresh meate, they grew diseased and many of them died, and thereby were also in danger of a second Spanish betraying, which they hardly escaping arriued in England, Ianuary the twentieth 1568.

The Spanish indignities and treacheries were deeply lodged in the wronged minds both of Sir Iohn Hawkins, and of Captayne Drake: men borne for the honour of the English name and Nation M. Wil. Hawkins. in Marine affaires. Sir Iohn Hawkins was sonne to Master William Hawkins of Plimmouth, a man much esteemed by King Henry the Eighth, as a principall Sea-captaine. Hee had long before armed a ship of his owne of two hundred and fifty tunnes, called the Paul of Plimmouth, wherewith he made two Voyages to Brasill, one in the yeere 1530. and the other 1532. in the first of which he brought a Brasilian King (as they tearmed him) to present him in his wilde accou • rements to King Henry. It seemed, that Sea affaires and arts remayned an Inheritance, from the Father to the Sonne; and from him also to the Nephew, as shall after be seene: neither did the West of England yeeld such an Indian Neptuni •• paire as were these two Ocean Peeres, Hawkins Sir Richard Hawkins. and Drake.

A briefe Historie of Sir FRANCIS DRAKES Voyages.

OF Sir Francis Drake Master Camden reports that he hath heard him say of himselfe, that he was borne in the County of Deuon, of meane condition; his God father was Francis Russell Sir Francis Drakes birth. afterwards Earle of Bedford, who gaue him his name Francis. Whiles he was young, his father being called in question for Religion, by reason of the sixe Articles set forth by King Henry against Camdeni Elizabetha, pag. 301. & s. His education. the Protestants) was driuen to shift, and withdrew himselfe into Kent. After King Henries death, he obtayned a place in the Nau • e Royall to reade Seruice, and soone after was ordayned Deacon, and made Vicar of the Church of Vpnor on the Riuer of Medway: where by reason of his pouertie he put this his sonne to serue a Neighbour Mariner which traded with a small Barke into France and Zeland, who brought him vp in the Mariners art, and tooke such liking of him, that at his death he bequeathed (being a B • chelour) vnto him his Barke. This Barke, vpon the report of Sir Iohn Hawkins his preparations for that disastrous Voyage 1567. hee sold His first founders. and ioyned to him in societie aforesaid, and at Saint Iohn de Vllua lost all, and hardly brought himselfe backe. Hereupon seeking by his Mariners practice to repaire his losses, and thereby, and as a man of warre, hauing gotten store of money together, he made a second Voyage to recouer in the Spanish Indies what there he had lost (quod licere Theologus classiarius facilè persuaserat) Ex operana • tic • & piratica. Drakes second Indian voyage. This discourse was written by Lopez Vaz who was taken by the Earle of Cumberlands ships 1586. with his discourse about him. and with a ship of warre called the Dragon, and another ship and a Pinnasse, none knowing it but his owne consorts, Anno 1572. sayled to Nombre de Dios, which Towne he suddenly surprised and lost. For hauing landed one hundred and fiftie men, and leauing seuentie of them in a Fort, with the rest he went to the Market place, and there discharged his Calieuers and sounded a Trumpet, answered in like manner from the Fort. The Townesmen hereby terrified, fled into the Mountaynes. But fourteene or fifteene would backe with their Harquebuses to see what the matter was, and discouering the Englishmen, shot and by hap killed the Trumpeter. Hereupon they in the Fort not seeing their Trumpet answered, after they had heard the Calieuers, supposed all those which had entred were slaine, and fled to their Pinnasses. The Captayne comming and seeing his men all gone, was surprized with a new feare, and leauing their furniture they swamme and waded to their Pinnasses and departed the Port. In the Sound of Dariene heehad intelligence by certayne fugitiue Negros of Mules comming Ioden with treasure from Panam • to Nombre de Dios; and guided by them, intercepted two companies of Mules, and carried away Negro fugitiues. the Gold only; for they were not able to carrie the Siluer thorow the Mountaynes. Two dayes after he came to the house of Crosses, and burnt aboue 200000. Duckets in Merchandize, and so departed. When he trauelled ouer those Mountaynes hee beheld thence the South Sea; and thereby inflamed with desire of glory and wealth, was so rapt with desire of sayling therein, that he fell there on his knees, and begged of God, and besought the fauour of God to assist Camden. vbi sup. Drakes vow for the South Sea. him in that exploit, and made a solemne vow to that purpose, one day to sayle on that Sea, which euery day and night lay next his heart, pricking him forwards to the performance.

Whiles hee was musing and hatching these haughtie Designes, Iohn Oxenham, who in the former Iohn Oxenham. Nauigations, had serued vnder Captayne Drake, both Souldier, Mariner, and Cooke, became a Captayne also, and with a ship of one hundred and fortie tunnes, and seuentie men came to the said Sound of Dariene, Anno 1575. and had conference with those Negroes. But hearing that the Mules were now conducted with Souldiers, hee resolued on a new Enterprize, which His audacious enterprize. neuer any had attempted, and landed in that place where Captayne Drake had had conference with the Negros: and hauing brought his ship aground, and couered her with boughes, and hid his Ordnance in the ground, he tooke two small Peeces of Ordnance and Calieuers, with store of victuals, and went twelue leagues with sixe Negros into the mayne Land, to a Riuer which runneth into the South Sea. There he cut wood and made a Pinnasse fortie fiue foot by the keele, and therewith went into the South Sea, to the Iland of Pearles, fiue and twentie leagues distant from Panama, to watch for shippes comming from Peru thither: he tooke a Barke with 60000. Pezos of Gold, comming from Quito: and staying sixe dayes longer, tooke another which came His prizes. from Lima with 100000. Pezos of Siluer in barres, and delaying somewhat long sent away his Prizes, and went with his Pinnasse vp the Riuer. This delay gaue opportunitie of intelligence, and Iohn de Ortega was sent to pursue him: at a partition of the Riuer into three, when he was taking vp the greatest, feathers of Hennes which the English had plucked, diuerted him vp the lesser streame, whereby hee lighted on the treasure first, Oxenham beeing gone to get Negros to Discord causeth destruction. Delay breeds danger. helpe him carrie his treasure, his owne men quarrelling for larger pay. Some of the English were taken, which bewrayed the ship, and the rest were betrayed by the Negros, whiles they were making Canoas for the North Sea, there to take some Barke. They confessed that they had no license from the Queene, and were all executed, but two Boyes. Thus perished Oxenham a man, if his Case had beene iust, worthy of lasting memory for an attempt so difficult, Quem sinon tenuit, magnis tamen ex • idit ausis. The King of Spaine sent Souldiers to take those fugitiue Negros, which had assisted the English, and two Gallies to guard the Coast. This and Captayne Barkers frustrated attempts giue greater lustre to Drakes glory.

Andrew Barker of Bristoll, much wronged by the Inquisition, Anno 1576. sought to right Captaine Barker of Bristoll. himselfe in those parts, and came with two ships to Nombre de Dios, and the Riuer of Chagre, eighteene leagues distant to the North-west, landed ten men to seeke intelligence of Negros, which they could not find, and most of the men also died of the Calentura. Betwixt that and Veragua he tooke a Prize, and another in the Gulfe of Honduras. Mutuall quarrels betwixt Coxe and the Captayne betrayed them to the Spaniards, which assayling them, slue the Captayne and Coxes quarrels. eight men at the Ile Francisco. After this Coxe went with his Pinnasse, and tooke the Towne of Truxillo, but eight men were (by reason of men of warre chasing the ship, thus forced to shift for themselues) left there to their fortunes. Fourteene others and the Frigat with the treasure were cast away. Diuers of the rest after their returne were long imprisoned.

These indeed are pettie things to Captayne Drakes expedition in December 1577. wherein Drakes happie Circumnauigation, see sup. Tom. 1. l. 2. c. 3. he encompassed first of any Generall, and except Candish more fortunately then all of them together, this whole Terrestriall Globe. He set forth with fiue ships, and one hundred sixtie three Mariners. The whole Voyage you haue before at large. The Carkasse of the shippe; or some bones at least of that glorious Carkasse, yet remayne at Deptford, consecrated to Fame and Posteritie; in which Queene Elizabeth being feasted, Knighted this noble Mariner: at which time a bridge of boords made for her Maiestie to passe, fell with one hundred men thereon, of which none were hurt, as if Good Fortune had both sayled abroad, and feasted at home in that ship. The goods taken were sequestred by her Maiestie, for answere to the Spaniard if need should bee. Some principall Courtiers are said to haue refused the offer of some of this, as Piratically gotten. Bernardine Mendoza made demand for the King of Spaine, (whose Embassadour hee was) and receiued answere from the Queene, that the Spaniards had vniustly prohibited commerce See Camd •• i Eliz. pag. 309. to the English, that Drake should legally answere if any thing were prooued against him, the goods being to that purpose sequestred, howsoeuer the Spaniard had put her Maiestie to greater charges against the Rebels, which the Spaniard had raised in England and Ireland: Neither did she know why her subiects and others were prohibited the Indies, which she knew no reason to thinke proper to the Spaniards, by vertue of the Popes Bull (which could nothing oblige Princes which owed him no obedience) nor by reason that the Spaniards had arriued here and there, had directed Cottages, and giuen names to Capes and Riuers. Neither might these things hinder other Princes from commerce, or to transport Colonies to places not inhabited by the Spaniards (the Law of Nations not infringed hereby, seeing prescription without possession is nothing worth) the vse of the Sea and Aire being exposed to all. Nor might any people or person challenge right ouer the Ocean, whereof neither nature, nor course of publike vse permitted possession. Yet a great part of the money was repaied after to Peter Sebura the Spanish Agent, which he repaid not to the owners, but made vse thereof against the Queene in the affaires of the Spanish Netherlands, as was afterwards found. Thus farre briefly collected out of Master Camden and Lopez Vaz a Portugall. Men noated to haue compass • d the world with Drake, which haue come to my hands are Thomas Drake, brother to Sir Francis; Thomas Hood, Thomas Biaccoler, Iohn Gripe, George a Musician, Crane, Fletcher, Cary, T. Moone, Iohn Drake, Iohn Thomas, Robert Winterly, Oliuer the Gunner, &c.

A little before this the Prince of Orange had beene murdered, and Parry had vndertaken the same on her Maiestie, hauing the Cardinall Comensis instigation, and the Popes absolution to that purpose. The Spaniards had giuen great distaste in English and Irish rebellions, and had lately arrested the English Ships and goods in Spaine, with other vnkindenesses in Belgian businesses. The Belgians had offered the confederate Prouinces to her Maiesties Protection and dominion. This she refused, but their Protection she accepted, hauing discouered the Spaniards hatred to her Religion and Nation, which how easie were it to put in extreamest execution, if the Low-Countries were subdued to his full power (their ancient priuiledges being all swallowed vp) and so England should be exposed to Spanish machinations with such opportunities of neighbouring Forts, Forces, Harbours, and Shippings. She therefore to remoue present warre and future perils from her owne Countrie, with masculine magnanimitie aduentured, not for vainglory but necessitie, to vndertake a businesse which made the world to wonder; being little lesse then denouncing warre to so mighty a Monarke. She agreed with the States to minister to their aide 5000. foote, and 1000. horse at her owne charge, to be by them after repayed, the first yeares charges in the first yeare of peace, the rest in the foure following, Flushing and the Ramekins and Brill to remaine • ers in caution, &c. Her Maiestie set forth a Booke also for her iustification by the ancient leagues with the Belgian Prouinces for mutuall defence, the Spanish crueltie on the poore Belgians, and their nefarious deuises against her: neither had she any intent in administring these aides, but that the Low-Countries might enioy their ancient liberty, she and her subiects their securitie, and both Nations peaceable commerce. And to the end that warre might not first be brought home to her owne doores, she set forth a Fleete to finde the Spaniard worke abroad.

Hereupon An • o 1585. Sir Francis Drake with a Fleete of fiue and twenty saile, and 2300. Souldiers and Sailers was set forth from Plimmouth Sep. 12. Christopher Carlile his Lieutenent Sir Fr. Drakes to Domingo, &c. Generall, Anthonie Powell Sergeant Maior, Captaine Matthew Morgan and Iohn Samson Corporall of the field: Land Captaines Anthonie Plat, Edward Winter, Iohn Goring, Robert Pen, George Barton, Iohn Merchant, William Ceuill, Walter Bigs, Iohn Haman, Richard Stanton, Captaine Martin Frobisher Viceadmirall in the Primrose, Captaine Francis Knolles Rereadmirall in the Gallion Leicester, Captaine Thomas Venn • r in the Eliz. Bonaduenture vnder the Generall Captaine Edward Names of the Captaines and Commanders by Sea & Land Winter in the Aide; Christopher Carlile in the Tigre, Henry White Captain of the Sea Dragon, Thomas Drake Captaine of the Thomas, Thomas Seely Captaine of the Minion. Captaine Bayly of the Barke Talbot, Robert Crosse of the Barke Bond, George Fortescue of the Barke Boner, Edward Carelesse of the Hope, Iames Erizo of the White Lyon, Thomas Moone of the Fancis, Iohn Riuers of the Vantage, Iohn Vaughan of the Drake, Iohn Varney of the George, Iohn Martin of the Beniamin, Richard Gilman of the Scout, Richard Hawkins of the Ducke, Captaine Bitfield of the Swallow. They tooke a Shippe of Saint Sebastians laden with fish, entred the Iles of Bayon, and sent to the English Ship • arrested, the cause of the breaking out of Hostility. Citie to know whether there were warres betwixt England and Spaine, and why the English Merchants and their goods in Spaine were embarged or arrested. The Gouernour professed his ignorance in both, and that this later was the Kings pleasure. After some spoiles done about Vigo, they fell with Hierro, but the Iland being poore, departed without harme. Thence they went to the Iles of Cape Verde, and at Saint Iago entred betwixt the Towne called Playa or S. I • go taken. Praya and Saint Iago, landed 1000. men, and (the men being fled) entred the Towne and shot off all their Ordnance, being 50. peeces, answered from the Ships to honour the Queenes day, the 17. of Nouember. No Treasure was found but Wine, Oyle, Meale, &c. They possessed it foureteene dayes. Nouember the foure and twentieth, they marched to Saint Domingo, twelue miles within land, and found the people fled.

After foureteene dayes they departed hauing burned the Towne of Playa, none of the inhabitants hauing offered to intercede, which seemed to happen from their guiltinesse towards old Voyage of old Master William Hawkins. Dominica. Master William Hawkins, whose men perfidiously they had murthered foure or fiue yeares before, against their promise, putting off to the West Indies, they could not put off the effects of the aire of that Iland, which by a Calentura killed two or three hundred of their men. The first Iland which they fell with was Dominica, the next Saint Christophers, and hauing there spent S. Christophe •• . their Christmas, they resolued for Hispaniola: and hauing receiued intelligence by a Frigot which they tooke in the way, they landed nine or ten miles to the Westward of Saint Domingo on New yeares day. About noone they approached the Towne vnder the conduct of Master Carlile, and 150. horsemen presenting themselues from the Citie being retired, they diuided their forces to assault both the Westerne gates at once. The Ordnance being discharged on them, they Saint Domingo assaulted and taken. ran in to preuent a second charge and entred with them pell mell into the Gates, the enemy altering their fight into flight, which they made by the North gate. Both troopes met in the Market-place and there barricadoed themselues. The Castle was abandoned the next night. They held the Towne a whole moneth. They burned many houses before they could bring the Spaniards to a price for the ransome of the rest, for which at last they paid after much spoile 25000. Duckets. The pray was not much. In the Towne-house were the Kings armes, and in the lower part of the scutchion was painted a globe of the Sea and Land, a horse standing thereon with his hinder legges, the forepart without the globe, with this motto ascribed to his mouth, Non Ambitious Armes. sufficit Orbis.

From Saint Domingo they set saile for Carthagena on the Continent, landing some Companies with Captaine Carlile fiue miles of, which were led on by night, the Generall with this Cartagena assaulted and taken. Fleete presenting themselues before the chained Port: and hauing gotten the Citie, held the same six weekes. They tooke Alonso Brauo the Gouernour. After many houses burned 11000. Duckets were paid for ransome of the rest from burning. The Calentura continued, killing some Mortality by a Calentura. The Cause. (being a pestilent spotted Feuer) and spoyling others of their strength and memory for a long time. The Serena or Euening ayre is said to cause it to them which are then abroad, if not of that Countrey: so that by holding their watch, the English were thus infected. This forced them to giue ouer their intended voyage to Nombre de Dios, and Panama, sailing therefore alongst Other Townes taken. the coast of Florida, they tooke and fired two garrison Townes of the Spaniards, Saint Anthonie So Camden. others, Saint Augustin. First vse of Tobacco: and (as may be thought) of the foolish looke at the left eare which the Virginians say the Deuill (so appearing to thē) taught them. and Saint Helena, and the Fort of Saint Iohn. Then passing alongst the Virginian shore they tooke home the English Colonie there remaining with Master Lane their Gouernour, sent by Sir Walter Raleigh. These are said by Master Camden to haue beene the first bringers in of the vse of Tobacco, since so frequently abused by our Nation. They arriued at Portsmouth the 28. of Iuly 1586. They got Ordnance of Brasse aboue 200. peeces, and about 40. of Iron. They prey was valued at 60000. li. English. There dyed (most of the Calentura) 700. persons. The industry of the Generall in all places is remakeable, whose vigilance and bodily presence, and labour in all businesse was much, that had he beene in the meanest he had merited the highest place. To this is fittest in next place to adde his Cadiz exploit Anno 1587. and the taking of the rich Caracke, called Saint Philip.

HEr Maiestie being informed of that inuincible Armadas preparing in Spaine (which did come and was ouercome the yeare after) sent a fleete of 30. saile vnder the command of Sir This voyage is printed in Master Hak. Tom. 2. part. 2. but fincing this written Relation, I thought good to insert it. It was written by one Tho. Pinner Francis Drake: the Bonaduenture, the Lyon, the Dread-naught, and the Rainbow were out of her Nauy Royall chosen to this seruice. The 16. of Aprill two Shippes of Midleborough which came from Cadiz (with whom we met in 40. degrees) gaue him to vnderstand that there was great prouision in Cadiz and thereabout prouided to come to Lisbone, whereupon the Generall with all possible speede bending himselfe thither to cut of the forces and prouisions, the 19. of Aprill, one houre before the Sunne setting, entred the harbour of Callz, and the Spanish Fleete there checked vs, at the entring thereat with the Towne Galleyes, but in short time retired vnder the Fortresse.

There were in the Roades 60. Ships, and diuers other small shipping vnder the fortresse. There fled 20. French Shippes to port Riall, and some Spaniards, which could not be hindred of the Fleete by reason of the sholdnesse. There were sunke by vs at our comming in with shot, one Orgasey of 1000. tun, furnished with thirty peeces of Brasse, and richly laden. There were two Gallies more came presently from port Riall, and two other from Saint Mary port, but all in vaine the expenses of powder and shot, the greatest gaine to themselues.

There were to the number of 38. Shippes taken before night, and the English victours of the Roade: the Galleyes retyring vnder the Fortresses. Twenty Hulcks Hollanders confiscated to the King, and their goods sold to the Kings vse: foureteene of them were fired the other six were at port Riall laden with Wines and Bread, and to be presently full laden for Lishburne one Carricke of foureteene hundreth tun appertaining to the Marquesse of Saint Cruce; fiue great Biskainers fired, foure of them lading and taking in of victuals for the Kings prouision for Lishburne, the Saint was a Ship of 1000. tuns, bound for Lishburne hauing in her great store of Pikes, much Caricke of 1400. tuns. Iron, Nailes, Spikes, Iron hoopes, and such like, fired. One Shataya laden with Wines of 250. tuns for the Kings prouision, which we brought to Sea with vs, and discharged at Sea a part of their Wines, for the prouision of the Fleete, and there fired her. Three Flye-boates of foure hundreth tunnes laden with Bisket whereof the one being of two hundred tuns and vpwards, we halfe vnladed and then fired her, the other two are yet with vs in company. Some tenne Barkes more laden with Wines, Raisons, Figges, Oyle, Wheate, with such like, fired. By supposition the eight and thirtie Shippes and Barkes fired, sunke, and brought away with vs, amounted in iudgement to thirteene thousand tuns of shipping. There rid in sight of vs at port Riall, by estimation, aboue fortie saile, besides those that fled from Callz roade.

They gaue vs little ease during our aboade there, which they shot from the Galleyes, as also from the Fortresses and from the shore, where continually they planted new Ordnance at places conuenient to offend; notwithstanding their Ships we continually fired as the floud came, thereby to bee cleared of them, which terrible fire was pleasant vnto vs to behold, and mittigated the continuall burthen of trauaile, which lay vpon vs day and night in discharging, firing, and vnlading, such prouisions, with obseruations for good and gardable defence of the enemie. It pleased the Generall, after his great care and paines day and night, to finish this happy Action in her Maiesties seruice, in one day and two nights, and hee came forth againe the Friday in the morning, with very little losse, thankes be to God.

Of twelue Galleyes, and those that came from port Riall, and Saint Mary port, tenne of them came forth after vs, as it were to make some pastime with their great Ordnance. At length, the winde standing, wee cast about againe and strooke in for the shoare, and came to an anker within a league of Cales, where their Galleyes suffered vs to ride quietly. There were also three Flye Boates more at Mallegai laden with By • ket, bound for Calez, and so for Lishborne. We vnderstood of their great prouisions and forces prouided within the straights. We doubt not, but as God hath begunne this worke in great happinesse, to the daunting of the enemie: so God will blesse this Armie in cutting daily their forces shorter, to the great annoyance of the enemy, and to the honour of our Prince and Countrie.

Wee haue had the experience of Galley fights (wherein I can assure you) that these onely Gally-fight. foure of her Maiesties Ships wil make none accompt of twenty Galleyes; so as they were alone, and not driuen to guard others.

There were Galleyes had place fitter for their aduantage in fight vpon shot they receiued, they had present succour to ground vnder the towne, which they sundry times did waye, riding in a narrow gutter, the place yeelding no better, in that wee were driuen to maintaine the same vntill wee had discharged, and fired the Shippes, which could not conueniently be done but vpon the floud; that thereby they may driue cleare of vs.

We rest now victualed with Bread and Drinke, for six moneths in our Ships, and Bread besides in two flye Boates to maintaine a good Armie three moneths. We rest all in good loue with our Generall and vnitie in all the whole Fleete.

After this, they came before the hauen of Lysbon, where the Marquesse of Sancta Cruz was with his Gallies, whom the Generall inuited to some exchange of Bullets, but he refused. Thence they sailed to the Azores, and met with a Portugall Carracke, called Saint Philip, which had in her voyage outward carried the three Iaponian Princes into the Indies. This Carracke he tooke, the first of that kinde taken by the English, ominous in the name: and so it proued not onely by the losse of so great wealth to King Philip, both in leading the daunce to others after taken, and in opening the eyes of the English to visite the Indian fountaines, whence such wealth issued; wherein also the Hollanders quickly imitated them.

To omit other braue exploits neerer home, as that most glorious of 88. and the rest: our purpose Sir Francis Drakes last voyage. is to giue you the remote Voyages of this worthy Sea-man; and now lastly that last and fatall expedition Anno 1595. with sixe of the Queenes Ships and one and twenty other Ships and Barkes, containing 2500. men and boyes, intended for some speciall seruice in the West Indies. Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins were ioyned in Commission. They set saile from Plimmouth the eight and twentieth of August. Nouember the twelfth, neere the Eastermost end of Saint Iuan de Puerto Rico, Sir Iohn Hawkins died. The hauen of Saint Iohn they found strongly Death of Sir Iohn Hawkins. S. 10. Port Rico. fortified against them, but yet they fired their fiue Shippes each of 200. tunnes, hauing in euery of them twenty Peeces of Brasse, and richly laden. Much harme was done on both sides. The fiue and twentieth they passed by Mona. In the beginning of December, they tooke Rio de la Hacha. R de la Hacha taken: and They tooke also the Rancheria or fisher towne for Pearles. The Spaniards offered to ransome their Towne at 24000. Ducates which they brought in Pearle so dearely rated, that the General sent them backe, and both were burnt. The seuenteenth they tooke Tapia, and after that Saint Tapia. Martha, and the Spanish Lieutenant Generall. The seuen and twentieth Nombre de Dios was taken, a Towne subiect to raine, and very vnhealthfull: the roade faire, hauing on each side as you S. Martha. Nombre de Dios. S. Th. Baskeruile. come a ledge of rocks. The nine and twentieth, Sir Thomas Baskeruile with 750. Land-soldiors went for Panama, a sore march thorow the woods, the way cut out of the woods and rocks, very mirie, the Spaniards playing on them out of the woods. After ten leauges march, they came to a fort on the top of a hill: two such more were betwixt that and Panama, that also strongly fortified, March for Panama. the enemy hauing knowledge before of this designe. Hereby was he forced to returne. Ianuary the eight and twentieth. Sir Francis Drake died of a fluxe. He made his brother Thomas Drakes sonne his heire. Sir Thomas Baskeruill succeeded. The six and twentieth of February the S. Fr. Drakes death. Spaniards fleete of twenty sailes, and the English met; a fight followed, & continued two houres, and then they parted. A great Ship of the Spaniards that night was burned. In Aprill following Sea. fight. they arriued at Plimmouth.

In this Voyage I haue followed the printed Relation: but because another hath comne to my hands, written (as it seemes) by one offended therein, I haue to thy other eare permitted him to speake, that freedome of iudgement may remayne to euery Reader.

THe seuen and twentieth of August, hauing our dispatch from her Maiestie, wee brought all our fleet into the Sound of Plimmouth, and the eight and twentieth day wee set sayle for our pretended Uoyage. I •• our course alongst the Coasts of Spaine, was diuers meetings with our Generals, where passed Quarrell betwixt the Generals. many •• nkind speeches, and such as Sir Iohn Hawkins neuer put off till death. In this tract was put on a resolution with Sir Francis Drake, and Sir Thomas Baskeruile to take the Grand Canaria, wherevpon a counsall was held, and therein propounded by Sir Francis, how great a benefit, much honour, and Reason for and against the Canary exploit. good refreshing was offered vs, and therefore would stand on most voyces. Sir Iohn Hawkins to whom hee spake this vtterly refused, with these reasons following. First, there could bee no need considering our small time out. Secondly, not possible to carrie it without hazarding all, and Thirdly, not good to lose time, which would neuer be recouered. To this last reason Sir Thomas Baskeruile answered. First, for time, hee would require but foure dayes in this manner, In foure houres he would take it, and in the rest would hee burne it downe, except they would compound, thus the fourth day would he be shipped readie for our Voyage.

In this controuersie Sir Francis would goe for the Canaria with such as would follow him, and Sir Iohn Hawkins with the rest for the Indies, yet after this hard debating, at the earnest request of some friends, Sir Iohn Hawkins vpon the confessing of need, was content to assist them, yet in his iudgement labour lost with much hazard of all. Thus altogether standing alongst, the sixe and twentieth of September we came to anchor afore the Fort that guards the landing place at Grand Canaria, where were The Grand Canaria. put into our Boates and Pinnasses, all our land men vnder the conduct of Sir Thomas Baskeruile Colonell Generall, who drew head neere the middest of the Beatche. Betwixt the Fort and the Towne, as most safely for our landing. To this place euen then did the Spaniards draw two or three very small Peeces of Ordnance, with which, and with some companies of Souldiers made some shew of resistance, wherevpon notwithstanding most of our smaller shipping, who accompanied our Boats with their Artillery, Sir Thomas made his retraite without putting foot on land, and then to know, as it was reported, if our Generals would put their Voyage thereon or no. With this better consideration were all our men shipped againe, and stood alongst to the Westermost end thereof. Here went many ashoare some for water, some for pleasure, amongst whom, the eight and twentieth day was Captayne Grimstone with two more in his company slaine, and by Peasants as was thought? with this euill beginning, this night wee weighed and stood alongst for the Indies.

The eight and twentieth of October, wee came faire by the Southermost end of Dominica: and the Dominica. thirtieth day we came all to safe anchoring at Guardalupa, onely the Delight and the Francis, two of our smallest Pinnasses, who being to leewards out of fight, was there chased by fiue Spanish ships, in which chase the Francis was taken, the other escaped with this newes. The last of this moneth Sir Iohn Hawkins Sir I. Hawkins sickneth. not able to beare his griefes out longer, sickned. Here we built seuen Pinnasses. The fourth of Nouember were they lanched, and we stood of for Porto rico, the eight day in the way we anchored among the Ilands Virgins, where all our Souldiers were appointed to their land Captaines. The twelfth day we came to anchor afore the Harbour at Porto rico, where dyed Sir Nicholas Clifford, by a shot from At Porto rico. a platforme, sitting at supper in the Defiance, with this shot was likewise Master Brewt Browne hurt, who liued but few dayes after, and this day also died Sir Iohn Hawkins, whose death of many was much He dyeth. lamented.

In this Harbour rid those fiue Frigats of the Kings, which came for the treasure. This place beeing well viewed by our Generall, and Colonell Generall, a counsell was held and therein agreed, That first and most necessariest these Frigats should bee burned; and for that seruice was named out the next night thirtie of our Boates and Pinnasses with fire-workes, and with warlike weapons, these Frigats were so well defended aboard, and with the Ordnance ashore, that our men returned with consuming onely one of them, out of which were saued some of the Spaniards, who reported certainly, that there the Treasure of Treasure lost. two Millions was, and so were our men taken in the Francis.

Notwithstanding all these quickning newes after some few dayes, we weighed and stood alongst to the Westermost end of this Iland, where we contented vs with some refreshing of water, Oranges and Plantanes, here were built foure Pinnasses more. At this place sent hee aboord me with his Warrant fortie Souldiers out of the Defiance. The foure and twentieth day we weighed and stood alongst for one Iland, called Knaw-saw, with which wee fell the nine and twentieth day, but stayed not; thus standing alongst. Know-saw. The first of December we arriued at Cape dela Vela, the second in the morning was put into our Boats and Pinnasses, all our Souldiers for Rio dela Hatcha. This was taken, the people being all fled, yet here Rio dela Hatcha. with search in the Woods, and intelligence of some Negros, was found great store of Pearle, Plate, Iewels, Rials of Plate, Bolts of Silke, rich apparell, with much other luggage. The sixt of this moneth brought in Sir Francis from one other Towne called Rancharia, great quantitie of Pearle and luggage. The ninth day came in some Spaniards, with intent to ransome their houses, Negros, and some Spaniards Prisoners, and concluded for 24000. Pezos, euery Pezo worth fiue shillings sixe pence. The thirteenth day, came in the same all in Pearle, and the fourteenth day came in their Lientenant for the deliuery. But in the valuing, their quantity and quality would not be taken, wherefore departed they with foure houres respite for further answere from their Gouernour Don Francisco Manso, his answere was himselfe would come to conference, which hee did the sixteenth day. After dinner our Generall and Colonell Generall, with the Spaniards had secret conference about this Ransoms, whereupon concluding, they absolutely broke of, and therefore in all haste was fire put 〈◊〉 some of the houses, and the Gouernour had two houres time to cleere him of our Army.

Thus hauing burnt Rio dela Hatcha, Rancharia, and Tapia. The eighteenth day wee weighed and stood alongst for Sancta Marta, to which we came thetwentieth day, here we onely tooke some fiue Prisoners, whereof one was the Lieutenant there. The one and twentieth, it was put to fire, and we set sayle Santa Marta. for Nombre de Dios, to which we came the seuen and twentieth day, where in like manner the people had acquited the Towne, yet here was found by intelligence of some Negros, as I heard, two and twentie Sowes of Siluer, Gold in Bullion, some Iewels, great store of Plate, and Riall of Plate, with much other luggage. The nine and twentieth day, Sir Thomas Baskeruile, Colonell Generall with all his ablest Sir T. Baskeruils i • u • ney for Pa • ama. Captaines and Souldiers tooke their iourney for Panama, now the marke of our Voyage: who neere the mid-way being empea • hed by some Spaniards and Negros, made their retreite to the Ships at Nombre de Dios, at this encounter were few of our men slaine, some hurt, some of the which there left to the mercie of the Spaniards.

The fifth day of Ianuary, all our men being shipped, the towne and Galliots put to fire, we set sayle then by the aduice of a Spaniard, for the Riuer Nicorago, in which way we fell with one Iland called Escudo, a place which affordeth nothing good, yet here wee stayed from the tenth day vntill the three and twentieth, Escudo. when we set sayle and plied to the Eastward, which by Gods speciall fauour, the eight and twentieth day we came in with Porta la • bella. This morning died our Generall Sir Francis Drake. This is the place where the people of Nombre de Dios meaneth to dwell at. Here found we a beginning of a strong platforme Sir F. Drakes death. with three Brasse Peeces vnmounted. In my opinion, this was our best remoue, for if God had not preuented our Generals purpose for the Riuer Nicorago, it would haue hazarded all her Maiesties Ships, farre with the rest. Here tooke we in ballast, water, mended our sayles, and calked our ships, such as had need.

The eight of February, Sir Thomas Baskeruile taking vpon him Generall, we all set saile for Santa Marca homewards, but not able to recouer higher then Carthagena, as wee ghesse in the Bonauenture, with the splittng of all our sayles, put ouer for Iamaica. In this course lost we the Fore-sight, the Susan Parnell, the Helpe, and the Gregory. The fiue and twentieth day came we faire by Canaria granda, which bore ouer vs in the morning East North-east, and this day was all our flesh and fish spent. The second of March, making this our miserie like to be known to Sir Thomas Baskeruile, who hath giuen mee his promise to relieue mee at my need, his answere was carelesly for vs, and with all said, hee would goe in with the Iland Pinos to water, which I vtterly misliked, the winde then being good to stand alongst, very ill to lose, and more for that no Englishman in our fleete either knew or euer heard of any watering or other good there.

In this reasoning betwixt vs, we descried twentie sayle of ships a head vs, who were the Kings men of Warre, wayting our home comming, it was my fortune in the Bonauenture to take to taske the Vice-admirall, one of the twelue Apostles of the Kings, for so I thought by a great golden Saint, which manned her Poope. The manner of our fight and my deseruing, I leaue euen to the report of mine enemies, yet thus much vnderstand, their Admirall with the rest, all the next day being in the winde, was content we should passe in peace. Thus being quietly, and we all disimbogued some two hundred leagues, I made a second demand of Sir Thomas, his promise for victuals, which he vtterly refused, wherefore aswell in regard of our Generals lacke as mine owne danger, with a shot in our fight, wherein it was indifferent with mee to liue or die, I told him I must make more haste home then I presumed hee would, yet wee stayed with him two dayes longer, when in a storme I left him, and this was the fourteenth day of March.

Now for these two English Sea-worthies, as wee haue begunne their American Aduentures, and ended them together, so I haue thought good to insert this following censure of a Gentleman in a Letter of his, touching them both, as an Epitaph dedicated to their memory.

SIr, I haue according to your request, and my owne plainnesse sent you here the comparison betweene those two Commanders Sir Francis Drake and Sir Iohn Hawkins. They were both much giuen to trauell in their youth and age, attempting many honourable Voyages alike; as that of Sir Iohn Hawkins to Guiny, to the Iles of America, to Saint Iohn de Vlua. So likewise Sir Francis Drake after many Discoueries of the West Indies, and other parts, was the first Englishman that did euer compasse the World, wherein, as also in his deepe iudgement in Sea causes, he did farre exceed not Sir Iohn Hawkins alone, but all others whomsoeuer. In their owne natures and disposition they did as much differ; as in the managing matters of the Warres, Sir Francis beeing of a liuely spirit, resolute, quicke, and sufficiently valiant: The other slow, iealous, and hardly brought to resolution. In Councell Sir Iohn Hawkins did often differ from the iudgement of others, seeming thereby to know more in doubtfull things, then he would vtter. Sir Francis was a willing hearer of euery mans opinion, but commonly a follower of his owne: he neuer attempted any action, wherein he was an absolute Commander, but hee performed the same with great reputation, and did easily dispatch great matters; Contrariwise Sir Iohn Hawkins did only giue the bare attempt of things, for the most part without any Fortune or good successe therein. Sir Iohn Hawkins did naturally hate the Land-souldier, and though hee were very popular, yet he affected more the common sort, then his equals; Sir Francis contrarily did much loue the Land-souldier, and greatly aduanced good parts, wheresoeuer he found them. Hee was also affable to all men and of easie accesse. They were both of many vertues, and agreeing in some. As patience in enduring labours and hardnesse, Obseruation and Memory of things past, and great discretion in sudden dangers, in which, neither of them was much distempered, and in some other vertues they differed. Sir Iohn Hawkins had in him mercie and aptnesse to forgiue, and true of word; Sir Francis h • rd in reconciliation, and constancie in friendship; he was withall seuere and courteous, magna • imious, and liberall. They were both faultie in ambition, but more the one then the other; For in Sir Francis was an in s • tiable desire of honor▪ indeed beyond reason. He was infinite in promises, and more temperate in aduersity, then in better Fortune. He had also other imperfections, as aptnesse to anger, and bitternesse in disgracing, and too much pleased with open flattery: Sir Iohn Hawkins had in him malice with dissimulation, rudenesse in behauiour, and passing sparing, indeed miserable. They were both happy alike in being Great Commanders, but not of equall successe, and grew great and famous by one meanes, rising through their owne Vertues, and the Fortune of the Sea. Their was no comparison to bee made betweene their wel-deseruing and good parts, for therein Sir Francis Drake did farre exceede. This is all I haue obserued in the Uoyages, wherein I haue serued with them.

R. M.

A briefe recitall or nomination of Souldiers, other Englishmens Voyages related at large in the printed Works of Master HAKLVYT.

OTher Voyages might here be inserted, made by Englishmen into the Bay of Mexico, as that by Captayne W. Michelson, and William Mace of Ratcliffe, in the Dogge 1589. Captaine Michelson. which there tooke three shippes. They held fight with a Spanish man of Warre, who by fraud sought perfidiously to obtayne that which they could not by vnspotted Fortitude. They put out a flagge of Truce, and after kinde entertaynment aboord the English, inuited them to their shippe, where they assaulted them, stabbing Roger Kings • old the Pilot to the Heart, Treachery of Spaniards. staying others, and forcing the rest to trust God and the Sea rather then the Deuill and the Spaniards; thus swimming to their ship.

The valiant fight of the Content, a small ship of Sir George C • reys, (Lord Hundsdon, Lord Sir G. Careys. Chamberlaine) 1591. Iune 13. with three great Spanish ships, each of six or seuen hundred, and one small shippe and two Gallies, farre more beeing slaine of the enemies then the English had to fight: I leaue to Master Hakluyts report: as also Captayne Christopher Newport his Voyage Captaine Newport. with three ships and a Pinnasse the same yeere, which tooke and spoyled Yaguana and Ocoa in Hispani • la, and Truxillo, besides other Prizes, and in the way homeward, were at the taking of the Madre de Dios.

The next yeere Captayne Lane Gen. of Master Wats his fleete, Captayne Roberts in the Exchange of Brist • ll, and Captayne Beniamin Wood with foure shippes set forth by the Lord Earle of Suffolke. Thirteene sayles English before Hauana. Sir R. Dudley. Thomas Howard, Captayne Kenell of Lime-house, and Captayne King of Ratcliffe Road, with thirteene sayles before Hauana, wayting for purchase.

Anno 1594. the Honourable Sir Robert Dudley set forth with two ships and two Pinnasses, and made his Voyage to Trinidada, and the Coast of Paria, returning by the Iles of Granata, Santa Cruez, Santa Iuan de Puerto Rico, Mona, Zacheo, and Bermuda. In which Voyage he and his company tooke or sunke nine Spanish ships; of which one was a man of Warre of sixe hundred tuns. The particulars are related by himselfe in Master Hakluyt. Captaine Am • as Preston. Captaine Summers. Sir Antonie Sherley. Captaine Parker. Sir W. Raleigh. M. W. Hawkins. M. Reniger. M. Pudsey. M. Hare. Sir I. Lancaster. Fenton and Ward. Iohn Drake.

In him also the Reader may find the victorious Voyage of Captayne Amias Presten, and Captayne George Summers (both since Knights) Anno 1595. in which the Iles of Puerto Santo, and of Coche neere Margarita, the Fort and Towne of Coro, the Citie of Saint Iago de Leon, were sacked and burnt; the Towne of Cumana ransomed, and Iamaica entred.

Sir Antonie Sherley. Anno 1596. set forth from Hampton, with nine ships and a Galley, to Saint Iago Dominica, Margarita, Iamaica, Bay of Honduras, and homewards by New foundland. This and Captayne Parkers Voyage 1596. to the same parts and Ports, with his taking of Campeche the chiefe Towne of Iacatan, and bringing thence a Frigat, laden with the Kings Tribute: Also the Voyages of Sir Walter Raleigh to Guiana, and other intelligences of that Nation: likewise Master William Hawkins his Voyages to Brasill, and those of Re • iger and Borey, Puds • y, Stephen Hare, Sir Iames Lancasters taking of Fernambuc: Fenton and Ward, and Iohn Drakes Voyage after his departure from Fenton vp the Riuer of Plate, and liuing fifteene moneths with the Sauages, Anno 1582.

All these I referre to the painfull labours of Master Hakluyt, who hath well deserued of the English Nation, and of these Neptunian Heroes; that I mention not the many Voyages of others in those times of difference betwixt England and Spaine, which here and there you shall finde mention of in these Relations. Also, Anno 1589. three ships were set forth by Master Chidlie and others for the Magellan Straites, one of which arriued there and tooke there a Spaniard, one of the foure hundred which had beene sent thither to inhabit, which had long liued there alone, the rest being famished. They spent sixe weekes there with contrary winds, and sixe only of their company teturned, they also being racked on the Coast of Normandie, as W. Magoths one of the sixe hath related.

These I doe but summarily mention, as an Index rather to Master Hakluyt • labours, then with any intent to giue the discourse thereof. But the strange fortunes of Peter Carder (not hitherto published) compell me to take speciall notice thereof, which himselfe hath thus related.

CHAP. V.

The Relation of PETER CARDER of Saint Verian in Cornwall, within seuen miles of Falmouth, which went with Sir FRANCIS in his Voyage about the World, begun 1577. who with seuen others in an open Pinnasse or Shallop of fiue tuns, with eight Oares, was separated from his Generall by foule weather in the South Sea, in October, An. 1578. who returning by the Straites of Magellan toward Brasill, were all cast away, saue this one only afore named, who came into England nine yeeres after miraculously, hauing escaped many strange dangers, aswell among diuers Sauages as Christians.

AFter Sir Francis Drake had passed the Straites of Magellan, the sixt of September 1578. and was driuen downe to the Southwards in the South Sea, vnto the latitude of fiftie fiue degrees, and a terse, with such accidents as are mentioned in his Voyage, and returning backe toward the Straite againe. The eight of October we lost sight of the Elizabeth, one of our Consorts, wherein Master Iohn Winter Captaine Winters returne. With this Cap. Winter I haue had cōference in Sept. 1618. at Bath: which told me that solemne possession was actually taken of those parts, to the vse of her Maiesty and her successors: which he desired also should be published to the World. The names of his companions. They lose their ship. Their returne to the Straits: and thorow them to the North Sea. Penguin Iland. Port Saint Iulian. Riuer of Plate. Seales. Foure English taken by Sauages, the rest wounded. was, who returned by the Straites againe, as wee vnderstood afterward at our comming home into England; according to his Voyage extant in print. Shortly after his separation from our company, our Generall commanded eight men to furnish our small Pinnasse or Shallop with eight men, whose names were these, my selfe, Peter Carder aforesaid, Richard Burnish of London, Iohn Cottle and another, both seruants to Master Iohn Hawkins, Artyur a Dutch Trumpetor, Richard Ioyner, seruant to Vincent Scoble of Plimmouth, Pasche Gidie of Salt Ashe, and William Pitcher of London.

This company was commanded to waite vpon the ship for all necessary vses, but hauing not passed one dayes victuals in vs, nor any Card nor Compasse, sauing only the benefit of eight oares, in the night time by foule weather suddenly arising we lost the sight of our ship, and though our ship sought vs and we them, for a fortnight together, yet could we neuer meet together againe. Howbeit within two d •• es after we lost them, we recouered the shoare, and releeued our selues with Muscels, Oysters Grabs, and some sorts of Roots in the Woods, and within a fortnight after the losse of our con 〈…〉 s, wee returned backe into the Straites of Magellan, and in two places came on land on the mayne of America, to relieue our selues in certaine Bayes, where wee found Oysters, Muscels and Crabs as before, and filled our Barricos with fresh water, and in one of these places we found Sauages, but they fled from vs.

Afterward we came to Penguin Iland in the Straites, and there wee salted and dryed many of the Penguins for our sustenance. Thence we shaped our course for Port Saint Iulian, where Sir Francis Drake not many moneths before had beheaded Captayne Doutie: In this Port we stayed a day or two, and tooke fish like Breames and Mackerils, with hookes and lines. Then costing the land for some fortnight, some hundred leagues beyond the Riuer of Plate, wee found a small Iland three leagues from the mayne full of Seales, whereof wee killed good store to our sustenance, the young ones we found best and eate them roast. Then passing ouer the Riuer of Plate to the North side, we put into a small Riuer, and went vp into the Woods sixe of vs: other two remayning on the shore to looke to the Boat.

While we were thus seeking food in the Woods the people of the Countrey, called Tapines, some sixtie or seuentie armed with Bowes and Arrowes shot fiercely at vs, and wounded vs all very grieuously, and foure of vs were taken by them, and neuer recouered: the rest of vs they pursued to our Pinnasse, and wounded vs all: but in the end we put them to flight. Thence we went to an Iland some three leagues of in the Sea, not aboue a league in compasse. Where wee cured our selues as well as we might, yet so, that two of vs died of our late wounds, and that, which was worse for want of helpe. Through foule weather our Pinnasse was dasht against the Two dye. Their P •• nasse •• st P •• cher & Card • r remayne. Rockie shoare and broken, and now there remayned aliue of vs eight, no more but my selfe, Peter Carder and William Pitcher.

Here we remayned the space of two moneths, in all which time for our victuals, wee had a fruit somewhat like vnto Oranges, growing vpon a high Tree, the leafe whereof was somewhat like the Aspen leafe, and small; white Crabs creeping vpon the sand, and little Eeles which we found vnder the sands, but in all this Iland we could not find any fresh water in the World, insomuch that we were driuen to drinke our owne vrine, which we saued in some sheards of certaine No fresh water They drinke v • ine. Iarres, which we had out of our Pinnasse, and set our vrine all night to coole therein, to drinke it the next morning, which thus being drunke often, and often auoyded, became in a while exceeding red, in all this time wee had no raine, nor any good meanes to saue it, if it had Red vrine. fallen, whereupon, seeing our selues in so great extremitie, wee deuised how we might get vnto the Mayne, and by good fortune, found a planke of some ten foot in length, which of likelihood had driuen from the Riuer of Plate, whereunto with withes, wee bound some other wood, and furnishing our selues with the foresaid fruit, Eeles and Crabs, wee committed our selues to God; hoping with the setting in of the tyde, and with the helpe of two poles, which we vsed in stead of Oares to attayne vnto the Mayne, which was some three leagues off, but wee made Pa •• ag • to the Mayne. it three dayes and two nights before we could come to the Mayne.

At our comming first on land, we found a little Riuer of very sweet and pleasant water, where William Pitcher my onely comfort and companion (although I diswaded him to the contrary) ouer dranke himselfe, being pinched before with extreame thirst, and to my vnspeakeable griefe Pitcher breakes with drinking fresh water. and discomfort, within halfe an houre after dyed in my presence, whom I buried aswell as I could in the sand.

The next day following, as I trauelled along the shoare towards Brasill, hauing mine Arming Sword and Target with me, I met with some thirtie of the Sauages of the Countrey, called Tuppan Tuppan basse Sauages. Basse, which being armed with Bowes and Arrowes, and hauing two or three great Rattles with stones in them, and a kind of Tabrets that they vsed in stead of Drummes, they went dancing before me about a Musket shot off, and then they stayed and hanged vp a piece of a white Net of Cotton-wooll, vpon a sticks end of foure foote high, and went from it about a Musket shot off: then I comming vnto it, tooke it in my hand, viewed it, and hung it vp againe, then many of them, beckning and weauing with their hands, cryed vnto mee, Iyorie, Iyorie, He goeth with them. which (as afterward I vnderstood, by liuing long among them) was as much as Come hither, Then I came to them, and they friendly led me a long some halfe a mile, all the way dancing, aswell men as women, whereof there were some eight in the company, vntill we came to another Riuer side, where they hanged vp their Beds, tying them fast to a couple of Trees, being a kinde of white Cotton Netting, which hanged two foot from the ground, and kindled fire of two sticks, which they made on both sides of their Beds, for warmth, and for driuing away of wilde beasts, and hauing fed me with such as they had: we tooke our rest for that night.

The next day earely in the morning they tooke downe and trussed vp their beds, crying tiasso, tiasso, which is to say, away, away, and marched that day towards Brasill some twentie miles, and came to their Towne where their chiefe Gouernour was. This Towne was built foure square, with foure houses onely, euery house containing aboue two Bowe shot in length, and the houses made with small trees like an Arbour, being thatched ouer downe to the ground Sauage towne described. with Palme tree leaues: they haue no windowes, but some thirtie or fortie doores on euery side of this squadron, by which each Familie passeth in and out; their chiefe Lord, whose name was Catou, being a man of some forty yeares old, had nine wiues; but the rest haue onely one wife, except such as are counted more valiant, then the rest which are permitted two wiues, one to looke Caiou their Lord. to their children at home, and the other to goe to the warres with them. This Towne contained very neere 4000. persons of all sorts. The next day the Gouernour sent diuers of his people abroad to bring in all sorts of victuall which the Countrie yeelded, and offered them vnto me to see which of them I liked best, among which there was great store of fish, as well Sea-fish as Hospitall entertainment. fresh water-fishes, many sorts of Fowles, many sorts of Rootes, and diuers Land-beasts, as Armadillos, which afterward I found to be very good meate. Of all these at the first, I onely tooke one Fowle, and a couple of fishes, and bestowed the rest among their children, which procured me no small good will among them.

Here I stared among them (being well entertained) for certaine moneths, v •• ill I had learned most part of their language, in which meane space I noted their manners, which were as followeth. He learneth their language They went out to the warres armed at my first comming, onely with Bowes and Arrowes, some three or foure hundred at a time, and when they had the victory of their enemies, Their warres. Captiues. they tied one of their Captiues to one of their company with Cotten cords fast arme to arme, and bringing them home, within two or three daies after they would tie them to a poast, and with a madie club of red wood one of the strongest of the company (after they haue drunke a certaine strong drinke with dancing round about him) at one blow slits his head a sunder: this Man-eating. drinke is made by their women of a certaine roote called I. P. which first they seeth, and afterward chew in their mouthes, and then spit it out againe into a long trough and mingle it with Their drinke and drunkennesse. water, and there let it worke two or three daies, and gat ••• yeest vpon it, like to our Ale: which done, they take the liquor and put it into broad mouth Iarres of earth, and of this both their men and women doe drinke at their feasts, till they be as drunke as Apes.

I could obserue no Religion amongst them, but onely that they reuerence and worshippe the Moone, especially the new Moone; whereat they doe reioyce in leaping, dancing; and clapping Religion. their hands. The Merchantable commodities of this Countrie, are Brasill-wood, Tobacco, red Pepper, and Cotten Wooll. They haue also great store of Apes, Monkies, Armadillos, Hogges without tailes as bigge as ours; their Birds are Parrats, Parraketos, blacke Fowles as bigge as He teacheth them to make Targets and Clubs. Doues, and Ostriches as high as a man. After I had liued about halfe a yeare among stithem, and learned their language, the King requested me to goe to the warres with him against his enemies the Tapw • es, which I granted, but before we set out, I shewed them a way for making of certaine Targets of the barke of a Tree some three quarters of a yard long for defence against Arrowes, whereof we made some hundred; and withall I wished them to make some two hundred of Clubs. Which being done we marched forward some 700. in number, which by mine aduice were all marked with a red kinde of Balsome from the knee downeward vpon one legge, to be known from our enemies (by the way it is to be noted that there are three sorts of Balsamum in that Countrie, to wit, White, Red and Blacke very odoriferous and excellent good for a Three kindes of Bals • me. greene wound, and the White I esteeme to be best.) In three dayes march we came to another Towne built foure square, as before I haue declared, but much lesser; we set vpon the Towne about foure of the clocke in the morning, the enemy standing vpon defence of their Arrowes, were much deceiued by reason of our Targets, which being seconded by our Clubbes, wee immediately knocked downe to the number of two hundred, the rest, except some twenty prisoners escaped into the woods. Here the King staied one day, and caused many of thir carkases to be broyled vpon the coales and eaten. The chiefest riches which we found here was their drinke Man-eating. which they vsed to make themselues drunke withall; their Cotten Beddes and their Tobacco. As for Gold and Siluer they neither seeke, nor make any accompt thereof. This is to be noted, Spoiles. that how many men these Sauages doe kill, so many holes they will haue in their visage, beginning first in their nether lippe, then in their cheekes, thirdly in both their eye-browes, and lastly in their eares. Those twenty prisoners which we brought home, were afterward killed, Notes of gentrie. rosted and eaten.

While I remayned here amongst these people, certayn Portugals accompanied with certayn Negr • s and Brasilians, came within some ten leagues of our town, to see whether they could surprise any of our Sauages, and to harken what was become of me, for that they had heard by this time that some of Sir Francis Drakes company were east ashoare amongst the Sauage people, but there comming was not so secret, but that two of the Portugals and certayne Negros were taken, and after their confession, of the intent of their comming thither, they were brained with clubs, Portugals eaten. broyled and eaten. These things thus passing, I became sutor to the King to giue mee leaue to depart his Countrey, and to goe to some Riuer of Brasill not planted by the Portugals, to see if I could spy out any English or French ship to passe me into my Countrey, which hee in the end fauourably granted; and sent foure of his people with me to furnish me with victuals, which they His departure. did very plentifully of Birds, Fish, and Roots, for the space of nine or ten weeks, all which time they did accompany me, and I desiring to goe toward the Line, they brought me into the towne of Bahia, Detodos los Sanctes.

But about foure or fiue miles before we came to the towne, I yeelded my selfe to a Portugall, He yeeldeth himselfe to a Portugall. called Michael Ionas, declaring vnto him that I was an Englishman, and enquired whether there were any Englishmen dwelling in the towne, hee told me that there was one Antonio de Paua in the towne which could speake good English, and was a louer of our Nation, and brought mee directly vnto his house. This Antonio de Paua, pittying my case, and aduising mee not to bee knowne, that I vnderstood the Portugall Tongue, brought mee to the Gouernour, whose name was Diego Uas, this Gouernour told me by Antonio de Paua, which became my Interpreter, that seeing I was found in the Inland of their Countrey Westward, being a stranger, contrary to their Lawes, he could doe no lesse then commit me to Prison, and send me into Portugall to be committed to the Gallies for tearme of life, to this I answered by the aduice of my good friend Autouio de Paua, that I came not willingly into those Dominions, but beeing by casualtie once come there, I was not taken Prisoner, but sought them out and came and yeelded my selfe into their hands, laying downe my weapons at one of his Nations feet.

Neuerthelesse he sent me to Prison, whereby the meanes of Antonio de Paua, and other of His imp •••• ment. his friends, I was sufficiently relieued, and within one fortnight after brought againe publikely to the barre in the Towne-house to mine answere. There I answered the second time by Autouio de Paua, my Interpreter, that I thought it sufficient, that when I might haue kept our, yet of mine owne free will I had made a long journey, with great hazard of my life through the Countries of Sauages, being Man-eaters, which fauoured me to seeke the Portugall Christians out, and peaceably to put my selfe into their hands. Hereupon the Gouernor and his assistants consulted and concluded together, that I should be committed to the house of Antonio de Payue, & there remaine Deliuerance. vntill they might write into Portugall to know the Kings pleasure concerning me. Within one yeare they receiued answer from Lisbon concerning me, that I should be forth comming, and that hereafter the King would send further order for my transporting into Portugall. But aboue two yeares passed before this order came: In which meane space, first I spent part of my time in going into the fields as ouerseer of my friends Negros and Sauages in their planting and His employments. dressing of their Sugar Canes, and in planting of Gingers, which grow there exceeding well, but is a forbidden trade to be transported out for hindering of other places, and in cutting downe of Brasil-wood, and in bringing it downe by Riuers vpon rafts vnto the Port where the Ships doe lade it, and in seeing them gather their Cotten wooll, and picking the seedes out of it, and packing the same, and in gathering of the long Pepper both white and red.

After I had spent, some yeare and an halfe in this businesse, my friend Antonio de Payue hauing a small Barke of his owne, which he employed in carrying of wares from Port to Port, and for bringing of Sugars to places where Ships should lade, vsed me, knowing I had bin brought vp to the Sea, in these his businesses. Our first Voyage was to Ilheos, where we left some wares, His coast voyages to IIheos. Puerto Seguro. Spirito Sancto. S. Vincent. R. Ie • ero. Dauide Leake an English Surgeon. and staied there some moneth: then we went to Puerto Seguro, and there tooke in some Sugars for Linnen Cloath, Bayes, Wine and Oyle. Then returning home, shortly after we were set forth againe in the same Barke to Spirito Sancto, and Saint Vincent, and the Riuer Ienero, where discharging our wares to certaine Factors, and receiuing Sugars and Cotten Wooll aboord, we returned safely home. In my first Voyage one Master Dauid Leake an English Surgeon, lost there out of an English Shippe in the Countrie, being much sought for because of his skill, had passage with vs from Bahia to Spirito Sancto. Vpon my returne of my second voyage, my good friend Antonio de Payue aduertised me, that a Shippe was shortly to arriue there to carry me into Portugall prisoner, telling me that he should not be able any longer to helpe me, and therefore wished Honest Portugal me to looke to my selfe; but kindely offered me his helpe to conuay me away: whereupon I tooke his Boate and foure of his Negros, pretending to goe on fishing to the Sea; and so of purpose going much to Leeward of the place, I put in to Feruambuc: where the Negroes being examined whence we came, and for what cause, being vtterly ignorant of mine intent, answered that they Fernambuc. were drawn thither by force of weather, and for their Masters sake were well intreated, and returned home with the next winde, my selfe remaining secretly behinde them.

Within certaine moneths there came thither a Hulke with eight English men and foureteene Portugals, who after some three moneths had laden the same with English and Portugall goods to Hulke with eight English. come for England. The English goods belonged to M. Cordal, M. Beecher, and M. Sadler, worshipfull Merchants of the Citie of London; which had bin left in the Countrie before by the Merchant Marchant Royall. Cap. Raymond. Captain George Drake. Royall. Thus passing homeward in our course as far as the Iles of the Açores, within sight of the Ile of Pike, being fiue Portugall Ships in consort, we met with Cap. Raymond, and Cap. George Drake of Exeter, with two English Ships of warre, who because the peace betweene England and Spaine was broken the yeare before, commanded vs to yeelde our selues to them as their lawfull prises, which we did al fiue accordingly without any resistance. But by contrary weather we were driuen into Baltimore in Ireland, and within a while after we arriued in the narrow Seas in the hauen of Chichister, in the end of Nouember 1586. nine yeares and foureteene dayes after my His arriuall in England. departure out of England with Sir Francis Drake in his Voyage about the World.

My strange aduentures, and long liuing among cruell Sauages being known to the right honorable the Lord Charles Howard, Lord high Admirall of England, he certified the Queenes Maiesty The Q. rewardeth him. thereof with speede, and brought me to her presence at White-hall, where it pleased her to talke with me a long houres space of my trauailes and wonderfull escape, and among other things of the manner of M. Dowties execution; and afterward bestowed 22. angels on me, willing my Lord to haue consideration of me: with many gracious words I was dismissed; humbly thanking the Almighty for my miraculous preseruation, and safe returne into my natiue Countrie.

CHAP. VI.

Master THOMAS CANDISH his discourse of his fatall and disastrous voyage towards the South Sea, with his many disaduentures in the Magellan Straits and other places; written with his owne hand to Sir TRISTRAM GORGES his Executor.

MOst louing friend, there is nothing in this world that makes a truer triall of friendship, then at death to shew mindfulnesse of loue and friendship, which now you shall make a perfect experience of: desiring you to hold my loue as deare dying poore, as if I had beene most infinitely rich. The successe of this most vnfortunate action, the bitter torments thereof lye so heauie vpon mee, as with much paine am I able to write these few lines, much lesse to make discouerie vnto you of all the aduerse haps, that haue befallen me in this voyage, the least whereof is my death: but because you shall not be ignorant of them, I haue appointed some of the most sensiblest men that I left behinde me, to make discourse vnto you of all these accidents. I haue made a simple will, wherein I haue made you sole, and onely disposer of all such little, as is left.

The Roe-bucke left me in the most desolate case that euer man was left in, what is become of The Roe-bucke. her I cannot imagine: if shee bee returned into England, it is a most admirable matter; but if shee bee at home, or any other of my goods whatsoeuer returne into England, I haue made you onely Possessor of them. And now to come to that villaine that hath beene the death of me, and the decay of this whole action, I meane Dauis, whose onely treacherie in running from me, hath Captaine Dauis blamed. beene an vtter ruine of all: if any good returne by him, as euer you loue mee, make such friends as he of all others, may reape least gaine. I assure my selfe you will bee carefull in all friendship, of my last requests. My debts which be owing be not much, &c. But I (most vnfortunate villaine) was matched with the most abiect minded and mutinous companie, that euer was carried out of England by any man liuing. For I protest vnto you, that in going to the Streits of Mutinous companie. Magellan, after I was passed to the Southward of the Riuer of Plate, and had hidden the furie of stormes, which indeed I thinke to bee such as worser might not bee indured: I neuer made my course to the Straits-ward, but I was in continuall danger by my companie, which neuer ceased to practise and mutinie against me. And hauing gotten the appointed place called Port Desire, Port Desire. I met with all my companie, which had beene there twentie dayes before me: and had not my most true friends beene there (whom to name my heart bleedes) I meane my cousin Locke, I had been constrayned either to haue suffered violence, or some other most disordered misse-hap. I came into this Harbour with my Boat, my ships riding without at Sea: where I found the Roebucke, the Desire, and the Pinnace, all which complayned vnto mee, that the Tyde ranne so violently, as they were not able to ride, but were driuen aground, and wished me in any wise not to come in with my ship, for that if shee should come on ground, shee would be vtterly cast away: which I knew to be most true.

And finding it to bee no place for so great a ship without her vtter ruine: I forthwith commanded them, to make themselues readie to depart: they being fresh, and infinitely well releeued with Seales and Birds, which in that place did abound, and my companie being growne weake and feeble, with continuall watching, pumping, and bayling. For I must say truly vnto you, there were neuer men that endured more extremities of the Seas, then my poore companie had done. Such was the furie of the West South-west, and South-west windes, as wee were Tempests. driuen from the shoare foure hundred leagues, and constrayned to beate from fiftie degrees to the Southward into fortie to the Northward againe, before wee could recouer neere the shoare. In which time, we had a new shift of sailes cleane blowne away, and our ship in danger to sinke in the Sea three times: which with extremitie of mens labour wee recouered. In this weaknesse, wee departed for the Straits, being from that Harbour eight leagues, and in eighteene dayes, The Streits. wee got the Straits: in which time, the men in my ship were growne extreamly weake. The other ships companie were in good case, by reason of their late reliefe.

And now we had beene almost foure moneths betweene the coast of Brasile, and the Straights, being in distance not aboue sixe hundred leagues, which is commonly run in twentie or thirtie dayes: but such was the aduersenesse of our fortunes, that in comming thither wee spent the Summer, and found in the Straits, the beginning of a most extreame Winter, not durable for Extreme winter. Christians. In despight of all stormes and tempests, so long as wee had ground to anchor in, and Tydes to helpe vs, we beate into the Straits some fiftie leagues, hauing (for the most part) the They enter fiftie leagues. windes contrarie. At length being forced by the extremitie of stormes, and the narrownesse of the Straits (being not able to turne wind ward no longer) we got into an Harbour, where wee rid from the eighteenth day of Aprill, till the tenth of May: in all which time, wee neuer had other then most furious contrarie windes. And after that the moneth of May was come in, nothing but such flights of Snow, and extremities of Frosts, as in all the time of my life, I neuer saw any to be compared with them.

This extremitie caused the weake men (in my ship onely) to decay; for in seuen or eight dayes, in this extremitie there dyed fortie men, and sickened seuentie, so that there were not fiftie Death of men. men that were able to stand vpon the hatches. I finding this miserable calamitie to fall vpon me, and found that besides the decay of my men, and expence of my victuall, the snow and frost decayed our sailes, and tackle, and the contagiousnesse of the place to bee such, for extremitie of Miserable distresse. frost and snow, as there was no long staying, without the vtter ruine of vs all. What by these extremities, and the daily decay of my men, I was constrayned forth with to determine some course, and not (for all this extremitie of weather) to tarrie there any longer.

Vpon this, I assembled my companie together, and shewed them that my intention was to Consultation, goe for China, and that there were two wayes thither, the one through the Straits, the other by the way of Caput bone spei; which course shewed them, as was well knowne to mee, as the way I had vndertaken. And although that fortune had denyed vs this passage, yet I doubted not, but soone to recouer to this Cape, where I shewed them, I made no doubt, but we should releeue our selues, and performe to their contents our intended voyage. These perswasions with many others, which I vsed, seemed to content them for the present: but they were no sooner gone from me, but forthwith all manner of discontents were vnripped amongst themselues, so that to goe that way, they plainly and resolutely determined neuer to giue their willing consents. Some of the best and honestest sort hearing this their resolution, wished them rather to put vp a supplication to me, then thus priuately among themselues to mutinie and murmur, which course might cause an vtter ruine to fall vpon them all: affirming, that they knew me to be so reasonable, as I would not refuse to heare their petition. Vpon this, they framed an humble supplication vnto me (as they termed it) the effect whereof was: That first they protested, to spend their liues most willingly for my sake, and that their loue was such to me, as their chiefest care was for mee, and they grieued very much to see mee put on a resolution, which (as they supposed) would be the end of my life, which was their greatest griefe. And next their owne liues would immediately follow, both by reason of the length of the course, all which they must performe without reliefe. And further, we had not left foure moneths victuall, which might very well be spent in running a course not halfe so long. But if it would please me to returne againe for the Coast of Brasile (where they knew, my force being together, was able to take any place) there we might both prouide victuall to returne againe, and furnish our selues of all other such wants, as these extremities had brought vpon vs, and at a seasonable time returne againe, and so performe our first intention.

Now, I knowing their resolution, and finding, that in some things their reasons were not vaine, began more seriously to looke into all my wants. First, I found my greatest decay to bee in ropes, and sailes, wherein (by meanes of such mightie extremities) I was vtterly vnfurnished, for I lost a new shift of sailes comming thither; and further the Desire had bidden the like extremitie, which I furnished: so as I had left no store at all: for no ships carry three new shifts of sailes, all which, had beene little enough for me: and last of all, our victuals to be most short, I was to fall into consideration what to doe. I knew well that the windes were such, and so continually against vs, as by no meanes it was possible to passe through: for the violent snowes were such, as in two dayes together we should not be able to see fiue houres, the place not a league Windes and snows violent. ouer in breadth, our ships not to be handled in such extremitie of winde: no, nor Canuas to hold the furie of the winde, our men so weake, as of one hundred and fiftie men, I had not in my ship fiftie in health. And this ship comming with all her companie, was like three times to haue been vpon the shoare, by reason of her vnyarie workings. These causes made mee vtterly despaire of any passage at this season: so I resolued the companie I would put out of the Harbour, and beat to get through, so long as the furious and westerly windes would suffer vs: but if they came vpon vs, so as we could not hold it vp, wee would then beare vp againe, and so (according to their request) goe for the Coast of Brasile, which they so much seemed to desire, and I so much hated.

But in truth I was forced to take that way, for that there was no place, where this ship could come into, to tarry out a winter. For Port Saint Iulian is a barred Harbour, ouer which two of my ships would not goe; and Port Desire hath neither wood, nor water: and besides that, the Port S. Iulian. Port Desire. Tyde runneth so extremely, as it is not possible for anchors to hold, the ground being so bad. But the last cause of all to be considered, was the sicknesse of my men, hauing no clothes to defend them from the extreme cold. These causes, and their ardent desires of being out of the cold, mooued me to goe backe againe, for that most wicked Coast of Brasile, where I incountred all manner of misfortunes, which as I haue vnripped these former, so I will briefly declare the latter.

We were beaten out of the Strait with a most monstrous storme at West South-west, from which place we continued together, till we came in the latitude of fortie seuen, in which place His returne from the Strait. Dauis in the Desire, and my Pinnasse lost me in the night, after which time I neuer heard of them, but (as I since vnderstood) Dauis his intention was euer to run away. This is Gods will, that I should put him in trust, that should be the end of my life, and the decay of the whole action. For had not these two small ships parted from vs, we would not haue miscarried on the coast of Brasile: for the onely decay of vs was, that we could not get into their barred Harbours. What became of these small ships, I am not able to iudge, but sure, it is most like, they went backe againe for Port Desire, a place of reliefe, for two so small ships. For they might lye on ground there without danger, and being so few men, they might releeue them selues with Seales, and Birds, and so take a good time of the yeere, and passe the Streits. The men in these small ships were all lustie, and in health: wherefore the likelier to hold out. The short of all is this: Dauis his onely intent was vtterly to ouerthrow me, which he hath well performed.

These ships being parted from vs, wee little suspecting any treacherie, the Roe-bucke and my selfe, held our course for Brasile, and kept together, till wee came in the latitude of thirtie sixe, where we incountred the most grieuous storme, that euer any Christians indured vpon the Seas to liue, in which storme we lost companie. Wee with most extreme labour, and great danger, Grieuous storme. got the Coast of Brasile, where we were fifteene dayes, and neuer heard of the Roe-bucke. Wee came to an anchor in the Bay of Saint Vincent, and being at an anchor there, the Gentlemen desired mee to giue them leaue to goe ashoare, to some of the Portugals Farme-houses, to get some Saint Vincent. fresh victuals, which I granted: willing them to make present returne, knowing very well, the whole Countrie was not able to prejudice them, if they willingly would not indanger themselues. They went to a Sugar mill hard by mee where I rode (for that was my speciall charge, that they should neuer goe a mile from the ship) where they got some victuall, and came aboard againe very well.

The next day in the morning betimes, an Indian came vnto me with Captaine Barker; which Indian ran away from his Master, at my last being there: this Sauage knew all the Countrie. He came vnto me, and said, that beyond a Point, not a Culuering shot off, there was a very rich farme-house, and desired ten or twelue men to goe thither. Captaine Barker being one whom I most trusted in the conduction of men, and (who euer was the most carefull in such matters of seruice) I appointed to goe, and to take some twentie or thirtie men with him: and willed him (as he had any respect or regard of my commandement) not to stay, but to come presently away, finding any thing or nothing. He forth with tooke fiue and twentie men of the most principall men in the ship, and then your cousin Stafford would by no meanes bee left behinde. They departed by foure of the clocke in the morning, so as I did not see their companie. But what should I write more then this vnto you? they were all such, as neither respected me, nor any thing that I commanded. Away they went, and by one of the clocke, they sent my Boat againe with Ginny wheat, and sixe Hennes, and a small Hogge. I seeing no returne againe of the companie (for they had sent away the Boat onely with men to row her aboard) was very much grieued, and presently returned the Boat againe with message: That I much maruailed they would tarry at a place so long, with so few men; and further, that it was not a Hogge, and sixe Hennes could releeue vs: and seeing there was no other reliefe to bee had, I charged them straightly to come aboard presently. Thus hauing dispatched away my Boat for them, I still expected their present comming aboard: all that night, I heard nothing of them, the next morning I shot Ordnance, yet I saw no Boat come. Then I waighed anchor, and made aboard into the Bay, yet for all this, I heard nothing of them: then I doubted with my selfe very greatly, knowing there were no meanes left to make any manifester signes to them to hasten away. All that day I heard nothing of them, in the euening I set sailes againe, and ran into the shoare: all that night I heard no newes of them.

The next morning, I saw an Indian come downe to the Sea-side, and weaued vnto the ship: we being desirous to heare some newes, caused a raft to be made, for Boat wee had none, and sent it ashoare, and set the Indian aboard. When we saw him, we found him to bee our owne Indian, Captaine Barker and foure and twentie others slaine. which had escaped away, being soare hurt in three places: who told vs, that all the rest of our men were slaine with three hundred Indians, and eightie Portugals, which (in the euening) set vpon them suddenly. Then I demanded, why they came not aboard? the Indian answered mee, that some were vnwilling to come, and the rest, did nothing but eate Hennes and Hogs, which they had there in abundance, and that they minded nothing to come aboard. I leaue you to iudge, in what griefe I was, to see fiue and twentie of my principall men thus basely and wilfully cast away: but I leaue you to inquire of others, the practises of these men, lest in writing vnto you it should be thought I did it of malice, which (I protest) is farre from me, they being now dead, and my selfe looking imminently to follow them.

Thus I was left destitute of my principall men, and a Boat, and had I not (by great hap the day before) taken an old Boat from the Portugals, I had beene vtterly vndone. This Boat I sent to an Iland fifteene leagues off, to see if they could heare any newes of the rest of my ships: shee returned within eight dayes, all which time I remayned without a Boat. Thus I was sixe dayes before I heard newes of any of my consorts. The seuenteenth day came in the Roe-bucke, hauing The Roe-bucke commeth in. spent all her Masts, but their Mison, their Sailes blowne cleane away, and in the most miserable case that euer ship was in: all which misse-haps falling vpon me, and then missing my small ships wherein (vpon that Coast) consisted all my strength, hauing no Pinnaces nor great Boats left to Brasilian Coast full of shoalds and barres. Mast • r Candishes high spirit. land my men in, for they were all cast away going to the Strait. I (notwithstanding the want of Boats and Pinnaces) determined rather then not to bee reuenged of so base Dogs, to venture the ships to goe downe the Riuer afore their Towne, and to haue beaten it to the ground, which forthwith I put in execution. And hauing gotten downe halfe the way, wee found the Riuer so narrow by reason of a shoald, as all the companie affirmed plainly, it was both desperate and most dangerous. For the Riuer is all Ose, and if a ship come aground, it is vnpossible euer to get off, for there riseth not aboue a foot water, and no anchors will hold to hale off any my ships, in so narrow a place, as we were almost aground in wending.

Seeing this apparant danger, I forthwith bare vp out of the Riuer, where we escaped no small danger to get well out, for we had not little more water then we drew: and if shee had come aground, it had beene vnpossible euer to haue gotten her off. By these meanes of not passing the Riuer, we were constrayned to let our reuenge passe: for our Boats were so bad and small, as wee durst put no men in them. Notwithstanding wee landed, and did them much spoile vpon their Farme-houses, and got some quantitie of fresh victuals. This place being not for vs, considering our ships were not able to passe to their Towne; and further our great wants did constraine vs to seeke some course of reliefe, which being not to bee had there, both for that wee had spoyled it a little before, and also for that we could not conueniently come to doe them any preiudice, without most losse to our selues: I determined to part from thence, and to goe to a small Iland some His intention. twentie leagues off, and there to haue fitted all my necessaries, and to haue cast off the Roe-bucke, for that by no meanes her wants could by mee bee furnished, and so at a seasonable time, to haue gone for the Straits of Magellan againe.

Which intention (I must confesse) I kept most secret, for feare of some mutinie, but shewed His pretence. the whole Companie, that I would goe for Saint Helena, where wee should meet with the Carracks: which course I well knew did not much please them; for they desired nothing more then returning home into England, and if I had but named the Straits, they would forthwith haue fallen into a most extreme mutinie: for such were the miseries and torments they had indured, as all the best sort had taken an oath vpon a Bible, to die rather then euer to yeeld their consents to goe backe that way againe. I knowing this, seemed to speake nothing of that course, but comforting their despairing mindes as well as I might, seeing their greatest griefe was for the wants of the small ships, without which, they all affirmed (and that truly) wee were able to doe nothing. For the Ports where their Townes stand, were all barred Harbours, and that it was not Necessitie 〈◊〉 small s •• ps 〈◊〉 the BSpan • c • ast. poss • ble to get any of these ships ouer them, whereby we could releeue our selues of such wants, as we were in. These things being alleaged, I seemed to passe ouer as slightly as might be, but yet comforted them, that we would presently seeke some place of reliefe with all speede.

There was a Portugall aboord me, who tooke vpon him to be a Pilot, who came vnto me, and told me vpon his life, that he would take vpon him to carry both my Shippes ouer the barre Portugal Pilots vndertaking for Spirito▪ Sancto. at Spiritus Sanctus, a place indeede of great reliefe, and the onely place in Brasile for victuall, and all other wants, that we were in. I knowing very well, that if I could bring my Shippes within shot of the Towne, I should land my men, and further, it could not be in them to make resistance. The whole company desired this course, affirming that there was no way left to relieue all our wants but this: and that there they were in hope to finde some Shippes, to repaire the Roe-bucke againe. I finding their willingnesse, and charging the Portugall vpon his life, to tell me truely, whither the Ships might passe ouer the barre without danger; he willed me to take his life, if euer the Shippes came in lesse water then fiue fathome, with such constant affirmations as he desired not to liue, if he should not performe this. I considering the greatnesse of our wants, and knowing right well, the place to be the onely wished Towne on all the coast to relieue vs, forthwith gaue my consent, and thither we went, leauing all other intentions. We anchored before the barre, and sent my Boate to sound the barre, and found the deepest water to be but fifteene and seuenteene foote (the Portugall himselfe going with them, all ouer the bar) the most water to be but three fathome. They comming aboord, brought me word of the truth, I called His ignorance. for the Portugall, • nd demanded of him why he had so lied vnto me? who affirmed that he neuer sounded the barre before, and that he had brought in Ships of 100. tuns, and that he made accompt, there had not bin lesse water then fiue fathome.

This mis-hap was no small amazement to me, and all the company, considering our distresse for water and other necessaries, and that the roade was so ill, as we were scant able to ride there, so as we could neither take in water, nor doe any other businesse. In this meane time while wee were scanning of these matters, the Roe-buckes Boate rowing further into the Baye, saw where three Shippes were at an anker, not farre from • he Towne, and came aboord, and brought mee word thereof: at which newes the Companie seemed much to reioyce, and all affirmed Three Ships. that they would goe with our Boates, and bring them out of the harbour. I shewed them how much the taking of them imported vs, and told them, that although the day was spent, yet I thought the night not to be altogether inconuenient, if they would put on mindes to performe it. Resolutely my reasons were these: first they were not so sufficiently prouided to defend themselues at that instant, as they would be in the morning; and further I told them, that if His couns • ll not followed. they were not able to defend them, they would take the principall and best things out of them, being so neere the shoare, and that if they had where with to defend themselues, it would be lesse offensiue to vs in the night, then in the day, and we in greatest securitie, and more offensiue to the enemy, especially this exploit being to be done on the water, not landing.

These perswasions seemed a little to moue them, for they all desired to stay till morning: yet some of them prepared themselues. Comming amongst them, I found them, all, or for the most part vtterly vnwilling to goe that night: vpon which occasion (I confesse) I was much moued, and gaue them some bitter words, and shewed them our case was not to make detractions, but to take that opportunitie which was offered vs, and not to feare a night more then a day, and told them plainely, that in refusing of this, I could stay there no longer, for ouer the barre we could not goe, and the roade so dangerous, as neuer Shippes rid in a worse. And further, we saw all the Countrey to be fired round about, and that to land we could not without vtter spoile to vs all, for our Boates were naught; and further, we could by no meanes be succoured by our Shippes, so as I intended to depart. The next morning, there was almost an vproare amongst Their vnseasonable eagernes them, the most of them swearing that if I would not giue them leaue, they would take the Boats and bring away those Shippes of themselues. I comming among them, beganne to reprehend them for their rashnesse, and told them that now all opportunity was past, and that they must be contented, for goe they should not. They much importuned me, and some of the chiefest of them desired me with teares in their eyes, that they might goe, affirming, that there was no danger to be feared at all; for if they were not able to take them, they would returne againe, and that to depart without attempting to doe this, was a thing that most greatly grieued them.

I knowing right well, that if they landed not they could receiue no preiudice: for if their Ships had beene able to withstood them, it was in their power to goe from them, being starke calme. And further I knew that no Shippes vse Brasile that be able to defend themselues from a Cock-boate: much lesse that they should be of force to offend those Boates, wherein there were so many Musketteeres as could sit one by another. I seeing their great importunitie, was contented to giue them leaue to goe: and this was my charge to Captaine Morgaine (to whom at that present I left my directions) that first, vpon paine of his life, he should not land at all what opportunitie soeuer was offered; and that if he saw any danger in comming to these Shippes, he should attempt no further, but returne aboord againe; but contrariwise, if he saw that the His instructions to Captain M •• gan. place was such, as we might land without too much disaduantage, and if we might land on plain ground, free from woods or b • shes, hard before the Towne, that then he would presently repaire vnto me againe, and I, and so many as these bad Boates would carrie, would presently land vpon them.

Thus my Boates departed from me, hauing some eightie men, as well furnished with weapons, as it is possible to sort such a number withall. Now you shall vnderstand, that in the night the Portugals had hailed the Shippes hard afore the Towne: the Riuer where the Towne stood was not aboue a Bird-bolt-shot ouer, and halfe a mile from the Towne where the Shippes rode: the night wee came in, they had new cast vp two small trenches, on each side the Riuer one, The place described. where they had planted some two small bases a peece vpon an hill. Right ouer them were thicke woods, and great rockes, so that if any were possessed of them, they might but tumble stones downe, and beate away 1000. men. The trench on the Wester-side of the Riuer shot at our Boats, once or twice; vpon that they began to thinke with themselues what to doe, Captaine Morgan affirming the place to be verie narrow, and that they could not well passe it without danger, considering the many men in their Boats, and also the charge which I had giuen, was such, if they saw any danger, they should presently repaire aboord, and certifie me, and not to passe any further, till they had vnderstood my further determination: This Master Morgan made knowne Mad Mutiners. amongst them, whereupon some of the harebraine Sailers began to sweare, that they neuer thought other, but that he was a coward, and now he will shew it, that durst not land vpon a bable ditch, as they tearmed it. Vpon this, the gentleman was very much moned, and answeswered them, that they should finde him to be none such as they accounted him, and that, come what could happen him, he would land.

Vpon this, in they put the Boats betweene the two sconses (that on the Easter-side they had They land not seene) and the Boats being hard vpon it, were shot at, and in the biggest Boat they hurt two, and killed one with that shot. Vpon this, they determined, that the smallest Boate with their company should land on the Wester-side, and the other to land on the Easter-side. The small Boate landed first, and that place hauing but few in it, they being not able to defend themselues, ranne away, so that our men entred peaceably without hurt of any. The other Boate drawing much water, was aground before they came neere the shoare, so as they that landed, were faine to wade aboue knee high in water. Now the place, or Sconse, was in height some ten foote, made of stone (Captaine Morgan more resolutely then discreetely) scaled the wall, and ten more with him, which went out of the Boate together. Then the Indians and Portugals shewed themselues, Captaine Morgan slaine. and with great stones from ouer the trench, killed Morgan and fiue more, and the rest of them being sore hurt, retired to the Boate, which by this time was so filled with Indian arrowes, as of 45. men being in the Boate, there escaped not eight of them vnhurt, some hauing three arrowes sticking Many others slaine or hurts in them, some two, and there was none which escaped without wound. The furie of those arrowes comming so thicke, and so many of them being spoiled, they put the Boat from the shoare, leauing the rest on land, a spoile for the Indians.

By this time, there came two Boates full of lustie Portugals, and some Spaniards, who knowing the sconse on the Wester-side to be weakely manned, came with their Boates to the forts side: one of them ran ashoare which was fullest of men, then our men let flye their Muskets at them, and spoiled and killed all that were in that Boate. The others, seeing their fellowes speede so ill, rowed backe againe, with all their force, and got the Town againe. In this meane time the great Boat being gotten of, they called to them in the Sconse, and willed them to forsake the Fort, and to come and helpe them; for they told them that all their men were spoiled & slaine. Vpon this they strait came out of the Sconse againe, and retired to their Boat; who rushing in all together into the Boat, she came on ground, so that off they could not get her, but some must goe out of her againe: tenne of the Iustiest men went out, and by that time the Indians were come downe into the Fort againe, and shot at our men. They which were a land (perceiuing the arrowes Ten braue men lost. flye among them) ranne againe to the Forts side, and shot in at the lower hold with their Muskets. By this, the Boat was got of, and one that was the Master of the Roe-bucke (a most cowardly villaine that euer was borne of a woman) caused them in the Boat to rowe away, and so Cowardly basenesse. left those braue men a spoile for the Portugals, yet they waded vp to the necks in the water to them, but those mercilesse villaines in the Boate, would haue no pitty on them. Their excuse was, that the Boat was so full of water, that had they come in, she would haue sunke with all them in her; thus vilely were those poore men lost.

By this time, they which were landed on the other side (the great Boate not being able to rowe neere the shoare to relieue them) were killed with stones by the Indians, being thus wilfully and vndiscreetely spoiled, which you may well perceiue, if you looke into their landing, especially in such a place, as they could not escape killing with stones. They returned aboord againe, hauing lost fiue and twenty men, whereof tenne of them were left ashoare, in such sort 25. men slaine, others wounded. as I haue shewed you. When the Boates came to the Shippes side, there were not eight men in the biggest Boate, which were not most grieuously wounded. I demanded of them the cause of their mishappes, and how they durst land, considering my strait commandement to the contrarie; they answered mee, that there was no fault in Captaine Morgan, but the greatest occasion of all this spoile to them, happened vpon a controuersie betweene the Captaine and those Souldiers that landed with him, and were killed at the Fort, for their ill speeches and vrging of Captaine Morgan, was the cause that hee landed contrary to my commandement, and vpon such a place, as they all confessed fortie men were sufficient to spoile fiue hundred.

I leaue it to your selfe to iudge, what a sight it was to mee, to see so many of my best men, thus wilfully spoiled, hauing not left in my Shippe fiftie sound men: so as wee were no more then able to waye our Ankers, which (the next morning) wee did, and finding it calme wee were constrained to come to an Anker againe; for my onely intention was, to get out of that bad roade, and to put of into the Sea, and there to determine what to doe, for that place was not for vs to tarrie in, for the roade was so bad, as wee were not able to helpe our selues with a Boates loading of fresh water, whereof wee stood in no small want. In this dayes stay in the Roade, I comforted these distressed poore men, what I might, and found most of their desires, to returne againe into England. I let them vnderstand, how wee would goe backe againe to the Iland of Saint Sebastian, and there wee would water, and doe our other necessary businesses, and there make a resolute determination of the rest of Purpose for S. Sebastian. our proceedings. This course seemed to like them all very well, but the companie in the Roe-bucke, instantly desired nothing more, then to returne home, all affirming, that it was pittie such a Shippe should be cast of. But in truth, it was not of any care of the Shippe, but onely of a most cowardly minde of the Master, and the chiefest of the company to returne home.

Now you shall vnderstand that the Captaine was verie sicke, and since the time that the Ship lost her Ma 〈…〉 s, she became the most laboursome Ship that euer did swimme on the Sea, so as he was not able to indure in her, and at that present he lay aboord my Shippe, so as there was none of any trust, or accompt left in her. But such was the case of that Shippe (being without sailes, masts, or any manner of tackle) as in the sense & iudgement of any man liuing, there did not liue that desperate minded man in the world, which (in that case she was then in) would haue ventured to haue sailed in her halfe so farre as England: and if she doe returne, it is (in my opinion) the most admirable returne that euer Ship made, being so farre of, and in her case. These villaines hauing left in my Ship, all their hurt men, and hauing aboord of them both my Surgeans, I, hauing not one in mine owne Shippe, which knew how to lay a plaster to a wound, much lesse to cure any by salues: and further, hauing in their Shippe three times the proportion of my victuall (wherein consisted the onely reliefe and comfort of all my company) these most hard harted villaines, determined that night amongst themselues, to loose mee at their next conuenient time they could espie, and in this case to goe for England, leauing vs in Da 〈…〉 able designs. the greatest distresse that euer one Christian left another in: for wee had all her hurt men in vs, and we had taken out of her the best part of her men not long before: so as in running from vs, they not onely carried away our Surgeans, and all their prouision, but also our victuall, wherein consisted all our reliefe and comfort: hauing in them at their departure but six and fortie men, carrying away with them the proportion for six moneths victuall of one hundred and twenty men at large.

I leaue you to consider of this part of theirs, and the miserable case I was left in, with so many hurt men, so little victuall, and my Boate being so bad, as sixe or seuen men continually bailing water, were scant able to keepe her from sinking; and mend her we could not by any meanes, before we recouered some shoare: for had not these villaines in the Roe-bucke (that night wee rode in this Baye) suffered their Boate to run ashoare with Irish men (which went to betray vs) I had taken her Boate, and sunke this great naughtie Boate. Such was the greatnesse of our mishaps, as we were not left with the comfort and hope of a Boate to relieue our selues withall; we not hauing left in the Ship scarse three tuns of water for 140. men, the most part whereof being hurt and sicke. We putting out of the road the next day, they, the same night in this case left vs, The Roe bucke forsaketh him. and (as I suppose) they could not accompt otherwise, then that wee should neuer againe be heard of.

The next morning looking for the Roe-bucke, we could no where be seene. I leaue to you to iudge in what plight my companie was, being now destitute of Surgeans, victuals, and all other reliefe; which in truth was so great a discomfort vnto them, as they held themselues dead men, as well whole as hurt. The scantnesse of water made vs that we could not seeke after them, but were inforced to seeke to this Iland, with all possible speede, hauing to beate backe againe thither two hundred leagues: which place, God suffered vs to get with our last caske water, the poore He commeth to S. Sebastians. men being most extreamly pinched for want thereof. Where (after we had a little refreshed our selues) we presently mended our Boat in such sort, as with great labour and danger, we brought fortie tunnes of water aboord. And in the meane time searching our store of ropes, tackle, and sailes, we found our selues vtterly vnfurnished both of ropes and sailes: which accident pleased the company not a little, for by these wants, they assuredly accounted to goe home. Then making a suruay of the victuall, we found to be remaining in the Shippe (according to the rate we then Their manifo • d wants. liued at) foureteene weekes victuals large.

Hauing rigged our Shippes in such sort, as our small store would furnish vs, which was most meanely, for we had but foure sailes (our sprite-saile, and foretoppe-saile being wanting) which two, the Ship (most principally loueth) and those which we had (except her maine saile) were more then halfe worne. In this poore case being furnished, and our water taken in, my company knowing my determination (which was to haile my Boate a ground, and build her a new) they forth with openly began to murmure, and mutinie: affirming plainely, that I neede not Mutinous murmuring. mend the Boate, for they would goe home, and then, there should be no vse of her. I, hearing these speeches, thought it was now time to looke amongst them, calling them together, and told them, that although we had many mishaps fallen vpon vs, yet (I hoped) that their mindes would not in such sort be ouercome with any of these misfortunes, that they would goe about to vndertake any base, or disordered course; but that they would cheerefully goe forward, to attempt either to make themselues famous, His perswasions. in resolutely dying, or in liuing, to performe that, which would be to their perpetuall reputation: And the more we attempted, being in so weake a case, the more (if we performed) would be to our honours. But contrariwise, if we dyed in attempting, we did but that which we came for, which was either to performe or dye.

And then I shewed them my determination, to goe againe for the Straits of Magellanus: which words were no sooner vttered, but forthwith they • ll with one consent affirmed plainly, they would neuer goe that way againe; and that they would rather stay ashoare in that desart Iland, then in such case to goe for the Straits. I sought by peaceable meanes to perswade them, shewing them that in going that way, we should relieue our victuals, by salting of Seales, and Birds: which (they did well know) we might doe in greater quantitie, then our Ship could carry. And further, if we got through the Strait (which we might now easily performe, considering we had the chiefest part of Summer before vs) we could not but make a most rich Voyage, and also meete againe with the two small Ships which were gone from vs: and that it was but six hundred leagues thither; and to goe into England they had two thousand. And further that they should be most infamous to the world, that being within six hundred leagues of the place, which we so much desired, to returne home againe so farre, being most infamous and beggerly. These perswasions tooke no place with them, but most boldly, they all affirmed, that they had sworne, they would neuer goe againe to the Straits; neither by no meanes would they.

And one of the chiefest of their faction, most proudly and stubbornely vttered these words to my face, in presence of all the rest: which I seeing, and finding mine owne faction to be so weake (for there were not any that fauoured my part, but my poore cousen Locke, and the Master of the Mutiner punished. Ship) I tooke this bold companion by the bosome, and with mine owne hands put a rope about his necke, meaning resolutely to strangle him, for weapon about me I had none. His companions seeing one of their chiefe champions in this case, & perceiuing me to goe roundly to worke with him, they all came to the Master, and desired him to speake; affirming they would be ready to take any course that I should thinke good of. I, hearing this, stayed my selfe, and let the fellow goe: after which time, I found them something conformable, at least in speeches, though among themselues they still murmured at my intentions. Thus hauing something pacified them, and perswaded them, that by no meanes I would take no other course, then to go for the Straits, I tooke ashoare with me thirtie Soldiers, and my Carpenters, carrying foureteene dayes victuall with me for them. Thus going ashoare, I hailed vp my Boate, to new build her in such sort, as she might bee able to abide the Seas, leauing aboord all my sailers, and the rest, to rigge the Ship, and mend sailes, and to doe other businesse.

And now to let you know, in what case I lay ashoare among these base men, you shall vnderstand, that of these thirtie there were v • rie few of them, which had not rather haue gone to the Portugals, then to haue remained with me; for there were some, which at my being ashoare, were making rafts to goe ouer to the maine, which was not a mile ouer, where the Portugals had continuall watch of vs, looking but for a fit opportunity to set vpon vs: being in this case, alwaies expecting the comming of the Portugals, against whom I could haue made no resistance, and further the trecherie of some of my companie, which desired nothing more, then to steale ouer, so to betray me, I protest, I liued hourly, as he that still expecteth death. In this case I made all the speed I could to make an end of my Boate, that we might be able to rowe her aboord, which in twelue daies we mainely finished, which being done, I came aboord, and found all my businesse in good forwardnesse: so I determined with all possible speede to dispatch, and be gone for the Straits of Magellane.

But ere euer we could get in all our water, and timber-wood, and other necessaires an Irish man (a noble villaine) hauing made a raft, got ouer to the maine, and told the Portugals which An Irish rascall and trai • or to his fellowes. were there (watching nothing but an opportunitie) that if they would goe ouer in the night, they should finde most of our men ashoare, without weapon, and that they might doe with them what they would: vpon this, the next night, they came ouer, and hauing taken some of our men, they brought them where the rest lay, which they most cruelly killed, being sicke men, not able to stirre to helpe themselues. Those which were ashoare, more then the sicke men, had stolne out of the Shippe, for it was all my care to keepe them aboord, knowing well, that the Portugals sought to spoile vs, the place being so fit for them, all ouergrowne with woods and bushes, as their Indians might goe and spoile vs with their arrowes at their pleasures, and we not be able to hurt one of them. In the morning perceiuing their comming, I sent my Boate ashoare, and rescued all my healthfull men, but fiue, which they found out in the night, without weapons to defend them: whereof (besides the losse of our men) we hauing but foure sailes, left one ashoare, which was no small mishap among the rest.

The Portugals went presently againe ouer to the maine, but left their Indians to keepe in the bushes. About the watering-place, our men going ashoare, were shot at, and hurt, and could by no meanes come to hurt them againe, by reason of the wood, and bushes. Wherefore finding my men hurt, and that by no meanes I could doe any thing there, without more losse of men Cap. Candishes weakenesse. (whereof I had no neede) for I had not abou • ninetie men left, or little ouer, notwithstanding my wants of wood and water, and my Boate (not being sufficiently mended) was in no possibilitie to doe me pleasure, in this case was I forced to depart; fortune neuer ceasing to lay her greatest aduersities vpon me.

But now I am growne so weake and faint, as I am scarce able to hold the penne in my hand: wherefore I must leaue you to inquire of the rest of our most vnhappy proceedings, but know this, that (for the Straits) I could by no meanes, get my company to giue their consents to goe. For after this misfortune, and the want of our sailes (which was a chiefe matter they alleadged) and to tell you truth, all the men left in the Shippe, were no more then able to weigh our ankers. But in truth I desired nothing more, then to attempt that course, rather desiring to dye in going forward, then basely in returning backe againe; but God would not suffer me to dye so happy a man, although I sought all the wayes I could, still to attempt to performe somewhat. For, after that by no meanes I saw they could be brought to goe for the Straits, hauing so many reasonable reasons to alleadge against me, as they had: first, hauing but three sailes, and the place subiect to such furious stormes, and the losse of one of these was death: and further, our Boate was not sufficiently repaired, to abide the Seas: and last of all, the fewnesse, and feeblenesse of our company (wherein we had not left thirty sailers) these causes being alleadged against me, I could not well answere: but resolued them plainely, that to England I would neuer giue my consent to goe, and that (if they would not take such courses as I intended) I was then determined, that Shippe and all should sinke in the Seas together. Vpon this, they began to be more tractable, and then I shewed them, that I would beate for Saint Hellena, and there, either to make our selues happy, by mending, or ending. This course (in truth) pleased none of them, and yet seeing my determination, His purpose for. S. Helena. and supposing it would be more danger to resist me, then in seeming to be willing, they were at quiet, vntill I had beaten from 29. degrees, to the Southward of the Aequator to 20. At which time, finding that I was too far Northerly, to haue good winde, I called them to tacke about the Shippe to the Southward againe. They all plainely made answere, they would not, and that they had rather dye there, then be starued in seeking an Iland, which (they thought) that way we should neuer get.

What meanes I vsed to stand againe to the Southward, I leaue you to inquire of themselues: but from the latitude of 20. I beate backe againe into 28. with such contrary windes, as (I suppose) neuer man was troubled with the like, so long a time together. Being in this latitude, I found the winde fauourable, and then I stood againe to the Northward, willing the Master & his company to saile East North-east, and they in the night (I being a sleepe) steered North-east, and meere Northerly. Notwithstanding all this most vile vsage, we got within two leagues of the Iland, and had the winde fauoured vs so, as that we might haue stemmed from 18. degrees to 16. East North-east, we had found the Iland: but it was not Gods will so great a blessing should befall Sailors disobedience. me. Being now in the latitude of the Iland, almost eighteene leagues to the Westward of it, the winde being continually at East South-east, the most contrary winde that could blow: I presently made a suruay of my victuall, and found, that according to that proportion (which we then liued at) there was not left in the Ship eight weekes victuall; which being so farre from reliefe, was (as I suppose) as small a portion, as euer men were at in the Seas. Scarsity of victuall.

Being so vncertaine of reliefe, I demanded of them, whether they would venture (like good minded men) to beate to the Southward againe, to get this Iland, where we should not onely relieue our selues, but also to be in full assurance, either to sinke, or take a Carracke: and that by this meanes, we would haue a sufficient reuenge of the Portugals, for all their villanies done vnto v • : or that they would pinch, and • ate halfe the allowance they had before, and so to goe for England. They all answered me, they would pinch to death, rather then goe to the Southward againe. I knowing their dispositions, and hauing liued among them in such continuall torment, and disquietnesse; and now to tell you of my greatest griefe, which was the sicknesse of my deare kinsman Iohn Locke, who by this time was growne in great weakenesse, by reason whereof, hee desired rather quietnesse, and contenteduesse in our course, then such continuall disquietnesse, which neuer ceased mee. And now by this, what with Desperate thoughts. griefe for him, and the continuall trouble I indured among such hel-hounds, my Spirits were cleane spent; wishing my selfe vpon any desart place in the world, there to dye, rather then thus basely to returne home againe: which course, I had put in execution, had I found an Iland, which the Cardes make to be in 8. degrees to the Southward of the line. I sweare to you, I sought it with all diligence, meaning (if I had found it) to haue there ended my vnfortunate life. But God suffered not such happinesse to light vpon me, for I could by no meanes finde it, so as I was forced to goe towards England: and hauing gotten eight degrees by North the Line, I lost my most dearest cousin. Master Locke • death.

And now consider, whether a heart made of flesh, be able to indure so many misfortunes, all falling vpon me without intermission. I thanke my God, that in ending of me, he hath pleased to rid me of all further trouble and mis-haps. And now to returne to our priuate matters, I haue made my Will, wherein I haue giuen speciall charge, that all goods (whatsoeuer belong vnto me) Cap. Candishe • Will. be deliuered into your hands. For Gods sake, refuse not to doe this last request for mee, I owe little, that I know of, and therefore it will be the lesse trouble: but if there be any debt, that (of truth) is owing by mee, for Gods sake, see it paid. I haue left a space in the Will for another name, and (if you thinke it good) I pray take in my Cousin Henrie Sack • ford. hee will ease you much in many businesses. There is a Bill of Aduenture to my Cousin Richard Locke (if it happen the other ship returne home with any thing, as it is not impossible) I pray remember him, for he hath nothing to shew for it. And likewise Master Heton the Customer of H •• pton, which is 50. pounds, and one Eliot of Ratcliffe by London, which is 50. pounds more, the rest haue all Bills of aduenture, but the ruine in the victuall, onely two excepted, which I haue written vnto you. I haue giuen Sir George Cary the Desire, if euer shee returne, for I alwayes promised him her, if shee returned, and a little part of her getting, if any such thing happen, I pray you see it performed.

To vse complements of loue (now at my last breath) were friuolous, but know: that I left none in England, whom I loued halfe so well as your selfe: which you, in such sort deserued at my hands, as I can by no meanes requite. I haue left all (that little remayning) vnto you, not to be accomptable for any thing. That which you will (if you finde any ouerplus of remayned, your selfe specially being satisfied to your owne desire) giue vnto my sister Anne Candish. I haue written to no man liuing but your selfe, leauing all friends and kinsmen, onely reputing you as Mistris Ann • Candish. dearest. Commend me to both your brethren, being glad, that your brother Edward escaped so vnfortunate a voyage. I pray giue this Copie of my vnhappy proceedings in this Action, to none, but onely to Sir George Cary, and tell him, that if I had thought, the letter of a dead man would haue beene acceptable, I would haue written vnto him. I haue taken order with the Master of my ship, to see his peeces of Ordnance deliuered vnto him, for hee knoweth them. And if the Roe-bucke bee not returned, then, I haue appointed him to deliuer him two brasse peeces, out of this ship, which I pray see performed. I haue now no more to say but take this last farewell. That you haue lost the louingest friend, that was lost by any. Commend mee to your wife, no more, but as you loue God, doe not refuse to vndertake this last request of mine. I pray forget not Master Carey of Cockingto • , gratifie him with some thing: for hee vsed mee kindly at my departure. Beare with this scribling: for I protest, I am scant able to hold a pen in my hand.

CHAP. VII.

The admirable aduentures and strange fortunes of Master ANTONIE KNIVET, which went with Master THOMAS CANDISH in his second voyage to the South Sea. 1591.

§. I.

What befell in their voyage to the Straits, and after, till he was taken by the Portugals.

WE departed from Plimmouth with fiue saile of ships, determining to goe for the South Sea (the names of our Ships were these) the Gallion Leicester, which was our Admirall; the Roe-bucke, Vice-admirall; the Desire, the Da • tie, and the Blacke Pinnasse. Sixe or seuen dayes after that wee were departed from the Coast of England, we met with nineteene saile of Flemmings in the night. Not regarding what they were, our Vice-admirall tooke one of them, and all the rest escaped. In Flemmish prize satisfied with English price. the morning the Master of our Flemmish prize was brought before the Generall, and of him wee had newes of a fleet of ships, that was departed out of Lis • one for Brasile, the which newes we were very glad of. The Flemmish sh • p was laden with Salt, whereof the Generall tooke three • unne for his prouision. This Flemming also shewed vs a licence that hee had to passe the Seas, vn • er her Maj st • es hand and seale, the which as our Generall had seene he presently commanded, that euery man should returne all such things as they had taken from the Flemming, and hee himselfe payed for the Salt that he had taken, and so we departed from them with a sa • e winde, holding our cour •• from the Coast of Portugall to the Ilands of Canaria. Thus in twen • ie dayes we had sight of the said Ilands, which when our Generall knew of • roth to be the same, he co • m • nded his two smallest ships, the Daintie and the Blacke Pinnasse, to be sent along the shoare, to see if they could espie any Caruels fishing, or any ships betweene the Ilands, and not discrying any thing, the next morning they returned backe vnto vs.

Vnder the Equinoctiall •• ne, we lay seuen and twentie dayes driuing too and fro without puffe of winde: In which time most of our men fell sicke of the Scuruie by reason of the extreme heat of the Sunne, and the vapours of the night; notwithstanding our great danger of sicknesse did S • orbuto. not appause the hardnesse of our hearts, being in as great extremitie as euer men were, it happened that two men of Iapon which the Generall had taken in his first voyage (be • ring enuie to a poore Portugall that went with vs from Plimmouth, accused him to the Generall) hauing before Iapand • rs. conspired his death in this sort: The Generall being at dinner, these two Iaponers came to his Cabb • n, telling their tale so loud that euery one might heare the report (which was thus) that the Portugall of the ship was a Traytor, and that he had often giuen them counsell to run away wi • h him at Brasil: moreouer (quoth he) if it so had pleased God wee had taken the Towne of Portugall hanged. Santos, as our Generall had pretended, from thence that hee would guide them to the South Sea, where they should be well rewarded for their intelligence; vpon the which accusations, the poore Portugall was hanged. And as for his going from Santos by land through America, to the South Sea, had beene a thing impossible, for the Countrie is all Wildernesse, and full of Sauag • s.

After we had beene so long becalmed vnder the Line, we had a faire North-west winde, and in twentie dayes saile we had sight of Land on the coast of Brasile, but no man knew certainly what part it should be. At length comming neere the shoare, we espied two small ships, the one Brasil. of them we tooke, the other escaped; that wee tooke was laden with Blackamores, and some merchandise; they came from Fernambaquo, and were determined to • aue gone to the Riuer of Plate. By the Pilot of this ship we knew we were at Cape Frio, that is, Cold Cape. This Cape Cape Frio lyeth twelue leagues from the Riuer of Ienero, and thirtie leagues from Santos, which was the Towne we meant to take. In this ship we tooke a Friar that hid himselfe in a Chist of meale; the night following by the directions of our new taken Pilot, wee came to a place called Ilha Grande, twelue leagues from Santos, at this place we tooke fiue or sixe houses with Portugals and Sauages of the Countrie. Here wee had good store of Potatoes, and Plantons, diuers kindes of Ilha Grande. good rootes, with some Hogs and Hennes, which was very good and comfortable for the refreshing of our men. Here we had such disorder amongst our selues, that if the Portugals had beene of any courage, they might haue killed many of vs, for our men would fight for their victuals as if Po • tentuous pr • sage • of ill • nd from so ill beginning. they had beene n • Christians but Iewes, and they that got the best, would get them into some hole, or into the Wildernesse vnder some Tree, and there they would remaine as long as they had meat. For mine owne part (there was such sha • king) I could in that place get neither meat nor mony, and pure hunger compelled me to goe into the Woods, to see if wee could kill any thing with our p • eces, or if we could finde some Potatoes. And as wee went, wee encountred with seuen or eight of our co • panie, that were together, by the 〈…〉 es abou • a Hogge they had killed, and the st • ife was, who should▪ haue the best share, we comming in at that time, when euery one vsed their fists, stole away a quarter, and went a good way into the Wildernesse, where we were merry for that night; the next day wee came backe • g • ine with good store of Potato rootes; and going into the house where the Generals musicians were, wee found them dressing of eight yong Whelpes for their dinner; wee giuing them of our rootes they were contented that wee should dine with them.

In the afternoone we set fire on a new ship, and burned all the houses, leauing the Merchant and all his Moores ashoare, we departed from thence, and hauing a faire winde about sixe of the clocke we came to the Iland of San Sebastian, where wee anchored, being fiue leagues from Santos. Saint Sebastian. As soone as the ships were in the 〈◊〉 , euery Master and Captaine came aboard of the Generall, to know how hee pretended to take the Towne of Santos, and they all resolued that our long Boat and our Shallop onely with one hundred men was enough for the taking of it. F •• the Portugall Pilot told vs, that it was of no strength. On Christmas-eue about ten a clocke in the night, when the Boats were to goe ashoare there were so many that would ha • e gone, that wee began to fight and cast one another ouer-board into the Sea; but as soone as our Generall Vnruly demeanour. heard the noise, he commanded euery man to come aboard the ship againe. I fearing the General, and being desirous to goe ashoare with the first (for I had seene before that they which came last got nothing) crept vnder the seate of our Shallop, where I was for the space of two houres, and the Boat being full of men, I could not get out, but there had beene smothered, if it had not beene for William Waldren that was our Boatsman, and steered the Boat, who hearing me crie vnder him, tore vp the boords, and saued my life. About three a clocke in the morning, wee met with a Canoa (which is a Boat that they make of a whole Tree) in which wee tooke foure Portugals and two Women; the one of them was going to be married that morning. After we had taken this Boat we went close to the shoare; and hauing tarried for our Boat an houre, we heard the Portugals ring a Bell, presently Iasper Iorge the Portugall Pilot told vs, that now was the time to land, for he knew by that Bell that they were in the middle of their Masse, and at that instant the Friar was holding vp the Bread of Sacrament before the people to worship it.

He had no sooner spoke, but we were all on shoare, and so marching to the Church, we tooke Santos take • . euery mans sword without resistance, and there we remayned till it was seuen of the clocke, for the comming of our long Boat, and the rest of our companie (for we were but twentie three in all) and we durst not take sack of the Towne with so few. By that meanes some of the Portugals that were in their houses escaped with their persons and mony. Here was good store of victuall and great store of Succats, Sugars, and Cassauie meale, of the which wee made very good bread. In the Church there were three hundred men beside women and children. Assoone as wee had taken the sack of the Towne, and placed all our men in order, word was sent to our Generall of all that had beene done. After the Generall had sent answere againe to the Towne, all the Portugals were set at libertie, and we fortified our selues in the Towne, keeping onely seuen or eight of the chiefest and principall prisoners, Master Cooke Captaine of the Vice-admirall, went Captaine of all the companie that went a • hoare; he fauoured me very much, and commanded mee to take a Friars Cell to lodge in, in the Colledge of Iesus, where hee himselfe lodged with many Captaines and young Gentlemen. It was my chance going vp and downe from Cell to Cell, that I looked vnder a bed standing in a darke hole, where I found a little chist fast nayled, and the Ho • Anthonis Kniuet found a chist of siluer. seames thereof were white with wheat flower. I drew it forth, and finding it of great waight, broke it in pieces, wherein I found 1700. R • als of eight, each whereof contayneth foure shillings English. This hole I tooke for my lodging, and no man knew of my good purchase; cloth, shirts, blankets, and beds, and such stuffe no man regarded.

The next day following, being S. Steuens day, the Portugals gaue vs a false alarum; the Generall came also with all the ships into the Road, and presently landed with two hundred men, and commanded all the outward part of the Towne to bee burned. Then hee gaue order for the building of a Pinnasse to row with twentie Oares, and commanded all the ships that were in the Harbour to be set on fire. At this Towne we tooke an English man, called Iohn King, which had Iohn King English man. Iesuites Colledge. beene there fifteene yeeres. Our Generall lay in the Colledge of Iesus all the time that we were at Santos. This Colledge had many back-wayes to the Sea-side, and it happened one night, that two Sauages being abused by the Portugals ran away, and knowing the passages of the Colledge, came in the night to the Generals bed-side, and brought with them Turkies and Hennes: The The Generall by two sauages first scarred, and after instructed. Generall being awaked by them cryed out for helpe. One of them that could speake Portugall, fell downe on his knees, and said, that hee came to cra •• e his fauour; and not to offend him. The morning following the Generall had discourse with these two Sauages, and by them he knew of what strength the Portugals campe was, and how that at his going out of the Towne they were determined to giue battaile: likewise they told him of three great bags of mony, and a jarre, that was hid vnder the roote of a Fig tree, and guided vs where we had three hundred head of Cattel, which serued vs all the time we were there.

The Daintie being a small ship made a good voyage to Santos, for shee came in before any of our fleet, by the which meanes they laded her with Sugar, and good commodities of the Portugals ships that were in the Harbour; this ship went voluntarily with vs, and hauing made a good voyage, the Captaine told the Generall that he would returne for England, the Generall answered, The Daintie would haue returned from Santos to England. that he was determined to send him into the Riuer of Plate, and then with all his heart hee should returne. We continued two moneths at Santos, which was the ouerthrow of our voyage. In the time that we were there many Canibals came vnto vs, desiring the General that he would destroy the Portugals, and keepe the Countrie to himselfe, protesting to bee all on his side; the Generall thanked them for their kindnesse, and told them that at that time he had a farther pretence. We found store of gold in this Towne, that the Indians had brought from a place, called by the Indians, Mutinga, and now the Portugals haue mynes there. Many of our companie counselled Mutinga mynes. the Generall to winter at this Towne, but he would not by any meanes.

From our first setting forth from England, till we came to Santos, I had great loue to Christopher the Iapon, because I found his experience to bee good in many things. This Indian and I grew into such friendship one with another, that wee had nothing betwixt vs vnknowne I • panders pe • fidie. together. I a long time hauing found him true, I told him of the money I had found vnder the Friers bed; with that hee told mee of some money that hee had got, and wee swore to part halfe from thenceforth whatsoeuer God should permit vs to obtaine: some foure dayes after that, when we were ready to depart, he told me that that time of the yeare was past, wherefore it was best to hide our money in the ground, and remaine in the Countrey. I beleeuing his perswasions, agreed to doe what he thought best; thus we determined both, that the same day we were to goe a shipboord, that then he should take all the money in a Canoa, and hide it by a Riuer side; in the morning I deliuered all the money into his hands, and he swore that in lesse then two houres he would returne, but I staied aboue fiue houres, and might haue tarried all my life, for he was gone aboord the Ship, afterward by good meanes I got mine owne againe, and so our former friendship was parted. Our men marched by Land from Santos, to another Towne called San Uincent, and in the way our men burned fiue Engenios, or Sugar-mils, the disorder of our men was such at their imbarking, that if the Portugals had beene of any courage, S. Vincent. they might easily haue cut our throates, the two Indians which came at night to the Generals chamber went with vs to the Straits.

We departed from Santos, with a faire winde for the Straites of Magellan, fourteene dayes we had faire weather, the fifteenth day all the Masters and Captaines of the fleete comming aboord, the Admirall wonne a great summe of money. Two dayes after wee were becalmed, and the Pilotes taking their height, found it to be in the altitude with the Riuer of Plate. And we being farre from the shoare did beare roome for Land, determining to send the Daintie, the Blacke Pinnasse, and the into the aforesaid Riuer of Plate, but it was not the will of God that we should execute our pretence. For the same day wee thought to haue descried Land, the winde beganne to blow South-west, and the Seas were very darke, swelling in waues so high, that we At the riuer of Plate we had a great storme. In this storme the Crow a smal Boat of 20. tun sunke before our eyes, with twelue men & a boy. The Roe-bucke lost her boat with two men, and wee lost ours with three men. And at the Straits we took the Desires long Boat for the Admirall. Murmuring. could not perceiue any of our accompanied ships, although we were very neere one to another, the Seas brake ouer the Poope of our shippe, and washed our men astonisht with feare into the Skippers, the Roe-bucke in this storme ranne her against our Poope, and brake downe all our Gallerie: all things were cast into the Sea that stood aboue Hatches, heere miserable Fortune began to frowne on vs all, especially on mee, for all that I had, both in clothes and money, were cast into the Sea, all our ship with the Seas that brake ouer her sides. Here our Generall shewed himselfe to bee of a noble courage, for hee did nothing but runne vp and downe encouraging his men which were all amazed, thinking that to bee their last houre, this storme continued three dayes, in which time wee lost most of our sayles blowne away from the yards.

It was the will of God, that after we had been three dayes in the storme, the wind ceased, but the Seas continued so great, that wee were not able to beare any sayle. We lying thus tost with Seas, without sight of any of our fleet, the company murmured, and wished themselues againe at Santos, and indeed we al thought that the rest of our company were driuen back with the storme to the Coast, thinking it best for vs to returne againe. The Generall hearing what speeches passed in the shippe, came forth vpon the halfe decke, and commanded all the company to come before him, and after he had heard them speake, he answered that he had giuen directions to all the Masters and Captaines of the fleete, that what weather soeuer should part them, that they should vse their indeuour to take Port Desire, and that they should tarry a fortnight, so if none of the company came, they should leaue some marke on the shoare, and goe on their Voyage, with that euery man was satisfied, the Generall promising twentie pounds to whomsoeuer could first spie a sayle, we made our course to Port Desire, and in ten dayes we safely arriued at our desired Port, where we found all our fleet but the Daintie, which was no little comfort to vs all, because the Port Desire. time of our yeere was almost past, we stayed here but two dayes taking a few Penguins, from an Iland right before Port Desire.

When we came to the mouth of the Straits wee found the winde contrary, and were forced to lye beating before the Harbour of Port Famine, three dayes ere wee could double that Cape, Magellan Straits. Port Famine. for many times we did cast anchor without the Cape in twentie fathomes water, but on a sudden, the current would carrie away the ships with Cables and Anchors afloat in the night, in this current the Roe-bucke driuen with the current, fell crosse ouer the haze, there wee had no other Current. remedy, but were forced to cut our cables, and so lose our Anchors. In the end with much adoe we doubled the Cape, and got into Port Famine, where wee lay a seuennight for want of winde and weather to goe forward. It the time that wee were at Port Famine, euery day our men went on shoáre, to get Muscles and Fruits of the Countrey to eate, and the barke of a tree that was like Sinamon. One day the Boate being ashoare, there came to vs aboue a thousand Canibals naked, with feathers in their hands, but they would not come so neere vs, as we could Barke like Sinamon. Naked Sauages. touch them. If we offered them any thing, they would reach to vs with a long Pole, and whatsoeuer we gaue them, they would returne vs feathers for it, wee made our signes to them for victuals, and they would shew vs by signes, that they had none, but what they could kill with their Darts. I haue told you how my chist, and all my clothes were cast ouer-boord, now comming to this cold Climates, and wanting clothes my hope of life was little, for here men were well at morning, and by night frozen to death. It was my fortune to goe ashoare to get some food, for the allowance of our ship was little, and comming aboord againe with my feete wette, and wanting shift of clothes, the next morning I was nummed, that I could not stirre my legs, Miserable co • d and pulling off my stockings, my toes came with them, and all my feete were as blacke as soote, Anthonie Kniuet lost his toes in the Straits. and I had no feeling of them. Then was I not able to stirre.

Thus I continued for the space of a fortnight, till wee came into a faire Bay, where there were many faire Ilands, and on the rockes of some of these Ilands, wee found Scouts made of the barkes of trees, and afterwards wee found many Indians, but none of them would come to vs. On the South-west side of the Mayne we found a Riuer, which wee thought had gone to the Strait and deepe Riuer. Muscles with Pearles. South Sea: Our long Boate was sent vp this Riuer, and found it to be very straite and deepe. On the sides thereof they found great Muscles, and in them good store of Pearles, and we named it the Riuer of Pearles; the Bay had the name of the Master of our Pinnasse, because he first found it and did discouer it, called it Tobias Bay. From this place wee went further into the Straites hauing the winde against vs, and with the cold there died euery day out of our ship eight or nine men. Here one Harris a Gold-smith lost his Nose: for going to blow it with his fingers, cast it Harris his hard hap. into the fire. This Iohn Chambers, Caesar Ricasen, and many that are now in England can testifie. The Generall hauing experience, that the wind would tarry at the least two moneths, his men died so fast, that hee thought best to returne for the Coast of Brasill, and there to separate our fleete to the Hauens, of Santos that lye on the Coast, Riuer of Iennary, Spirito Santo, determining by this meanes, to furnish himselfe with Ropes, Sayles, and Victuals of such prices as hee How we returned from the straits of Magellan. Generall Candish commeth againe to Port Famine, where bee setteth eight men on shoare and would haue set mee on shoare with them, had it not beene for Captain Cocke. How I got feeling againe of my limmes after we came out of the straits. did not doubt but to take, and likewise determining to take Santos againe.

The Generall came backe with this pretence for Brasill, came to Port Famine, where wee anchored two dayes, and there tooke a note of all his men, that were liuing, and finding some of them very sicke, commanded them to be set on shoare, I was so ill in the Straites that no man thought I would haue liued, and twice I was brought vpon the Hatches to bee cast into the Sea; but it was the will of God, that when they had said Prayers, as they accustomed when any man died, and that they laid hands on me to cast me ouer-boord, I spake, desiring them not to cast me ouer-boord, till I was dead. At this Port Famine comming backe, the Generall would haue set me on shoare, but Captaine Cocke entreated for me; so I remayned in the ship. I had very sorie clothes, the toes of my feet full of Lice, that (God is my record) they lay in clusters within my flesh, and of many more besides my selfe; I had no Cabbin, but lay vpon a chist. Now we come out of the Straits with all our fleet, but the Dainty that lost vs in the Riuer of Plate, in the storme that we had, and the Crow that was sunke. After that we came out of the Straits, wee came before Port Desire againe, and there our Boats went to Penguin Iland for Penguins; at this place the Generall tooke a Chirurgion who cured with words; This man comming aboord our ship, said some words ouer my feet, and I had feeling in my legges and feete which I had lost before, for the space of a fortnight, many times before this man came, I had hot Irons laid to my feet, but I had no feeling were they neuer so hot.

That day that we departed from Port Desire, the Generall sent for all the Masters of the ships, and commanded them that till midnight they should keepe there course with him, and that when he should shew them two lights, then they should cast about and beare in with the shoare, but Dauis which was Captaine of the Desire, and Tobie Master of the Pinnasse did deceiue vs, and went for the Straits, as I was enformed afterwards by some of there men that were taken at How the Desire and the Blacke Pinnosse goeth away from vs. Brasill, after that I was taken. Three or foure dayes after this wee had a great storme, in the which the Roe-bucke lost her mayne Mast, and we lost her. Now were wee all alone in a great ship, and we knew not what wee were best to doe, but in the end wee determined to come for Santos, hoping there to find the rest of our company. In this storme I sate on a chist, and was not Of a great storme we had cōming backe. able to stirre, for still as the ship seeled on one side, the chist went from starboord to larboord, and it was the will of God, that it fell betweene a piece of Ordnance, and the Carpenters Cabbin on the one side, and on the other side betweene another Peece, and the Chirurgions Cabbin. Thus all the night I lay very cold, and it was the will of God that the chist neuer turned ouer, for if it had, I could not haue escaped death, the next day the storme ceased, and most of our young Saylers, which we call men of top a yard, being wearied with their nights worke that was past, were vnder Hatches asleepe, and would not come vp to doe some businesse that was to bee done. With that the Generall came downe, with the end of a Rope as bigge as mine arme, and one of the Saylers hid himselfe behind me; the Generall spying him, strooke at him, and hit me on the side of the head, and halfe an houre after, finding me in the same case that the Generall had left How the Generall st • ooke mee dead against his will. mee in, they tooke me, and would haue cast mee out of one of the parts of the ship, but it was the will of God that I spake and was saued. Here one of the Indians that came to the Generall in the night at Santos, fell ouer-boord by a mischance and was drowned.

Wee with much adoe in the end got to the Harbour of Santos, where wee found none of our company, we anchored right before a Sugar-mill, that stood hard by the Sea side, the Generall asked They come to Santos againe. if there were any that would goe ashoare, then Captaine Stafford, Captaine Southwell, and Captaine Barker offered themselues to goe on shoare, and twentie more with them, the Boate that they went in was made of Sugar chists and barrell boords, they landed and tooke the Sugar-mill, at the which they tooke a great Barke, and sent it laden with victuals, aboord our shippe, which was more welcome vnto vs then if it had beene gold. Here wee continued all that day, and the next day they sent the great Boate againe laden with Sugars and Guinee Wheate, then the Generall sent them word that they should come away, but they sent him word againe, that they had more prouision on shoare, and before all was aboord they would not come. The third day, that our men were on shoare, the Portugall set on them. They had the little Boate ashoare, The Portugals kill our men. See Cap. Candish before. but the wind being from shoare, the great Boat went not from the ship side that day, the next day that our men were slaine, our long Boate went ashoare, and brought vs newes how the little Boat was broke and how all our men were gone. One of the Indians that I haue told you of landed here with our men, and hauing experience of the Countrey, when our men were in the hottest of their fight ranne away, hauing one Arrow shot thorow his necke, and another in his mouth and out at his poale, this Indian swamme aboord vnto vs vpon a logge, and told vs that all our men were slaine.

The Generall thought good to goe from hence to the Iland of San Sebastian, and there if he S. Sebastian. did not meete with some of the ships, that then he would returne for England, the same day that we were to depart from Santos, the Roe-bucke past by the mouth of the Riuer of Bertia: where The Roe-bucke come to vs at Santos. we were, and shot a Peece, and we answered with another, then the Roe-bucke came into vs with her Masts broken. After the Roe-bucke came to vs, we went neerer the Towne, determining to haue beaten downe the Towne with our Ordnance, but wanting water, the Gallion Lecester toucht ground, and we had much adoe to get her cleere againe. Then wee landed eightie of our men, at a small Riuer neere the Towne, where we had great store of Mandiora Roots, Potatoes, Plantons, and Pine Apples. The Portugals seeing our men going into the Riuer, sent six Canoas to meete them, we seeing them, made a shot at them with the chaine of our Pumpe, with that they returned, and our Boats came safely aboord with good store of the aforenamed Roots. In our ship there was a Portugall whom we tooke in the ship taken at Cape Frio, this Portugall went Portugals aduice. with vs to the Straits of Magellanus, and seeing of our ouerthrow, told vs of a Towne called Spirito Sancto, this Portugall said that we might goe before the Towne with out ships, and that without danger, we might take many Sugar-mils, and good store of cattle.

The words of this Portugall made vs breake off our pretence that wee had for San Sebastian, and we went to Spirito Sancto, in eight dayes we got before the mouth of the Harbour; at length Spirito Santo. we came to an Anchor in the Roade, and presently we sent our Boats to sound the Channell, and we found not halfe the depth that the Portugall said we should finde, the Generall thinking that Portugall hanged. the Portugall would haue betrayed vs without any triall caused him to bee hanged, • he which was done in a trise. Here all the Gentlemen that were liuing, desired that they might go ashoare to take the Towne. The General was very vnwilling, & told them of diuers inconueniences, but all would not suffice them, they were so importunate, that the Generall chose out one hundred and twentie men, of the best that were in both the ships, and sent Captaine Morgan a singular good Land-souldier, and Lieutenant Royden, for choise Commanders in this action. They landed before a small Fort with one of the Boats, and draue the Portugals out of it, the other Boate went higher, when they had a very hot skirmish, and their liues were quickly shortned, for they landed on a Rocke, that stood before the Fort, as they leaped out of the Boate, they slid all armed into the Sea, and so most of them were drowned. To be short wee lost eightie men, at this place, and of the fortie that returned, there came not one without an Arrow or two in his body, 80. men slaine: 40. wounded. and some had fiue or sixe.

When we saw we could doe no good at this place, wee determined to come againe for the Iland of San Sebastian, and there we meant to burne one of our ships, and from thence we determined to goe for the Straits againe, the company that was in the Roe-bucke, hearing of it, in the Ro-bucke fleeth. night runne away from vs, and we were left alone againe, well we came to San Sebastian Iland, all this while I lay vnder Hatches lame, sicke, and almost starued: I was not able to stirre, I was S. Sebastian. so weake. After we came to this Iland, the first thing that was done, the sicke men were set on shoare to shift for themselues, twentie of vs were set on shoare, all were able to go vp and downe although very weakly, but (I alas!) my toes were raw, my body was blacke, I could not speake nor stirre. In this case I was layed by the shoare side, and thus I remayned from fiue of the clock Anthony Kniuet left for dead. in the morning, till it was betweene eleuen and twelue of the clocke, that the Sunne came to his highest, and the extreme heate of the Sunne pierced through my bodie, whereby I came to my selfe, as a man awaked from sleepe; and I saw them that were set on shore with me, lye dead and a dying round about me: these men had eaten a kind of Pease, that did grow by the Sea side Venemous Pease. which did poyson them. When I saw all these men dead, I praysed God that had rid them out of their miserable estate, and cursed my hard fortune, that Death it selfe did refuse to end my tormented and most miserable life. I looked towardes the shoare, and saw nothing but these Pease, and if I did eate them, I was sure of death, if I did not eate them, I saw no remedie but to starue.

Seeing in this manner, I looked towards the ship, to see if the Boate came ashoare, but (alas) all my hopes were with speed to end my life, but that it was the will of God, I saw things stirre by the Sea side, and it was a great ebbe: then I went creeping on my hands and my feete like a childe, and when I had gotten to the Sea side, I saw many Crabs lye in the holes of the mudde. I pulled off one of my stockins, and filled it with Crabs, and as well as I could, I carried them to a hollow figge tree, where I found a great fire made, so casting them on the coles, I did eat them, and so I lay downe to sleepe till the next day; and then I watched for the ebbe to get some more meate. Thus I liued eight or nine dayes without sight of any man, the stinke of some of the dead men that the Sea came not to, was so noysome that I was faine to remooue from that place, and as I went along the shoare to seeke some place to abide in, I passed by a faire Riuer that went into the Sea; where I thought it good to make my abode because of the fresh water, I had not beene there scarce the space of halfe a quarter of an houre, but I saw a great thing come out Anthony Kniuet • er •••• d w 〈…〉 ha 〈◊〉 〈…〉 st 〈…〉 me • ut 〈◊〉 the water. of the water, with great scales on the backe, with great vgly clawes and a long tayl; this beast came towards me, and I had not the power to shun it, but as it came towards me I went and • et it, when I came neere it, I stood still amazed to see so monstrous a thing before me. Hereupon this beast stood still and opened his mouth, and thrust out a long tongue like a Harping-Iron. I commended my selfe to God, and thought there to haue bin torne in pieces, but this beast turned againe, and went into the Riuer, and I followed to the Riuers • ide.

The next day I went farther into the Iland, fearing to tarrie in this place, and I found a great Whale lying on the shoare like a ship with the keele vpwards, all couered with a kinde of short mosse with the long lying there. At this place I made a little house, and fed on the Whale for the space of a fortnight. In this time the Generall set forty men more ashoare, at the place where I Whale. was set first on land, likewise the Generall trimmed his Boate at this place, and had a Net continually a fi • hing, of which Iohn Chambers his Cooke had charge, who is this day liuing in London. After that these men came ashoare, I left the place where I was with the Whale, and came to our men and liued with them, beeing at this time reasonable well, and able to goe very well, for the vse of going into the Sea did heale my toes. After these men had beene on shoare seuen or eight dayes, we had taken wood and water for the ship, the Portugals of the Riuer of Ianuary, landed on the North point of the Iland hard by the Whale, they took two of our men and one escaped, who came to vs in the night, and told vs that the Portugals and the Sauages were landed. That day wee had taken a great Tortois ashaore, and wee did bid the Sayler to bee of good cheere, for if it were true, it was the better for vs, for wee were sure, that the Generall would not take vs againe into the ship, with that we all commended our selues to God, and dranke to our friends in faire water, and so we determined to march along the shoare with a white shirt instead of a flagge of truce, but the Sea was so high that we could not, then we determined to watch quarterly, till such time as we could espie them, I had the first watch, and watched till I was wearie, so called one of my fellowes, to watch, and lie answered angerly, Tut, tis a lye: with that I lay downe by the fire as well as the rest. Before I was asleepe, the Portugals were at our doore, then I started They are taken and slaine. vp, and one of them tooke me by the legge, presently wee were all led to the shoare side, there all that were taken with me, were knocked on the heads with fire-brands, the Indian that had hold of me, strooke twice or thrice at me with a short Bill, but I striuing, cryed out in Portugall, He escapeth. That if they would saue mee I would tell them newes, with that a Portugall passed by, an I caught hold of him, so well as I could I told him a Tale which saued my life at that time, this Portugall gaue me againe to a Sauage, & I cryed to him that I would go whersoeuer he went then he bid me not fear, for that Sauage was his slaue, and that he would carrie me to the Captayn, so I was content perforce to goe I knew not whether, this Caniball carried me along the ashore, and when wee came where any Rockes reached into the Sea; hee would take mee on his backe, and swimme with mee round about the Rockes, till wee were free from the Rockes, thus we went almost all night, til at length we came by a great Cliffe that stood by the shore. Then the Sauage whistled, and another Sauage answered him from the Cliffe, wherupon fiue or six Portugals came forth, and amongst them came the Captaine with a piece of bread and Marmallet in his hand, and as soone as he saw me, he asked me what newes, I answered that I was very hungry, and desired him that hee would giue mee some meate, and then I would tell him all the newes that I could, with that all the Portugals brake out in a laughter, and gaue me bread and fish to eate, after I had eaten that which they had giuen me, I told them the truth of all that they asked me, heere they killed eight and twentie of our men, and saued only my selfe, and Henrie Barrawell, who was saued by my meanes.

§. II.

ANTHONY KNIVET his comming to the R of Ianero, and vsage amongst the Portugals, and Indians: his diuers trauels thorow diuers Regions of th • se parts.

THe next day our ship weighed Anchor, and whether shee went I knew not, wee were carried by the Portugals to the Riuer of Ianero, I went with a Mestizo, which is halfe a Portugall, and halfe a Sauage that saued my life in the night w • en I was taken. When we came to the Citie of San Sebastian in the Riuer of Ianero, the Portugals in the Canoas, made such a noyse, with Pipes and Drummes, that all the people of the Citie came to shoare to see vs, with that the Canoas going round, as if they were in fight, two Portugals tooke mee, and cast me towards the shoare, saying, here is our prize; the tyde being strong carried mee to the mayne, where I had beene drowned had it not beene for a woman, who seeing the tyde carry me away, sent two or three slaues, and they saued mee. When I came ashoare, all the Portugals were at the Church of our Lady, and I would haue gone into the Church, but the Portugals would not let me, saying, that I was not a Christian. Then I was brought before the Gouernour, and he gaue me to the man that had saued mee, and I was very well contented, for hee vsed mee very kindly as I came with him from the Iland of San Sebastian. For the space of three moneths that I was with this man, I kept a house, and went to the Sea-side with his Hogs, and there I euery day brought him home a basket of great Crabs that lie in the holes of the mud, as deepe as you can thrust in your arme. This w • s a good life, my Master called me sonne, and I dined and supped with him: also I had a hanging Net to lie in, and lay in the same roome which hee lay in.

It happened one day being by the Sea-side washing of little Dogs, there came a Canoa full of Portugals, and they tooke me to the Towne with them, but as soone as I landed I remembred my Masters house and ran to it. As I went I met with Henrie Barway: the next day the Gouernour Henrie Barway. sent for mee and examined me what I was, I told him that I was a poore ship boy, with that Henrie Barway reproued me, asking what I meant to say so to the Gouernour; I replyed, that I was no other but what I had told him, then the Gouernour commanded mee to bee carried to the Sugar mill, where I was three moneths, till all the clothes that I had were torne in peeces, with He is sent to a Sugar-mill. working in a Barke going day and night vp and downe for Sugar canes and wood for the Mill; the miserable life that I was in made me carelesse what I did. I had neither meat nor clothes, but blowes as many as Gally slaues. Then I determined to run away into the Wildernesse, for I was ashamed to be seene naked of the Portugals. I made me a Cottage in a great Caue in the Wildernesse, He fleeth. where I was seuen moneths. In the day I fished for to liue, and in the night I came to some Indians houses, and for fish they gaue me Cassauie meale, and many kindes of Rootes, that serued me for bread. In the end the Gouernour caused me to be sought out, and gaue mee a sute of blue clothes, and commanded me to worke in a Garden, where I carried earth, and digged the ground to plant Cabidges and Turneps.

After that I was commanded againe to take charge of the Sugar boat, where I was worse vsed then euer I was before, for the Factor was a man that hated English men, and would vse me more like a Dogge then a Man. When I had continued foure moneths in the Barke, it happened that one of the Gouernours sonnes, called Martin de Saa, came from Spirito Santo. This man pittying my poore and miserable life, desired his father that he would giue mee vnto him, which his His new Master. father granted, and I was very well vsed of my new Master, two yeeres after I had serued him. It happened that hee and his Mother in law fell out, whereupon the Gouernour his father sent him to a Towne, called Wyanasses, which were in peace with the Portugals, and for Kniues and Wyanasses. Hatchets, they sell their Wiues and Children. This iourney I went with him, and we came to a Towne called Iawarapipo (that is to say) Is this the Dogge? He seeing me forward to doe him seruice, Iawarapipo. sent me from this Towne with eight of his slaues laden with Hatchets and Kniues, to another kinde of Canibals, called Pories, which had beene likewise friends with the Portugals, but it was long before any Portugall had beene there, I came to the Towne of Pories, where I was Pories. saluted in this sort.

As soone as I came into a great house, which I thought was their Kings, which they call Morouichaua; presently, they had hanged vp a faire Net betweene two postes, in the which I was commanded to sit downe, and as soone as I was set, there came at the least twentie women, and Strange entertainment of strangers. some laying their heads on my shoulders, and others on my knees, they began to crie out making such a pitious noise, that I was amazed: yet I determined to sit still till they had done. As soone as the women were gone, an old man came in, all painted with red and blacke, and hee had three great holes in his face, one in the vnder lip, and one on either side of his mouth, and in euery hole stood a faire greene stone. This Caniball came through the house where I was, with a woodden sword in his hand, and as hee came hee spake very loud, and looked as though hee had beene mad, striking his hand on his breast, and on his thighs; still crying out, he walked vp and downe. After this Sauage had ended his speech, he stroke me on the head, and bad mee welcome; and commanded such things as were in his house to be set before me to eate. After I had beene there two or three houres, newes went through all the Towne of my being there, and from this Towne to others that were bard by.

Whilest I continued in this Towne a Sauage called Way ••• buth, who bare a great grudge to His danger by a Sauage. the Portugals, came where I was, with two women, and when hee came into the house where I was, he laid his hands on their necks, and so came dancing before mee, thus after hee had danced some quarter of an houre, he spake to me, saying, Doest thou see th • se women, by my valour I g • t their loues, and now their desire I am sworne to fulfill, which is to kill thee, as I haue done many more. I answered him that I came not as an enemie against him, or any of his, but as a friend that brought him many things that I was assured hee wanted, and that if nothing would satisfie him but my life, I assured him, that hee and all his Countrie would pay for it. To this hee made no answere, but went to separate my things that lay by mee to his Concubines, withall I started out of my bed, and tooke my sword in my hand, and thrust the Caniball from my things, that I had almost ouerturned him, and he durst not touch them nor me any more, but stood rayling, and threatning to kill mee, and with the noise that hee made, the old man came into the house, and seeing mee stand with my sword in my hand, asked mee what was the matter, and I told him all that had passed betwixt mee and the foresaid Caniball. After hee had heard mee, hee turned to the Caniball that had offered me abuse, and asked him what reason he had to doe him so great a discredit, and to meddle with any friend of his in his Towne, and ange • ly commanded him to auoid his Town, if not he would make him repent that euer he came thither; with that, for feare of afterclaps, he went away with his Concubines: the next morning newes came to the Towne, that Wa • ambuth was comming with three hundred Canibals, and that perforce he would haue me to his Towne, and that there I should be killed according to the order of the Countrie; and how hee left order with his wiues to prepare wine through all the Townes in readinesse.

When the old man heard of this, hee presently commanded all his people to take their weapons, and desired them to goe with him into the field to meet them that were comming to wrong him; whereat they all gaue a great hoope, saying, that they would all die rather then they would bee disgraced. The old man embraced mee many times, and desired mee that I would Hospitall fidelitie in Sauages. tarry in his house. I thanked him for his loue, and told him that in any wise I would not tarry behinde him; so I went with him to meet the Caniball in the field; we being a great many more then they, they sent three or foure vnto vs as messengers, that they came to be merry, and to buy and sell such things as they had, then the old man gaue leaue for them all to come into his Town, except the Caniball that had mis-vsed him the day before; that night I gaue all my merchandise to the old man, and desired him for it, that hee would cause mee to bee conducted out of his Countrie: the next day following the old man gaue me seuentie slaues, and caused three hundred Bow men to goe with me till I was past the Riuer of Paraeyua; from whence they returned to Riuer Paraeyua. their Towne, and in forrie dayes iourny with ease I came againe to Ilha Grande, where I found my Master, Martin de Saa, who was v • ry glad of my returne, and for recompence of my paines, he promised me one of them to bee my slaue, bu • when hee came to the Riuer of Ianero, hee sold them, and gaue me nothing.

After wee had beene at home two moneths, hee would haue sent mee againe into the sauage countrie for more slaues, but I knew that thereby I should get nothing and refused to goe. Wherevpon hee returned me againe to his father, thinking I would rather choose to goe then serue his He returneth to his o • d Master. father in the Sugar boat. But I was contented to goe againe to his father, hoping to be better vsed then I was before: then his father commanded me to goe a fishing in a small boat, for to make oile for the Sugar m • ll. One night being vpon a Rocke fishing for Dog-fish, which the Portugals Endangered by a Sharke. call Tubarones; I tooke my line, laid it vnder me and fell asleepe: about mid-night with the beg • nning of the floud a Dog-fish tooke my hooke, and the line being vnder mee, I awaked, tooke the line in my hand, and running about the Rocke (I know not how) the line tangled about my • egge, and the fish drew me into the Sea; and assoone as I fell into the water the Sharke swam at me as if he would haue deuoured me, but assoone as I saw him come neere mee, I caught hold on the hooke that was in his mouth, and striking downwarke with my hand the Sharke swam away againe. I now remembred a knife, that I had about my necke tyed with a string, as the Canibals vse, and there with cut the cord, or else there had I ended all my miseries; all my body was torne with the Crags of the Rocke, so that for the space of a fortnight I was not able to stirre.

After I was healed the Gouernour commanded mee againe to goe a fishing: wee had newes in the R • uer of Ianero that Master Hawkins was at Cape Fri • , which made me the more desirous to Master Hawkins at Cape Fri • . be on the Coast in hope to get to him. It happened that one day being a fishing by an Iland that lay two leagues from the shoare, Master Hawkins passed by the Sea as farre as well hee could bee descryed, but it was a very faire day: assoone as I saw the ships I set the Indians that were with me on shoare on the Iland, commanding them to seeke prouision for vs for that night I did assure my selfe that Master Hawkins would refresh his men at the Iland of San Sebastian, and seeing the Another dou • ble dis • ster of sense and loss • winde faire, and all the Indians ashoare, I hoysted saile, and tooke my course towards the Iland of San Sebastian, but fortune was so crosse to me, that being in sight of the ships, a contrarie winde blue with such a storme, that perforce I was driuen vpon an Iland so full of Rocks, that my Boat was broken all in peeces, and my selfe all cut and bruised with the Rocks. Getting to the shoare vpon this Iland I remayned three dayes without meat, or meanes to get away from the Iland, the Indians that landed vpon the Iland where we were a fishing, got to the Towne and told the Gouernour how I had beguiled them. Presently vpon that newes the Gouernour sent two Canoas to descrie the ships, these Canoas came on shoare at the Iland where I was, and there they found me almost starued, and all my face hurt beaten vpon the Rocks.

From this place they went to the Iland of San Sebastian, and Master Hawkins was gone; then they returned againe to the Riuer of Ianero, and I was brought bound with my hands behind me, all the Towne rayled at me, calling me Run-away, then I was brought before the Gouernour, and he looking very angerly vpon me sent me to prison, where I was vsed like a Dogge for the space His imprisonment. of a fortnight: for I lay on the ground, and had no meat giuen me, but Cassaui meale and water. After I had endured this miserie, I was condemned to be hanged for a Run-away and a Lutheran, Condemnation to be hanged. Iesuites saue him! and as I was going by the Colledge of Iesus, all the Friars of the Colledge came forth with a great Crucifix, and falling on their knees before the Gouernour they craued pardon for me, and I was carried againe to prison, where I remayned three dayes longer, then I was brought forth on a Market day, with my hands and feet bound, and there in publike beaten with cordes, that I had not a whole spot of skin on all my body. After they had punished mee, as you haue heard, I was commanded to be put againe in prison, where I was for the space of a fortnight, with no meate Imprisoned againe. but Cassaui meale and water, my lodging was the earth, my body was all bruised and full of wormes with lying on the ground.

After this the Gouernour commanded great hoopes of Iron to bee clinched to my legge, of thirtie pound weight, the which I carried nine moneths, continually working in the Sugar mill like a bond-slaue. The Factor vsed me more like a Dogge then a Man, for his hatred was so much to me, and to all strangers, that I neuer came by him but I was sure of blowes. Now was my life so intolerable, that I grew desperate and carelesse what I did to end my life. Many times I would tell the Gouernour • ow like a Tyrant the Factor vsed me, but for all that he saw my body black, and bruised with blowes, he had no compassion on me. I had no meanes nor hope of any release of my miserable life, but to kill the Factor. Now occasion came fitly to execute my pretence, and Dissolute resolution. it happened thus; I comming in the night with a Barke laden with Sugar canes, after the Ba • ke was vnladen, the night being cold, I lay vpon the boards before the F • rnaces, and had not rested halfe an houre, when the Factor came into the Sugar house, so finding me asleepe (as you haue heard) hee strooke mee with a withe on the naked ribs, with such force, that I thought hee had broken all the bones of my body. I started vp, and seeing him before mee readie to second his malice with another blowe, I embraced him in mine armes, and with a great knife that I had, I hurt him in the side, the backe, and the arme; hee cryed out I had slaine him.

I thinking no lesse ran away into the chiefest of the wood, and the fauourable night being He fleeth againe. darke, no man knew which way to follow mee. When day came I went wandring vp and downe, praying to God to send some Leopard, or Lion, to deuoure mee, rather then to bee taken againe by the Portugals, for I knew if the Gouernour once got mee againe, I should endure the most extreame torture that euer was inuented for man. Wandring in the Wildernesse, I did heare a great noise of people, then I was amazed, knowing not what to doe to saue my life, sometimes I run like a mad man, then would I sit downe and listen if I could heare any noise, and which way soeuer I went I heard still the noise of people neerer me. Thus seeing my selfe at the last cast, I espyed a great Tree, in which grew a thing of thick long leaues, called Danger o • taking in a Carauala. by the Indians, Carauala; as bigge as the nest of an Eagle, I got me into that, hauing not beene there a quarter of an houre, many Indians came to seeke mee, and shot many times with their arrowes at the thing where I was, when they saw that I did not stirre, they went their wayes, and I remayned all that day in the Tree, the night following, and the next day and night, I came downe very weake, for in two dayes I had eaten nothing, then the night being darke, I came to the Sea side, so going along by the shoare side, I espyed a Canoa drawne to shoare, and hard by it on the ground lay three Sauages asleepe, by them lay bowes, arrowes, and rootes, with hookes to fish with, of those things I tooke what I thought best, and went along the Sea side till I came to a Point of the Iland, where I found a Sa • age asleepe vpon the sands, when I had viewed him well I knew him to be one of my Masters slaues, who killed one of his fellowes, Sol • men miser i • soci • s h • b • isse dol • ri • . wherefore hee d • rst not goe home, I tooke his bow and arrowes lying by him and awaked him, when he saw me he began to lament, and desired that I would not carry him home to my Master, I answered him that my cause was ten times worse then his, and desired him to tell mee if he knew any place whither wee might goe to saue both our liues, and with that told him what had befallen me.

This Sauage was a great man in his Countrie, his name was Quarasips iuca, that is, the yellow Sunne. Neuer man found truer friendship of any then I did of him. This Caniball and I after many discou • ses determined to swim from the Iland to the mayne. When we had escaped the danger of passi • g the arme of the Sea, at least two miles in breadth, we both landed very feeble, with His wandrings. the long being of our naked carkasses in the water. Now wee are at the foot of the Mountaine called Paranap • aca • o, a desart, where many haue beene deuoured with Leopards, Lions, Crocodiles, and Surococous, and diuers other Serpents. Notwithstanding all these fearfull inconueniences, we chose rather to fall into the pawes of a Lion, and the clawes of the Serpent, then into I suppose by Le • pards he •• ean • th th • t sp •• ted b •• st, w •• ch oth • rs call a Tigre. the bloudie hands of the Portugall. Seuen and thirtie dayes we two trauelled through this desart, euery day we were in danger of our liues, for we met many Leopards, Lions, and huge Serpents, but God deliuered vs from them. In this iourney we eate wilde Honie and Palmetos, and a kinde of Snakes, called by the Canibals, Boa • yua. After we had passed this desart, we came into a champaine Countrie, where we had great store of Pine nuts. Wandring vp and downe in this Countrie, one morning we espyed smoke in a wood not farre from vs. Then wee trauelled that wayes, and comming neere, I knew where we were, and presently I told Quarisisacupa, that the Towne was called Pianita, and that this was the place where Iawaripipo had vsed mee so well, when Wana • buth would haue killed me. Now come we to the Towne, where we are very kindly Pianita. receiued, especially of mine old friend Iawaripipo. Hee commeth to his old host.

After we had rested a little while among these Canibals, I desired them that they would ioyne themselues together; for in publike I would rehearse somwhat vnto them of my comming into their Countrie. Now when they were all together, I began to rehearse vnto them, how cruelly Senate of Sauages. the Portugals did vse their Nation, in making them bond-slaues, marking them like Dogs, whipping and tormenting them, as if they were not of flesh and bloud. I rehearsed vnto them the course of mine owne life, and desired them to remember how my Countrimen had vsed them in former times, encouraging them to bee valiant, and to pull vp their spirits, and perswading to defend themselues against such Tyrants, who vnder the colour of friendship vsed them most villainously. Then I told them that I had killed a Portugall, and that I was determined to end my life with them, if they would promise to defend mee and themselues from the Portugals. With that many of them embraced me, all together giuing a great hoope, saying, as long as their liues lasted, and their Bowes brake not, that they would defend themselues and me. Here I continued nine moneths, till it happened that Martin de Saa came againe to buy more slaues. He came to a Towne hard by the Iland of San Sebastian, called Iaquerequere, where vsing the Canibals kindly, Iaquerequere. and giuing them Kniues and Hatchets and Beades, hee won their hearts so much vnto him that they gaue him their Sonnes and Daughters to bee his slaues; and moreouer told him, that I and Quarisisacupa was at a Towne hard by. Then Martin de Saa sent foure Portugals and twentie Sauages for me to the Towne. When the Sauages of Iaquerequere came to Pianita, they gaue such Sauage faith. Antonie Kniue • is bound by the Canibals and brought to his Master. report in all the Towne of the liberalitie of Martin de Saa, that without any deliberation they bound my hands, and brought me backe againe to my Masters sonne.

When the Canibals brought mee before Martin de Sa • , all those that protested before most friendship vnto mee, are now become my greatest and most mortall enemies, and with hooping and hollowing deride mee, striking mee on the head, and declaring to the Portugals, how I vsed great perswasions to haue them become their enemies. Martin de Saa made no answere to all their exclamations, but commanded certaine Portugals and Indians to see that I runne not away. Being brought the next morning before him, hee told mee that hee did pittie my hard fortune to come to so bad an end as I was like to come to, making mee beleeue that the Factor was dead, and therefore hee thought that the Law would condemne mee. When hee had spoken, I desired him to bee fauourable vnto mee, and that hee would consider what seruice I had done him and his father, and to thinke how vnreasonably the Factor had vsed mee a long time. Then hee promised mee, that wherein hee might hee would stand my friend; then I entreated him to giue mee leaue in that desart to end my life amongst the Canibals, where hee might well bee assured I could neuer hurt him nor any of his Nation: hee would not condescend thereunto, but promised hee would saue my life, if I would but goe to a place in that Countrie, called Paraeyua Wereob, and there to trafficke with the Canibals for Women, Boyes, and Girles. Paraeyua Wereob.

Although the danger of going into the Countrie of wild Man-eaters where I neuer had beene, was no lesse then the value of my life, yet considering with my selfe that my offence deserued death among the Portugals, I chose once againe rather to stand to the Heathen mercy of • auage Man-eaters, then at the bloudie crueltie of Christian Portugals. And seeing my selfe in such extremitie, I shewed my selfe very willing and diligent to doe the Captaine seruice; but God His next aduenture thorow the desarts. knowes, my hope was neuer to haue seene him againe. Now goe I alongst in the Wildernesse, with twelue Sauages, I know not whither, but as they guide mee ouer huge Mountaines, and many great Riuers, passing many dangers of our liues by land of Lions, Leopards, diuers great Snakes: in the Riuers, Crocodiles, Iararaquas, and Capucaras, with many other Serpents that vse the water. After wee had trauelled fiue and twentie dayes in the Wildernesse, wee came to a faire Riuer as broad as the Thames, and the Canibals that went with mee said that the A faire Riuer. Towne stood by that Riuer side, where wee were to trafficke, but certaintie they knew not where about. Then wee made vs a Boat of the barke of a Cedar Tree, going downe the streame in it. Wee had not beene there long a going with the swiftnesse of the Current, before wee espyed a Boate of the same fashion that ours was, with two Canibals in it, who as soone as Two Sauages. they had espyed vs would haue runne away, but wee beeing better manned then they ouertooke them before they got to the shoare. With mee there went one of their owne Nation, by name Morosoeij, who had beene taken by the Wayanasses, and they sold him to the Portugals. This Morosoeij spake the language of the Taymayas, which I vnderstood very well. The two Canibals that wee tooke in the Boate, were amazed to see men apparelled, insomuch Apparell strange. that they knew not their owne Countriman that was with mee, when they saw him apparelled like a Portugall; if they were amazed at vs, I was no lesse at them, for in all my trauell I neuer saw the like fashion of Canibals. For when I saw them first I thought Their strange habit • . they had beene borne with feathers on their heads and bodies, like fowles of the aire, they had ano • nted their bodies with gumme of the oiletusees of Balsome, and couered themselues so artifi ••• lly Stranger • ak • d • esse. with f • athers of diuers colours, in such order, that you could not haue seene a spot of their skins but their legs: after wee had beholden them well and they vs, I commanded Morosoeij, their Countriman to disclose himselfe to his Countrimen, and to tell them the cause of our comming, desiring them to goe to their Towne, and tell of our being there, lest our sudden comming should raise an vprore among them, the which they were very willing to doe; so giuing either of them a knife, and a few b • ades, they departed very ioyfully.

Two houres after that they were departed from vs, there came at the least fiue hundred of His entertainment. them singing and rejoycing, shewing themselues very glad of our comming to traffick with them, entreating vs to goe to then Towne, the which we did, where wee were receiued with dancing and singing of great and small, and in euery house I was receiued with great ceremonies, and long speeches of the chiefest that were in the Towne. The next day I began to traffi • k with them for slaues, and I bought ninetie, all which I brought to Martin de Saa, who remayned at Ilha Grande till I returned • gaine. Assoone as I came vnto him, I deliuered all vnto him, desiring him to stand my friend, and to giue mee leaue to ta • rie among the Canibals, till such time as hee had spoken with his fat • er in my behalfe. Laughing, hee answered that I neede to feare to His returne. goe home, for the man was recouered, and gone to the R • uer of Plate, and that his father was very sorry, thinking I had beene eaten by some Serpent, Leopard, or Lion. When I came before the Gouernour, he blessed himselfe to see mee, meruailing where I had beene so long, and sent me againe to his Sugar mill, where I continued a twelue-moneth, and I had the charge to ch • stall the Sugar, in which time I got two hundred crownes. I determined to goe to Angola in Aethiopia; and the Gouernour gaue me his word that I shoul • , and that what fauour he could-shew me, I should bee sure to haue, but when the ship was readie to depart, the Gouernour sent mee out of Towne on a sleeuelesse errand, and I remayned ashoare, and lost all that I had scraped together for my voyage.

A monet • or two after this, it happened that the Wayanasses were set on by a kind of Canibals, called Taymayas, the Wayanasses haue traff • ck and friendship with the Portugals▪ and the most mortall enemies that the Portugals haue in all America, are the Taymayas. The Wayanasses hauing lost Ambi • ious malice in sauages. a great many men in a battell, not being able to make any head againe of themselues, craued succour againe of the Portugals. My Master being Gouernour of the Towne, sent his sonne Martin de Saa with seuen hundred Portugals, and two thousand Indians. The Wayanasses certified Exp • dition aga •• st the Taymayas. vnto vs that the most that wee should bee, before wee come to the Taymayas, would bee a moneth.

Thus the fourteenth day of October 1597. we departed on our way with sixe Canoas by Sea, some thirtie miles from the Riuer of Ianuarie, for a Port called Paratee. The first day that we departed, we had a great storme, where we thought we should all haue beene drowned, but it was the will of God to saue our liues, with the generall losse of all we had, the Canoas turned vpside Danger of drowning. downe with the storme, wee holding fast on the bottom of them, were driuen on shoare with great hazard of our liues. From the place where we droue on shoare to the Riuer of Wareteena it was three miles, which we went by land, and sent the Canoas to the Riuer of Ianuarie for victuals. We tarried two dayes at Wareteena till the aforesaid Canoas returned, the third day wee went to a place of Great Iland, called Ippoa, where there dwelt two or three Portugals. Here we Ilha Grande. had great store of Po • ato • s & Plantons to eat. At this place we remayned fiue dayes for fiue hundred Canibals, that were to come from an Iland called Iawaripipo. When these Indians were come we dep • rted in our Canoas for our desired Port called Paratee. As we went in the night wee cut a great Bay of the Sea, where a Whale did ouerturne one of our Canoas, notwithstanding wee Whale ouerturneth a Canoa. tooke the men that were in the Sea, and went on for the Harbour aforesaid. The next day the Captaine commanded all the Canoas to be pulled out of the water, and to couer them well with boughes, determining immediately to depart by land.

That night that we came to Paratee, there came a Caniball to vs, called Alecio, from a Towne called Iequerequere, this Town lyeth by the Sea-side right ouer against the Iland of San Sebastian. A Caniball captai • e with eightie followers. This In • ian brought eightie Bow-men with him, offering himselfe with all his companie to goe with our Captaine. The next day we departed on our voyage, through the Mountaines, at night the Captaine seeing Alecio the Caniball lying on the ground, tooke away the Net that I had to sleepe in, and gaue it to the Caniball, I being faine to lie vpon the earth. I complayned to some of the Portugals of the wrong that the Captaine did vse vnto mee: they answered, that his father sent me in that voyage onely to be made away; I replyed, Gods will be done. After wee had gone on our iourney three dayes, we came to the bottom of a great Mountaine, called by the Indians, Paranapeacano, that is in our language▪ The sight of the Sea; this Mountaine is so high, that Three dayes ascending a Mountaine. wee were three dayes going vp, and three dayes also going downe. Two dayes after wee were descended we came into a faire champaine Countrie like meadow ground with long grasse, and great store of Pine trees, where we lodged that night in a bottom, in which we killed aboue sixe hundred Snakes; it was the will of God that one Indian, called Ieronimo, was bit by them, and Snak • s very venemous. not any more. This Indian presently swelled, and his bloud sprung out of his eyes and his nailes, and so he died.

After that we came to trauell againe through the Mountaynes some forty dayes, then wee came to a great Riuer called Paracuona; which Riuer wee passed with things made of Canes tyed R. Paracuona how passed. together with withes, which the Portugals call Iangathas. We were foure dayes before we passed ouer this Riuer it was so great, and ranne so swift. After that, wee tr • uelled againe some 20. dayes till we came to a great Mountayne called Panaç • y • aw • • pacon • , we were foure dayes going vp this Mountayne by reason of the great showres of raine that we had, besides wee were very weake, and all our victuals were done. But hoping to find our enemies very soone, we did Mountayne of foure dayes iourney. our best • o hold out comming vp this hill, from sixe of the clocke in the morning, till it was two of the clocke in the afternoone on a rainie day, the Captaine commanded euery man to make his abode for that night; whereupon I set downe my burthen, and went into the Mountaynes to cut some boughes of a Tree called Sa •• ambaya, to couer vs from the raine, the weather was so cold, and I hauing trauelled all day without meate was so feeble, that going to cut a bough, my His danger of death. sword fell out of my hand, and I sate vnder a Tree, where I had made mine end, if it had not bin for my deere friend Henry Barrawell; who seeing that I tarried long came to seeke me, and found me in such case, that I was not able neither to speake nor stand. After he had brought me to the Campe, he layed me by the fire, I recouered and was very well.

After we had passed this Mountayne of Pareena▪ wee trauelled in a kind of low wash ground; there were great store of Canibals called Pories. Vpon a sudden there would come one 100 of them out of the Wood, and assoone as they had gotten any thing from vs, would be gone, wee knew not whether: and presently there would come as many more. There we kept very good order, and had alway very good watch, for feare they should worke vs any Treason; for all our men were very weake; within foure dayes iourney from the aforesaid Mountayne, we came to the Riuer of Par •• ua, where we had great store of fish, but nothing else to eate withall. At this Riuer, one day I going a fishing, being a very rainie day, three Indians that went with mee returned R. P •• a •• a. againe, and left me alone. As I would haue come backe, I lost my way that I had gone with the Indians through the Wildernesse, then I returned againe to the Riuer side, knowing thereby I could not misse my way, still going by the Riuer sid • homewards where the Captaine was, being somewhat late, suddenly I came to a place where there were at least a 100. men and women He loseth hi • way. of those Pories. I thought I should haue died no other death, but these Canibals did mee no harme, but only tooke away my Knife and my fish-hooke, and gaue me of their meat they were eating, which was rosted Monkeyes. After I had eaten as much as I would, they made mee a thing of dry Canes that they had to swimme vpon the water, which in a meane space carried me where the Campe lay by the Riuer side. These Canibals told vs of a Towne within two dayes iourney, where we might get Pease and G •• nie Wheate, and some Roots of Cassam.

In one day we passed Paryeua; and the next day wee came to trauell towards the Towne that the Pories had told vs of. We were seuen dayes betweene the Riuer and the Towne, and when we came there, we found almost nothing but women, and asking for their Husbands, th • y told vs that they had gone to warre against the Taymoyes, and that they had killed them all at this Towne. We found a little Ginnie Wheate, but it was not ripe, of the which we fed a weeke being there, these Canibals are called Tapuyas. Wee went forward to other Townes of a kinde of Tapnyas. Waanawasons. Canibals, called Waanawasons, that were hard by the • apuyas. Comming to one of their Townes, there came twentie old men with woodden Swords in their hands, whooping and reioycing, which is (as I haue said) their manner of bidding welcome. After they had done, they asked what was our determination; wee told them that wee came to warre against the Tamoyes, then there came an old man vnto vs all painted with red and blue, with Bow and Arrowes in his hand, and a paire of slippers on his feete, and with one of his Daughters that had beene captiue to a Portugall of Santumsence, which had runne away from her Master, with other Captiues, and so came againe to her father. This old man, by name Carywason, came before our Captaine, and at this Poysonous fruit. Towne, all our men both Indians and Portugals fell sicke by eating of a kinde of sweete pleasant fruit that was poyson, and had it not beene for a Gentleman called Enefrio de say my Master • Kinsman, who had a piece of Vnicornes horne, we had all died. At this Towne we had nothing to eate but a few Potatoes. As we came through this Towne, all the Canibals Waanass • es ranne away from vs, with all our clothes. Now the old man with tenne lustie young men went with vs, and guided vs betweene two Mountayns▪ continually vp a Riuer • from morning till night, for Fortie dayes iourney vp a Riuer. the space of forty dayes, we were neuer out of the water from morning till night that we should make our abode, and entred in the morning againe.

Our men were very weake, and almost starued with hunger. The Indians died, amazed (as Of Spirits that possessed the Indians. and killed them. Master Kniue • told mee that he heard one Indian vpon occasion of such possession, conferring with the Spirit and threatning, if the Spirits vsed them so ill they would turne to the Christians: and thereupon the Spi • i • left the person so possessed. some of them said) with a Spirit which they call Coropio, which did kill them, many would complaine that they were possessed with Spirits called Auasaly. Those that were tormented with this Spirit, would command themselues to be bound hand & foot with their Bow strings, and then desire their friends to beat them with the cords, that they hang their beds withall, but for all their Ceremony, I saw not one of them escape after they came to that estate. The most of our Indians died with a kinde of sicknesse, that is common in all hot Countreyes, that is, with a sweate and wearinesse of the body; with Wormes in their fundament, that consume their guts, and they so consume away, knowing not what hurteth them. Against this the Indians do take slices of Lemons, and greene Pepper, and put it in their fundament, likewise Salt-water is good, questionlesse all our Englishmen that died on the Coast of Guin •• and Brasill perished of this Disease: it breedeth with head-ache and burning Feuers, then wee presently let bloud, and that killeth vs.

After we had done trauelling vp the aforesaid Riuer, wee came into a faire Champion Countrey, Strange disease. all full of Pine Trees, but the Apples were not ripe, and we could find nothing to eate, but here and there a little wilde Honey; wee trauelled at least a moneth; the Portugals beganne to dispaire, and threw away their Peeces, being not able to carrie their clothes. In all this misery, the Captayne made me carry two Muskets (as I hope to be saued) and I was faine to waite vpon Hard serui • ude him euery day to helpe to make his lodging, and my friend Henry Baraway, was so ill, that I was many times faine to carry him on my backe, and continually to leade him by the hand. In this march wee were forced to eate all our Targets, which were made of raw Hides of Buffe; M • serable famine. likewise we did ea • e a Cowes skinne, which the Frier carried with him (as he went with vs) to couer his things which • ee said Masse withall from the raine, happie was hee who could get a Toad or Snake to eate. After wee had passed those Champion Countreyes, where wee lost • 80. 180. men lost. of our men, we came againe into the Mountaynes, and trauelled a great Hill called Etapuca; that is to say, the Mountaine of long stones, for there we found blacke stones of a yard long, as round Mountaine of blacke round stones. as if they were made of wood. When we came to the top of this Mountayne, wee were not able to goe downe, but as you shall heare. In those Mountaynes there are great store of withes that hang from the sides and the Iaquety • a Trees, wee tooke of those withes, and making them fast to a great Tree, wee were faine to slide by them at the least one hundred fathomes. In Steep descent. those Mountaynes, we had great store of Palmitos and wilde Honey, and many kinde of Fruites.

The Canibals that guided vs told vs, within foure dayes wee should bee with our enemies the Tamoyes, but wee were aboue twentie dayes, wee came into a dry blacke Champion Countrey, not hauing in it almost any grasse, there we found good store of Honey that the Bees made in Ground Hony. Ant▪ beare. the ground, likewise we found a kind of great Beast as bigge as a Beare, and like a Beare in the bodie, but it hath a nose of a yard long, and a faire great tayle all blacke and gray, this beast putteth his tongue through Ant-hils, and when the Antes are all vpon his tongue, hee swalloweth them vp. After we had passed this place, we came to a Mountayne called Etaowb • , that is to say, the Mountayne of greene stones; we were in as great misery as euer we were. Then the Portugals M. of greene stones. assembled together, and told the Captayne that they thought that the Canibals did leade them vp and downe of purpose to destroy them. The Captayne called the old Caniball, and told him how long we had followed him, and how he told vs before, that in twenty dayes we might easily goe from his Towne to the Towne of our enemies the Tamoyes. The old man answered, that within two dayes he would bring vs to the Towne of our enemies, if not he would lose his head, and that all his company should be our slaues.

Within two dayes according as the old man said, wee came before the Towne by a Riuer side, which Riuer is called Iawary, it taketh the head from the Mountayne Potosin in Peru, the Towne R. Iawa • y which floweth from Potoss • . was on the farther side from vs, and on the side that we were on, they had good store of Mandioqua and Peasen. Wee came before the Towne in the Euening, and lay all night in ambush, thinking to take some of them the next morning comming for their meate. That night our men eate so much Mandioco, that when we thought we should haue had some skirmish, they lay all vomiting that they were not able to stand, and thirteene of them died. The next morning, Vomits and death. when we saw no bodie stir, we maruelled, thinking that they were in ambuth for vs, the Portugals durst not goe ouer the Riuer, for feare thereof. Then the Captayne commanded me to passe ouer the Riuer, the which I did vpon a woodden Target, when I came into the Towne, there was nothing but a few great pots that the Canibals had left full of greene Wheate, great store of Pumpions, and two great Estridges, I tooke most of the prouision that I found, and layed it altogether The enemies town forsaken. for the Captayne, then I called for the company that they might not feare, for there was no body. At this place wee remayned two moneths, here the Captayne reaped the grounds, that the Indian •• had planted with Mandioque, commanding euery man to make meale for his prouision homewardes, for hee said that from thence hee would returne. Wee had nothing to eate at this place but Potatoes and Casa • i Meale that wee made our selues, and of that very little.

By this Towne there was a bogge, and when it rained, there would bee great store of Frogges, of them wee would take in the night with Torches of Waxe to light vs, It fell out one night that I should haue beene Sentinell at midnight, and about eleuen of the clocke it rained, then I sayd to my friend Henry Barrawell, I would to God that one night you would goe and take some Frogges, for you know presently I shall bee called to watch, with that hee went and presently returned againe without any thing, and told vs, that a great Snake was by the bogges, and that it leaped vp and downe after him. Then the Indians said, that it was a kinde Snake which leapes at the fire. of Snake that flyeth at the fire, I asked Henry Barraway where I might finde the Snake, hee told me at such a place, then I tooke the handle of an Axe beeing of a heauie blacke wood, and a little Waxe Candle in a guard, because the Snake should not spie mee, and made it very readie. When I came to the place that my friend had told mee, I lighted my Torch, and was so neere the Snake, that if I would, I could not shunne her, this Snake had a great Frogge in her mouth, and assoone as shee saw the fire, shee put the Frogge out of her mouth, and raysing vp her skinne like the scales of a great fish with her mouth open, shee offered to flye at mee, as soone as her mouth was open, I strooke at her, and hit her on the head and the teeth, that I crushed her braines. Assoone as I had strooke her, I threw my Torch one way, and ranne halfe a doozen steps another way, the Snake made a great noyse in the water, but I looked still towards my Torch, to prooue if it were true that they would flye in the fire, but when I saw no such thing, I went and tooke my Torch againe, and very warily went to the place, where I had strooke the Snake, where I saw all her head bloudie, and her eyes broken, and so I killed her. When I had done, I tooke a withe and bound it to her forequarters, and dragged her home to the house where I • ay, when I came home I asked if I had beene called to watch, the Portugall The Snake killed. and Henry Barraway said that no man had asked for me, then I tooke a Knife, and beganne to cut a piece of the Snake for the Captayne, and would haue parted the rest among the rest. As I was parting, the Ensigne of our company came to the doore, I went and opened the doore, and as • oone as hee came to mee, hee strooke mee with a cudgell. I not knowing why hee should vse mee so, came and closed with him, so both of vs went to the ground, with that the Portugals Worse Snakes aliue. that were in the house came and parted vs, and asked him wherefore hee strooke mee, then the ensigne answered that the Captaine had risen and found no body in the watch, to that they all answered, that no man had called mee, then hee commanded mee to goe before the Captaine; hee without hearing me speake, commanded two Indians to binde mee to a poste, and commanded them to take the cords of their beds and whip me, I desired that the Captaine would heare the truth, and if hee found any fault in mee, I would according to Marshall Law bee hanged. Before the Indians had vntyed their beds, there came in an ancient old man, by name Iohn de Soso, Captaine of our Rere-guard, and with him some twentie Portugals, that lay in the same house where I lay. When they saw mee bound they told the Captaine that I was not in fault, for no man had called mee. Then the Captaine commanded mee to bee vntyed, and bade mee goe to my Watch, I went home and fetched my Sword, and presently came againe where I should haue watched, and when I came there, I found him that had gone his way before, and said to the Captaine before my face, that hee had called mee, and that I made him no answere, when I saw him there, I asked him if hee was not ashamed to auouch that which was a Lye? with that hee beganne to abuse mee in vile words, calling mee English Dogge and Heretique, when I saw my selfe disgraced by a paultry Mestizo, I tooke my Sword with both my hands, and strooke him on the head with the Hilts, that I made a great wound.

Then the Captaine commanded mee to bee set in the Stockes, and bound my hands, where I He is set in the Stockes. lay all that night, and the next day in the afternoone, there came two Portugals and read certaine Articles against mee, which the Captaine had caused to bee made, saying, that I had killed many sicke Indians when I had found them alone, and that I had deserued death by making a mutinie in the Court of Guard by striking, that was sufficient to make an vprore. After they had read all this, they bid mee prepare my selfe for death, and so went their wayes. Within halfe an houre after the Frier came to mee, and asked mee whether I would confesse or no, I told him that I had stolne nothing from no man, and as for my sinnes God knew the secrets of all hearts, wherefore I had nothing to confesse to him. With that after many Orations that hee made to mee, hee went his way. All the Portugals went to the Captaine entreating him to pardon me, but hee would not heare them, desiring God that he might neuer come into Christian Countrey if hee did not hang mee. I lay all day and night in the Stocks, till it was foure of the clocke the next morning. Then the Frier came to me againe, and told mee that my houre was very neere, and desired mee to prepare my selfe to dye like a Christian, I told him I hoped the Lord would haue mercie vpon me.

Betwixt six and seuen of the clock, there came the ensigne, and a Scriuener, and two or three Portugals with them, and an Indian with a cord in his hand, and by the command of the Portugals He is brought to execution. put it about my necke, then I was carried to the place of execution: all the Portugals being about me, I said, Gentlemen, the Captaine putteth me not to death for the offence that lately I haue done, but a grudge he holdeth against me falsely rumered by his Cosen, who is now present, because I would not saue him; and for that, and no other matter I am condemned at this present. As I was speaking, the Indian that should haue beene my executioner, came from the top of the house, where I should haue bin executed, and thrusting me on the side of the head said, What doest thou prate, knowest thou not that the Captaines Father sent thee hither, that thou mightest neuer returne? with that the Portugals checkt the Indian, and Iohn de soso standing with Honest Portugals intercede. Graned del Galbo, and • ost • o Abanos, yea, a great many Portugals said, what authoritie hath the Captaine to hang this man, we come not in the Kings seruice, but for our owne profits, and he is but the Gouernours bastard Sonne; so they commanded the execution to be staied, then Iohn de Soso went to the Captaine, and told him, Sir, we know not where we are, and many of our men are dead, wherefore it is not conuenient at this time, that we should weaken our selues, for we know not if any of vs shall returne againe or not, wherefore wee desire you to pardon this Englishman, for he is as good a Souldier as any of vs, and the man that is hurt is not in danger. The Captaine swore a great oath, that I should dye; then Iohn de Soso, and the rest of the Portugals, bid him shew what authoritie he had to put me to death, and if he shew not authoritie from the King, I should not dye at that time, for they were to answere for me as well as he. The Captaine came out very angerly, and made great protestations against Iohn de Soso, that hee was an vpholder of mutinies. Iohn de Soso said, that he would answere to all that he alleadged, and so I was released from death.

After we had beene at this place, two moneths making our prouision, we went forward to another Towne, we found great store of Ginnie Wheate newly planted; here we remained three moneths, till the Wheate was ripe, from thence all the Company returned home but my selfe, and twelue yong men; we asked leaue of the Captaine to goe to seeke our aduenture, the A new aduenture. Captaine gaue vs leaue to doe what we would; for mine owne part, I asked leaue onely for feare to goe homewards, lest the Captaine should worke me some mischiefe; likewise wee did all thinke we should hardly get home, for we knew not where we were, and the way that we did come, we durst not returne againe, for feare of the Pories, and Lepos Tominenos, and other Canibals, left they seeing vs weake, should betraie vs.

§. III.

His strange trauailes with twelue Portugals, whom the Sauages did eate. His life with the Canibals: and after that with the Portugals, from whom hee fleeth to Angola, is brought backe, and after manifold chances, is shipped to Lisbone.

I And the twelue aforesaid, tooke our leaue of the Captaine, determining to goe to the South Sea, rather then returne againe without any thing. The names of the Portugals were these, Francisco Tauares, Lewes de Pino, Gonsalo Fernandes, Tomas Deluare, Lewis Loello, Matheas del Galo, Iohn de Siluesa, Petro de Casta, Antonio fernandes Gorgedias, Manuell Caldera, and my selfe Anthony Kniuet. After we had departed from our Captaine, we made a great Canoa of a barke of a tree, and went downe the Riuer called Ianary for the space of a weeke, that we came where we found a little Village of sixe houses, and it seemed it had beene a long time sithence any inhabitants were there; when we came to this Village we left our Canoa, and determined to goe by land. In this Towne we found great store of earthen Pots, and in some of them peeces of Gold tied at lines that the Indians fish withall; likewise we found Fishing with golden hooks. Stones as greene as grasse, and great store of white glistering Stones like Christall, but many of them were blew and greene, red and white wonderfull faire to behold: when we saw the peeces Faire Ston. 5. of Gold and those Stones, we made accompt that we were very neere Potasin, then we tooke our way South-west, and went vp a great Mountaine of Wildernesse. After that, we came to a place of dry Browne earth, full of hils, rocks, and many small Riuers at the head; by many of Golden Riuers these Riuers we found little peeces of Gold, as bigge as an Hasell nut, and great store in dust like sand. After which, we came into a faire Countrie, and we saw a great glistering Mountaine before vs, ten daies before we could come to it, for when we came into the plaine Countrie, and were out of the Mountaines, and the Sunne began to come to his height, wee were not able to Glistering Mountaine. Tamandros are the Ant-beares. trauaile against it, by the reason of the glistering, that dazeled our eyes. At the last, by little and little we came to the foote of this Mountaine, where we found great store of Tamandros.

We went along by this Mountaine at the least twenty daies, before we could finde any way to passe ouer it; at last we came to a Riuer that passed vnder it, here we determined to make some shift to get through, some of our company said that they thought it best to goe still along by the foote of the Mountaine, rather then to venture to goe through; for they said, if this water goe not through, we are all cast away, for it is impossible to returne againe against this current. Then I answered, friends, we may as well aduenture our liues now as we haue done heretofore Hideous aduenture. in many places, if not, we must make accompt to liue here like wilde Beasts, where we shall haue life as long as pleaseth God, without credit, name, or Religion: wherefore I thinke that our best way is to goe through if we can, for no doubt but God that hath hitherto deliuered vs from dangers infinite, at this time will not forsake vs, and questionlesse if it be our fortunes to passe on the other side, we shall finde either Spaniards or India •• , for I am sure, that each of you haue heard, that on a faire day it is to be discerned from the top of Potasin to this Mountaine. After I had thus spoken, the Portugals determined to venture to goe through; we made a great thing of great Canes, three yards and a halfe broad, and six yards long, that we might lye downe and sleepe vpon it: we killed good store of Tamandroes, and rosted them very dry for our prouision, for we knew not how long we should be in the vaute.

After we had made all ready, taking good store of wood with vs, commending our selues to God, we put our selues into the vaut, which made such a noise with the running of the water, that we thought it had beene some inchantment. We went in on munday morning, and we C • arons F • r • y. came out on a morning (whether we were two dayes or one in the vault I know not.) As soone as we perceiued light we were very glad, but when we came out, we saw on euery side houses, then we tooke counsell what was the best for vs to doe, to hide ourselues, and see if we could passe the Townes in the night, or to goe and submit ourselues to the Indians: we all agreed, that the best was to goe to them; then I said, well friends, sithence we haue agreed, let vs fully determine here what we shall doe and say, for questionlesse, they will examine vs what we are, and from whence we came; then the Portugals said, we will tell them that we are Portugals, then I answered, I will tell them that I am a French man. We went towards their houses, who as soone as they had perceiued vs came out hooping and hollowing with their Bowes and Arrows; and when they came vnto vs they bound our hands, and tied cords about our middles, and so led vs to their houses: presently there came two or three old men, and asked what we were, then the Portugals answered, that they were Portugals, and I, that I was a French man.

Within two houres after they had examined vs, they tooke one of the Portugals, and tied a The Indians kils the Portugals, and after eate them. new roape about his middle, and carried him into a yard, with three Indians holding a cord on the one side, and three on the other side, and the Portugall in the middest, there came an old man, and bid him looke on all things, that he liked, and told him that he should bid them farewell, for hee should see them no more: then there came a lustie yong man, with his armes and face died red, and said vnto him, doest thou see me, I am he that hath killed many of thy Nation, and will kill thee. After he had spake all this, he came behinde the Portugall, and strooke him on the nape of the necke, Diuellish Butchers. that he felled him to the ground, and after hee was downe gaue him another that hee killed him; then they tooke the tooth of a Conie and opened all the vpper skinne, so they tooke him by the head and the feete, and held him in the flame of the fire: after that, rubbing him with their hands, all the vpper skin came of, and the flesh remained white, then they cut off his head, and gaue it to him, they tooke the guts, and gaue them to the women, after which they iointed him ioint by ioint, first hands, then elbowes, and so all the body. After which, they sent to euery house a peece, then they fell a dancing, and all the women made great store of Wine: the next day they boiled euery ioint in a great pot of water, because their wiues and children might eate of the broth; for the space of three dayes they did nothing but dance and drinke day and night: after that they killed another in the same manner as you haue heard, and so serued all but my selfe.

When I saw all the Portugals dead, I looked for the same, but after the Indians had done with Hatred of the Tamoyes to the Portugals. the Feasts, they came vnto me and said, Feare not, for your ancestors, haue beene our friends, and we theirs, but the Portugals are our enemies, and make vs slanes, wherefore we haue done with them as you haue seene. After I had heard what they said, I told them I had no reason to feare, for I knew they were my friends, and not mine enemies, and that I had bin a long time prisoner to the Portugals.

When I had bin two moneths with these Indians called the Tamoyes, they went to warre against Tomominos, and comming to fight, we had almost lost the field, for the Tamominos were a Tamominos. great many more, so that we were faine to take the Mountaine: when I saw the rusticall manner of their fight, that without any order they would set vpon their enemies like Buls, I taught them how to set themselues in Battaile, and to lye in ambush, and how to retire and draw their enemies into a snare: by this meanes, we had alwayes the vpper hand of our enemies, and I was He teacheth them to fight. held in great accompt amongst them, for they would neuer goe to the field, except I went with them: in a short time we gaue so many battailes to the Tomominos, that we made them leaue their Countrey, and flye further from vs: so wee liued in peace. The Tamoyes offered mee many wiues, but I refused, saying it was not our custome to take wines out of our Countrey. After wee had conquered the Tomominos, wee liued in peace for the space of foure moneths, and then there came another kinde of Canibals, called Topinaques. These made their Towne very neere vs, at a Mountaine called by the Indians Tamiuua (that is) the Mountaine Topinaques. of Gold.

When we heard of them, we prepared to make warre against them, wee went fiue thousand Mount • ine of Go • d. strong, in fiue dayes iourney we came before the Towne; but we being espied, they left their Towne and fled, we followed them tenne daies, taking many old men and women, which as we tooke them we killed: we followed them till we came to a great Riuer side, where we durst not passe for feare lest the enemy should ouercome vs at the landing, so we returned home againe, from the Riuer called Morgege, where we remayned still in peace, for the space of eight moneths till we remoued our selues.

At this place I went all naked with out any thing, onely a few leaues I tied before mee for shame. One day going all alone a fishing for pleasures sake, I sat downe remembring my selfe in His rich apparell. what state I was, and thinking what I had beene, I began to curse the time that euer I heard the name of the Sea, and grieued to thinke how fond I was to forsake my naturall Countrey where I wanted nothing: then was I out of all hope either to see Countrey or Christian againe; sitting by the Riuer in these passionate thoughts, there came on old Indian one of the chiefest of them, and beganne to talke with me saying. It was a good time with them when they dwelt at Cape Frio, for then they had trade with the Frenchmen, and wanted nothing, but now they had neyther Kniues nor Hatchets, nor nothing else, but liued in great necessitie, with that I answered I did heartily wish, that he and his company would goe and dwell by the Sea-coast, without He perswades them to seeke new habitations. danger of Portugals, whereupon hee and I went home together, and the Indian reported in the Towne what I had said vnto him: the next morning there came (at the least) twenty of the chiefest of them into the house where I lay, and asked me if I knew my Place certaine, where they might finde any French Ships: I told them that I was sure betwixt the Riuer of Plate, and a Riuer called by the Portugals Dos Patos, we should finde French men, and if we did not, that here the Portugals could not hurt vs. Moreouer, it were better to dwell by the Sea side, where we should haue plenty of al things, then where we did, where we had nothing to liue vpon but roots. These old men went and told the people, which all desired to see the coast, so they resolued, and making prouision, we departed from our abode, being thirty thousand of vs.

After we had passed many a Hill, all Wildernesse and Riuers, where wee found many precious stones, we came to a faire sandie Countrie, through which we trauelled some twentie dayes, and New discoueries of this wandering Nation. we went Northward for feare of comming into the Countrie where there are great store of Spaniards, and this Countrie is it selfe very populous, and are friends with the Spaniards. Therefore we changed our course and trauelled all Northward, till we came into the Countrie of the Amasons, which the Indians call Mandiocusyanas, then we tooke our course Southward againe. I would haue perswaded the Tamoyes to haue warred against the Amasons, but they durst not, for they said, we know that their Countrie is very populous, and we shall be all killed. After wee came Amazons, not a on 〈…〉 breasted Nation, but warlike women. to the head of the Riuer, called Patos, there we found Canoas of barkes of trees that came downe the Riuer some eight dayes, then wee found the Riuer very broad, and many trees cut by the Riuers side, whereby we suspected that we were neere the Sea side, or some Town of the Waanasses, for the Waanasses neuer inhabit far from the coast. When the Indians saw these tokens of abidance; they asked me what I thought was best to doe: I answerd, I thought it best to hide our selues, and to send some nine or ten yong men to see if they could spie any Towne, so we to circle them in their houses in the night: to that they all agreed, and ten of them were sent, they returned again at night without sight of any Towne, but they said there went a great path by the Riuer side, and brought peeces of Cords that they found in the way with them. Hence we iudged that we should finde some Towne by the Riuer side, and determined to goe downe the Riuer in the night with our Canoas, to see if we could finde the Towne.

About foure of the clocke we came to a faire Bay, and saw the Sea; and doubling a point of the shoare we espied a Towne, then as fast as we could we landed our men, and the day began to be cleare, and one of the Town comming out to the Sea side, espied vs, whereupon all the Town Battell of Sauages. rose vp in armes, and we had a great skirmish. We were many more in number, and had farre better order, so we put them to flight killing a great many of them: wee tooke three hundred prisoners men and women, which the Tamoyes killed and did eate afterwards. These Indians are called Carijos. After we had put them to flight they went to Saint Vincents by land, and craued Carijos. succour of the Portugals. At this Towne of the Carijos we found great store of prouision, Cassaui, Ginnie Wheate, Potatoes, Plantons, Pumpions, and all other such like that the Countrie yeeldeth, and in great plenty: there likewise we found great store of Ryals of eight, for there had beene a Caruell cast away in that place not long before, and the Spaniards were gone before by land to Bonas Ayres in the Riuer of Plate: with these Indians the Portugals had peace, but now they are in warre with them againe.

Some of the Carijos went to the Riuer of Plate to craue succour, others, as I said before, came to the Town of Saint Vincents: from Saint Uincents, newes was sent to the Riuer of Ianero, from They are assailed by the Portugals. thence the Portugals made a Nauie of Canoas and Caruels, of the which the Gouernours sonne Marten de Sasa (which was come home from the Riuer of Iauary, where I departed from him) was come againe as Captaine of all the Portugals, and comming vpon vs in the night, they seized our Towne: about three of the clocks, an Indian that came with the Portugals beganne to speake very loud to the men of the Towne, that they should not stirre, for if they stirred they should be all put to the sword. When the Tamoyes heard the Indian speake, they began to russell with their Bowes and Arrowes, making a great noise, with that the Portugals shot of a Peece, then they all lay downe in their beds, like men without liues or soules; when the day was cleare, and my Masters Sonne saw me aliue, he blest himselfe, and asked me what was become of my companions, I told him that the Indians had killed them, and eaten them. After that, about He returneth to his M • ster. ten of the clocke, all the Indians were brought out of their houses, and being examined, some of them said that I bid them kill them, & if many of them had not been, I had died for it, but it was The Portugals kill 10000. and captiue 20000. Indians. Gods will to discouer the truth by their own mouthes: then the Portugals killed all the old men and women, and all those that had beene particuler actors of the Portugals deaths, which were in all 10000. and 20000. were parted amongst them for their slaues.

I came againe to my old Master, and was sent with the Tamoyes to a Sugar Mill that my Master had newly made. There I went still to the woods with the slaues to draw out great peeces of Timber for the space of three moneths: then was newes brought from Cape could, that the Canibals called Vaytacasses, were come to make their abidance a little Southward of the Cape, in Vaytacasses. certaine places, where before the Tamoyes had inhabited. The Saluador Coria de Sasa sent his Sonne Gonsalo Corea de Sasa, vvith vvhom I vvent against my vvill. We trauelled eight dayes by the Sea side, vvhere vve had alwayes great store of Fish. After that vve came to a place, called Etaoca, that is to say, the Stone house, as strong a thing as euer I saw, for it vvas a great huge rocke, and it hath an entrance like a great doore, vvithin it, as any Hall in England: the Indians say that Tale of Saint Thomas, sauouring like Saint Francises Legend. there Saint Thomas did Preach to their forefathers there: hard by standeth a Stone as bigge as foure great Canons, and it standeth vpon the ground vpon foure stones little bigger then a mans finger, like stickes; the Indians say that vvas a miracle vvhich the Saint shewed them, and that that Stone had beene Wood: likewise by the Sea side there are great Rockes, vpon them I saw great store of prints of the footing of bare feete; all vvhich prints vvere of one bignesse. They say that the Saint called the Fishes of the Sea, and they heard him.

From thence we went through the Wildernesse, foure dayes till we came to a great Mountaine, called Abousanga retam; by the Sea side of that Mountaine, we found a small Towne of Tamoyes, that had escaped in the time of the first conquest, that Saluador Corea de Sasa made against that kinde of people, and neuer were heard of till now that wee found them by chance. Old Captaines The Captaine of them was (as they shewed by signes) one hundred and twenty yeares old, and yet was very lustie: he had in his lippe a great hole, and on either side of his cheekes a great hole, and in either of them a faire greene Stone. After we had taken this small Towne, wherein there were fiue hundred soules, we asked if they knew where the Waytacasses were, they told vs all that they knew very well, so in three dayes they guided vs into a low seggie Countrie, where the Waytacasses were: when we came to their habitation, this Abousanga came among the thickest of the Portugals, and said these words; He that neuer saw Abousanga let him looke on me now, and they that dare follow me shall see my valour: and so with his Bowe and his Arrowes, he ran amongst the thickest of the enemy, where he was shot with one and twenty Arrowes. In that enterprise we all saw him kill three of the Waytacasses. When we came to the fight, all the Waytacasses ranne away, & we tooke but one of them: for all that Abousanga was so hurt, he liued foure houres: the Portugals asked him why he had beene so desperate? he told them that he had liued all his life a free man, and that he had beene a great warrier, and would rather dye then be their Captiue. Then he asked Baptisme, and desired them that they would tell him somewhat of God, High spirit of a Sauage. for he said whatsoeuer they told him he would beleeue; the Portugall Frier told him that God was the sauer of soules and the giuer of life, and that if he truely repented and would be Baptised he should be saued; he answered, that all that was told him he truely beleeued, and de •• red that with speede he might be Baptised, and so died, calling to God for mercy till his last houre: from this place we returned home.

After we came home again, his son Gonsalo Corea de Sasa, reported so well of me, that his father commanded me to waite on him whither soeuer he went: newes came at that time from Portugall of a Nauie of Shippes out of England, that were come to Brasil; whereupon the Gouernour commanded a Fort to be made of his owne cost vpon a rocke that standeth on the mouth of the hauen, so neere the Riuer side, that three moneths after it vvas done, the Sea carried it away, with all the Ordnance in it. I haue told you before that three moneths after I was taken, the Desire What became of the 13. men (so many M. Iane reckoneth) lost out of Cap. Dauis his Ship. came from the Straits to a great Iland, where sixteene of her men were slaine, and one taken, by name Andrew Towers: this man was a Phisitian, and did many cures, the Portugals tooke him for a Sorcerer, for he would prognosticate many things; he had but one eye, and the Portugals said that in his eye which was out, he had a familier: this man tooke vpon him to make a deuise to take the peeces of Ordnance out of the Sea, which was this; he caused to be made a suite of Leather all greased and pitched, that no water could enter into it, then he caused a great head to be made all pitched, with a great nose, & at the nose were three bladders, and at the mouth two; he intised me to vndertake to goe down into the Sea in that, saying it was very easie to be done. I told him, that if I might be well recompensed, I vvould venture my life to doe it; then he made Andrew Towers deuise. it knowne to the Gouernor, that if I were well paid, I would venture my life, then the Gouernour called me and said, I vvill giue you ten thousand Crownes, and a Pasport to goe for your Countrie, or vvhether you vvill, if you put a Ring into the eare of one of the Peeces. I told him, I would doe my best by Gods helpe.

After the deuise of Leather was made, most of the Portugals went to the place, where the pieces were lost with great solemnitie, praying to God to send me good lucke. Putting on the sute of Lether, I was cast into the Sea in eighteene fathome deepe, with a mightie great stone tyed about me. The head was so bigge, all pitched and tarred, that the weight of the stone (for it was His mad aduenture. great only) carried me downe, and it was a great paine vnto me, for the weight of the stone carried me downeward, and the water by reason of the head bare mee vpward, that I thought the cord I was tied withall, would haue cut me in pieces. When I felt my selfe so tormented, I tooke a Knife that was tyed in my hand, and cut the cord, and assoone as I came aboue water, I tore the bladders from my face, and cut my sute before, for I was almost stifled, and for the space of a moneth, I knew not what I did.

Continually I desired my Master, to giue me leaue to get my liuing, intending to come into my Countrey, but the Gouernour, would not let me goe from him. When I saw no meanes to get leaue of my Master, I determined to runne away to Angola; for to serue the King as a Souldier in Massangano, till such time that I might passe my selfe to the King of Anyeca, which warreth Massangano a Portugall Fort in Africa. • ee And. Battell. H •• escape to Angola. against the Portugals, and so haue come through Prester Iohns Countrey into Turkie. On the seuen and twentieth day of Iune 1597 I embarked my selfe vnknowne to my Master in a small ship of one Emanuell Andrea, for to come for Angola. In this Voyage wee were driuen so neere the Cape of Good Hope, that we thought all of vs should haue beene cast away, the Seas are there so great; and by reason of the current they brake in such sort, that no shippe is able to endure. There we brake both our mayne mast and our Mesen. I • pleased God to send vs the wind Eastward, which brought vs to our desired Harbour Angola. Wee had beene fiue monethes in our Voyage, and by that meanes other shippes that departed two monethes after vs were there before vs, when I heard that there were ships of the Riuer of Ienero, I durst not goe ashoare for feare of being knowne of some of the Portugals, the next day after that wee came into the Harbour; there came a great Boate aboord vs, to aske if wee would sell any Cassaui meale, wee told them we would, and asked them whether they went with their Boate, they answered, that they tarried for the tyde to goe vp to the Riuer of Guansa Tomasongano, then I thought it a fit time for my purpose, and so embarked my selfe in the Barke, the Portugals maruelled to see mee goe willingly to Masangono; for there men dye like Chickens, and no man will goe thither if he can choose.

Nine dayes we were going vp the Riuer of Guansa, in which time two Portugall Souldiers dyed, the Countrey is so hot that it pierceth their hearts, three dayes after I had beene in Masangano, Don Francisco de Mendosa Fortado, the Gouernour of the Citie of Congo, hauing receiued a Letter from Saluador Coria de Sasa, who was his great friend, sent a Pursuiuant for me, who brought me by Land through the King of Congos Countrey, and in sixe dayes we came to a Towne called Saint Francis, (where the Gouernour was) hard by the Kingdome of Manicongo, when I came before the Gouernour hee vsed mee very kindly in wordes, and asked mee, what I meant to cast my selfe away wilfully in Masangano, then I told him, how long I had serued Saluador Coria de Sasa; and in how many dangers I had beene for him and his Sonne, without euer hauing any recompence of any of them, and therefore I thought it better to venture my life in the Kings seruice, then to liue his Bond-slaue. The He is taken & sent backe to Brasill. Gouernour commanded me to be carried to Angola, and charged a paire of bolts to bee put vpon my legges, because I should not runne away. About a fortnight after I was sent backe againe in a Car • ell of Francis Lewes, and in two moneths we arriued in the Riuer of Ienero, and I was carried Nil habet insoeli • paupertas du • ius •• se. Q • ám quòd ridicnlos hom 〈…〉 es facit. Captain Cocke. with my bolts on my legges before the Gouernour; when he saw me, hee beganne to laugh and to ieast with mee, saying, that I was welcome out of England. So after many ieasts hee spake, hee bade pull off my bolts from my legges, and gaue mee cloth, and vsed mee verie well.

After I had beene with the Gouernour againe some two monethes, then came a small man of Warre to great Iland, the Captaines name was Abram Cocke, he lay in waite for the ships of the Riuer of Plate, and had taken them if it had not beene for fiue of his men, that ranne away with his Boate, that discouered his beeing there, for within a seuennight after hee was gone, three Caruels came into the same Road where he was. These fiue men were taken by a Frier that came from San Uincents, and were brought to the Riuer of Ienero, I being at this time in some account with the Gouernour, fauoured them aswell as I could, especially one of them, by name Richard Heixt, because that they all said, that hee was a Gentleman, after that wee had beene in the Towne together about some three moneths, one of them called Thomas Cooper, being married, had his house by the Sea side, where he vsed his Trade, we were then nine Englishmen, and three Dutchmen, and wee determined when the shipping came from the Riuer of Plate, that wee would take one of them comming into the Harbour, this Heixt alwayes went with me to a Portugals house where I was very well beloued. One night hee comes into the house, and steales away Heixts perfidiousnesse to his Countrimen. a boxe; that had sixtie Rialls of eight in it, and two or three pieces of Holland, I desired him to restore the same, but this Heixt being a swaggering companion vsed me most vilely in words, and went and told the Gouernour, what wee all had determined, and said that wee were Heretickes, and that he himselfe was a Catholicke, that day at night I should haue stolne the Key of the Kings Store-house to haue taken Muskets and Powder, and haue carried it to Thomas Coopers house, but it was Gods will that he had accused vs before I had done it, or else we had beene all hanged for it. We being all before the Gouernour, and denying that we had euer meant any such matter, Heixt said, Sir, send to Thomas Coopers house, and you shall find 20. Muskets and powder, that Anthony hath stolne out of the Kings Score-house for that purpose, if your Worship find it not so, say that I am a lier, and a false dealer. Then the Gouernour sent vs all to Prison, & himselfe and Heixt, went to T. Coopers house, where they found no such matter. He went to the Kings Store-house and saw that nothing was stirred: whereupon hee was some what angry with Heixt, because he had taken him with an vntruth, and said, that he neuer saw men of so peruerse and vile condition as we were to seeke the destruction of each other. Vpon occasion of this Heixt Heixts miserable dea • h. his ill demeanure not long after, the Gouernour sent him to Angola, and from thence Don Francisco sent him to Masangano, where he dyed in a miserable es •• te. Presently after that Andrew Towres, was accused for eating flesh on the Friday, and for that was put in prison, and paid 100. Rials of eight, and was set at libertie, within a moneth af • er he had bin out of prison, he ran away to Fernambucke, the Gouernour being informed of it sent two small Caruels after him to bring him back againe: in one of the small Caruels went his sonne Gonsalo Coreade Safa, and the High Priests Nephew, and a great many more young Gentlemen. After they were out on the Mayne, and almost aboord of the ship that Andrew Towers was in, on a sudden, there came a great storme, that the small Caruell that the Gouernours sunne was in, could not endure the Sea, but was fain to run on shore on the Coast, where three of their company were cast away, one of them beeing the High Priests Nephew, and I thinke that they had bin all drowned, if it had not bin for Martin de Safa, that was at that place with 100. slaues making Brasill ready for a ship of his Fathers, the other Caruell followed him to Fernambuquo, and brought him backe againe to the Riuer of Ienero, where hee was put in prison and should haue bin hanged, but that all the Towne begged him, he was sent to Masongona where he dyed.

Anno Dom. 1598. there came two Dutch, ships being Captaine of them, Iasper Fernandes a Two Dutch ships. Dutchman, and leaue of the Gouernour after he had shewed his Licence out of Portugall, set all his goods on shore, and had bought and sold for the space of three monethes in the Towne, and made great store of money. At the time of his going away, the Kings Officers said that his Licence was not good, and would haue stopped his ships, then the Gouernour said, why looked you not to that before, seeing I gaue them leaue to come in vpon your words, saying, that his dispatch was good, answere it how you can, for seeing he came in with leaue and vpon my word he shall goe out without any hearing, and so he departed for Angola.

After that, the Gouernor General of all the Coast of Brasil, Don Francisco de Sasa, came to the Riuer of Ienero, with two Hulkes, and being enformed that Iasper Fernandes was at Angola, hee sent a Caruell thither, that his ships should bee kept for the King, hee hearing of it went aboord his ships, and went away in spight of the Portugals; the same yeere there came Francisco de mondunsa de vesconsales for Gouernour to my Masters place, that day the Hulke which the new Gouernour was in, came to the mouth of the Hauen, the Gouernour Saluador Corea de Safa; was at a Sugar-mil that he had newly finished. The aforesaid, when she came to the mouth of the Hauen beganne to shoot off her Ordnance, the Gouernour not knowing what it should bee, presently caused a great Canoa to bee made readie, for immediately, hee would goe to the Towne to see what was the matter, within halfe an houre after we had 〈◊〉 out at Sea, to come to the Towne, a great tempest rose and ouerturned the Canoa, there my Master had bin cast away, if God first, and I had not laid hands on him, for all his slaues swamme away to the shore, and Henry Barraway He saueth his Master. with them, only I, and Domingos Gomes a Molato slaue that my Master carried with him in the Sea, and betweene vs, we got him to the Canoa, where he held fast, till wee drew neere the shore, where the Sea brake like Mountaynes, there we had like to haue bin all cast away, for the Sea would cast vs against the Hils of sand, and carrie vs backe againe to the Sea; after I had got my selfe ashore, I looked towards the Sea, and saw my Master come in a great waue, and as the waue brake, I and my deere friend Domingos Gomes tooke hold of him and dragged him out of the Sea; but we both thought that hee would haue dyed, for hee could not speake, then wee tooke him betweene vs by the legges vpon our shoulders, and made him vomit a great deale of water, and so recouered him, when I saw him well, I told him that the Sea knew no Gouernours better then other men, the next day the Gouernour went home by land, and found the other Gouernour in the Towne, for whose comming I did not a little reioyce, for then I thought the time was come that I long had desired, hoping shortly to come into my Countrey.

In the same yeere there came foure Hollanders, and anchored before the Citie in the mouth of the Hauen, then all the Towne rose vp in Armes, my Master was at his Sugar-mill, and I remayned Foure Hollan • ships. in the Towne to wayte on my Mistris. When shee saw the Portugals runne vp and downe with their Armes, she commanded me to take a Musket, and bade mee goe to one of the Forts, the which I did according to her command: the new Gouernour came to the Fort where I was, and viewed the men that were in the Fort, and commanded one of his men to giue vs Powder and shot. After I had spoken with the new Gouernour (who liked mee very well, because he said I was ready with my Peece, and praysed the English Nation to be very good Souldiers.) One Iohn de Seluera told him, that he were best take heed of me, that I ranne not away to the Hollanders, for I had done greater matters then that, and that he knew I made no account to swim aboord of them in the night vpon any piece of wood, and rehearsed many things that I had aduentured in the time that my Master was Gouernour. The new Gouernour came and tooke me by the hand, and carried mee to Prison, where I lay 27. dayes, till the Hulkes were departed from the mouth of the Hauen, and went to Great Iland, then I was set at libertie. After that the Gouernour Generall had beene at San Uincents some two moneths, there came a great Hulke of Amsterdam, called the Golden World, and a Captaine that was called Lawrence Bitter, the Hulke had beene at Saint Thomas Iland, and an Iland called the Prince, and from thence to the Straits of Magellan, where many of her men dyed, and by contrary wind they were compelled to returne to the Coast of Brasill, this Hulke comming to San Vincent, sent her Boate to tell the Gouernour that they were Merchants, and that if they would giue them leaue, they would traffique Perfidiousnes of Portugals. with them, the Gouernour Generall made them a Certificate vnder his hand and Seale, that they should haue no wrong, but pay the Kings Custome and goe their wayes when they would, and whether they would: with that the Captaine of the Hulke put into the Harbour; & commanded his goods to be set on shore. Euery day he was visited by the Gouernour Generall aboord his ship, and promised him great courtesie. After that the Captayne had landed all his goods, and most of all the Hollanders were ashore, a great many Portugals went aboord the Hulke with Gitternes singing and playing. When the Flemmings saw them come in that sort they mistrusted nothing, the Portugals danced in the ship and dranke with the Flemmings, and vpon a sudden when the Flemmings thought least of them, they drew their Swords and killed two of them, and possest Flemming taken trecherously. themselues of the Hulke for the King.

In the beginning of the yeere of the Lord 1599. there came nine Hulkes before the Citie of Bacia, but they could do no good. After the Gouernour Generall had been some foure moneths at San Vincents, my Master had some businesse thither, and I went with him, when we came to San Uincents the Gouernour Generall was departed fiftie leagues within the land, at a place where he was enformed of some Mynes of Gold, but when he came thither, he found that they were not worth the working, then he determined to send farther into the Land to a place called Etapusick, I being there, and knowing the place was commanded by the Gouernour Generall to goe thither, when we came to the aforesaid place, we found very singular good Mynes, and wee brought Mynes of gold. of the soyle to the Gouernour Generall, and many small peeces of Gold that we found in many places where the water washed away the Earth, the Gouernour Generall tooke it, paying vs for it more then it was worth, and sent it to the King with a Sey, for to consider whether it should be wrought or not, the Gouernor Generall sent likewise 40000. pounds worth of Plate, that he had wrought out of the Myne of Saint Paul, which is twelue leagues from San Vincents, Siluer Myne. In the time that I went to Etapusicke, my Master was gone home, then I serued as a Souldier for the space of three moneths, that shipping went to the Riuer of Ienero; then the Gouernour Generall requited my paines very honourably, and sent me backe againe to my Master. After that my Master sent to a place called the Organs, which Hill is to bee seene from the Riuer of Ienero, The Organs. where we found a little Myne of Gold, and many good stones. There came a Hulke out of Spaine that brought a Bishop, and a Spanish Gouernor to goe from thence in small shipping to the Riuer of Plate, and from thence to Somma. A little after that, this Hulke arriued at the Riuer of Ienero, Mortalitie. Diuers frayes, dangers of the Author, which here followed, as in other places of the Historie, for breuities sake are omitted. Legge swolne with the aire. where fell a disease in the Countrey like the meazels, but as bad as the plague, for in three moneths their dyed in the Riuer of Ienero, aboue three thousand Indians and Portugals: this disease was generally in all parts of the Countrey. At this time going vp and downe from the Sugarmill to the ship, in the night with a Barke lading of Brasill for the Hulke, with the Ayre one of my legges swelled, that I could not stirre: it is common and very dangerous in those Countries when a man is hot, to come in the Ayre, especially in the night, for being a hot Countrey, it hath a piercing ayre, and suddenly striketh in any part of the bodie. I was very ill for the space of a moneth.

The fourteenth of August 1601. Saluador Corea de Sasa; Gouernour of the Riuer of Ianuary, embarked himselfe in the aforesaid Hulke with his Wife Donenes de Soso, determining to make his Voyage to Fernambuquo, we sayled East to Seaward. The fifteenth day wee kept still Eastward to the Sea. The sixteenth day we kept North-east, and about tenne of the clocke we had sight of the Cape

The seuenteenth, eighteenth and nineteenth, hauing the wind North-west, we kept stil Eastward for feare of the sands and cliffes called Aborollas, they lye betweene the Cape and Spirito Santo. The twentieth day hauing the winde South, wee sayled our course North-east. This course we kept till the fiue and twentieth of the moneth, then the winde turned Northward, we made East to Sea; this course we were faine to keepe till the last day of the moneth, the first of February, the winde being at South-west wee sayled North-east along the Coast, till the seuenth day of the moneth. The eight day the Master and the Pilot tooke the height of the Sun, and were ten degrees and an halfe Southward of the Line. As the Master and the Pilot were talking together concerning the Voyage, there came a Sea-foule, and sitting vpon the backe stay, cast out two or three little fishes, with that a Spaniard called Iasper Conquero, who had some experience of the Coast, said to the Master take heed, for I am afraid you are neerer the shoate, then you take your selfe to bee, for you know not how the current driueth you Westward vpon the Coast, the Flemmings bade him meddle with his owne businesse, and that they knew what to do without his counsell, the Pilot made himselfe forty leagues from the shore, & directed his course North. The ninth day at midnight wee descried Land, the Pilot presently cast his Lead, and found but eight fathomes water, then he commanded the Saylers to cast about, the which they Danger at Sea. did, the wind being at North-east, and wee being neere the shore, could not beare vp to Sea; for wee saw Clifts both on the starboord and larboord side of vs, and before wee could get out our Anchor, we were driuen so neere the Clifts on the lee side of vs, that wee had no other remedie, but to runne vpon the Rockes, where we had beene all cast away, but that it was the pleasure of God to deliuer vs, for wee lay with the Prow of our ship vpon one of the Rockes for the space of halfe an houre, and we were faine to cut off both our Masts, and to cast many chists ouer-boord, thinking it had beene impossible to saue any thing, but it was the will of God when wee least thought of it, that a great Sea brake ouer the Rocke, and put vs into eight fathomes water, betweene the Rockes and the Cliffes, so by the prouidence of God, wee were deliuered out of the aforesaid danger.

The next day we saw Canibals along the shore, then the Gouernour commanded mee to be set on shore to talke with the wilde people, and to know of them vpon what Coast wee were, or if we might goe to Fernambuquo by land, the Captaine commanded a Mamaluke, called Antonio Mamaluke. or Mestizos. Fernandes to goe with me ashore, but when we came to land, this Mamaluke durst not goe on shore, for feare of the wilde Canibals, so I went alone, and saluted them according to the fashion of the Countrey, then I enquired of them, how they called the place where they were, they told me that it was called Cororeyespe, which is the Riuer of Toades, likewise they said that we were very neere the Riuer of Saint Francis, and Northward, we had the Riuer called Saint Michell, and Riuer of toad • . that they were slaues to the Portugals of Fernambucke, hauing driuen cattle to Baya; and now they returned home againe. One of these bond-slaues went aboord the shippe with mee, and talked with the Gouernour, the next day, the Gouernours Wife entreated her husband, that hee would leaue the Hulke, and goe by land, the which he did at his wifes request, so commanding all his Treasure to be set on shore, we left our ship, the Gouernour commanded the Master to take Fernambuquo if it were possible, if not that he should goe to Baya, and from thence into Portugall, with any ships that should depart from thence, this Hulke had nine tunnes of Siluer in her, Nine tuns of siluer. the which incharged to Diego de Guadro, by the Gouernour Generall Don Francisco de Sasa; and at Fernambuquo, the charge of it was giuen to my Master Saluador Corea de Sasa, from the place where we were driuen on shore to Fernambucke, is fortie leagues. In this iourney from the Riuer of Toades, or from the Clifts called Bayshas Deamrobrio did I and Domingos Gomes alway carrie a Boxe of pure Gold of my Masters, some twelue leagues, from the aforesaid Riuer of Toades to a place called by the Indians Vpauasou; are three leagues, this Vpauasou; is a very singular good place to take flesh water, from Vpauasou to another Riuer called Casuays, is one league from the Casuayes, Places on the Coast. to the Riuer of Saint Michell are foure leagues, at this Riuer dwelleth a very rich Mamalucke, Iohn de Recho, at this Riuer we rested three dayes. The Gouernour Generall fraughted a small fisher Boate at this place, and determined to goe to Fernambuquo in it.

The same day that wee made sayle in the smal Barke from the Riuer of Saint Michell, there arose a great storme from that North-east, and we were faine to take the Riuer of Saint Michels againe with great hazard of our liues, for the winde being very great, wee were driuen vpon a A storme. Rocke that lyeth South-west from the mouth of the Riuer very neere the shore, all those that could swimme leaped into the Sea; and so the Barke was lighter, and swamme off the Cliffe, then the Gouernour and his Wife said that they would goe by Land, so the day after we departed from the Riuer of Saint Michels to another great Riuer called Vno, this Riuer is three leagues from Saint Michel, heere my small ship may enter and take fresh water, and kill great store of fresh fish, from thence we went to another Riuer called Iaquareaficke, from this place the Gouernour sent me and Antonio Fernandes before to a small Village to prouide some prouision against his comming, there was in our company a Portugall called Rafiel Penera, that perforce would go with vs, we told him that we had many great Riuers to passe, and that it were better for him to tarrie with the Gouernour and his Wife, he not regarding our words went with vs, so we departed all three of vs, the next day after wee had departed from the Gouernour, wee came to a very faire Riuer called Saint Antonio, that which we passed vpon a Iangarie made of Canes, from thence wee went to a place called by the Indians Amrecuua Prisema, this is the Harbour of Frenchmen, from thence wee came to a great faire Riuer called Camarijiuua, wee went on to the Riuer of Stones. We departed from thence vp the Riuer on a Mangada, made of three dry posts pinde together, the next morning we landed in a faire Champaine Countrey, where we saw great store of Cattle, and a Sugar-mill grinding of Canes, to which wee went, the Owner of the Mill was a high Dutchman, to whom we deliuered the Gouernours Letter, the which as soone as hee had read, presently he commanded two Beeues to be killed, and sent away with tenne bushels of Cassaui meale, and many Hens and Turkeyes, and wee two were very honourably vsed for the space of a weeke that we were there, from thence wee departed to a place called Porto do Calu • , three leagues from the Aresee • e, this is an excellent Hauen for all weathers, and all the yeere long, there is at the least two thousand chists of Sugar. At this place Manuell Masquerennas met vs with two hundred Horse, and then after two dayes rest we came to Fernambuquo.

Twentie dayes after we had beene in the Towne Ielisiano Cuello, sent word to Manuell Masquerennas, how that he was beseeched in Rio Grande, by the Putewaras, and that if he were not presently ayded by him, he should be forced to lose the Kings Towne, with the losse of all their liues, Masquerennas presently determined to goe himselfe, and left the Towne of Fernambuquo in charge to my Master Saluador Corea de Saa; and thus we departed from Fernambuquo with foure hundred Portugalls, and three thousand Indians, and in seuen dayes iourney we came to Rio Grande, hauing many a braue skirmish, with diuers Canibals in the way. As soone as wee were come before the Towne our Captaine made a long speech to all the Portugals and Indians, incouraging them against those Infidels whose Armie was at the least fortie thousand strong, and desired Army of Sauages. them all to confesse to their Ghostly Fathers and to take the Communion, for the next morning he was resolued to giue the onset on his enemies, the which was very brauely performed, for the Canibals the • ay before in a skirmish that they had, did take two hundred prisoners, and hauing killed many of them to eate, not expecting our comming in the chiefest of their feast, and their drinking we set vpon them, the people of the Towne on the other side, hearing the rumour, issued for • h, thus taking them on the sudden, wee made such slaughter among them, that they were forced to remooue their siege, with the losse of three thousand prisoners, and fiue thousand that were slaine. The King of these Canibals was called Pirai • wath that is to say, the • inne of a fish, when this Heathen Prince saw himselfe ouerthrowne with so small a number as wee were, in comparison of his multitudes, he sent certayne of his men to Manuell Masquarennas to treate of peace, vpon these conditions, that if he would release all those prisoners, and admit him and all his Nation to liue as free men, that then hee and all his would submit themselues as subiects vnto him and be baptized, which offer indeed was accepted of by Masquarennas, and thus one of the greatest Prouinces of all the North part of Brasilia, became subiect to the King of Spaine. This conquest beeing ended, our Captaine Generall Masquarennas presently built two strong Forts hard by the Towne, on the Riuer side, and sent to Fernambuquo for forty cast Peeces of Iron, placing twentie in either Fort, many Souldiers, got at this conquest very rich stones, both Diamonds, Rubies, and great store of blue Saphires, in some small Villages that stood by the Sea side. We found great store of Ambergreece, which the Indians call Pi • apoun Arep • ty, here fortune was somewhat fauourable vnto me, for I got aboue fiue hundred Crownes in this iourney. Ambergreece.

After this co • quest was ended, Manuell Masquarennas returned againe to Fernambuquo, where I found my Master Saluador Corea, de Saa, readie to ship himselfe for Portugall, in the same ship that brought him from the Riuer I • nero, which by this time was come from B • yey • , after wee were set ashore at the place, called Ous Busshos de don Rodrigo, where we had all like to haue beene cast away, at my returne from Rio grand • to Fernambuquo, I met with two Englishmen, the one of them a Gentleman called Thomas Turner, the other Musgraue, Pilot of a Fly-boate of Master Newtons a Merchant of London, Master Turner by my aduice, went to the Riuer of Ianero, This Thomas Turner I was acqu 〈…〉 ed with, and receiued of him some notes, which follow after M. Kn • uet and from thence to Angola, where he made great profit of his Merchandize, for which hee thanked me after we met in England. Now to my storie. The thirteenth of August 1596. Saluador Corea de Saa, Lord Gouernour of the Riuer of Ianero, Captaine Generall of Spir • to Santo, Porta Segura, Santos, and San Vincent, departed from Fernambuquo, with fifteene Hulkes of Hamborough, seuen Fly-boates of Omd • n and Hamborough, and at the least twentie Caruels, all of them being laden with Sugars. The old Mary of Hamborough wherein the Gouernour came was Admirall, a ship of seuen hundred tunnes, the Owner whereof was called Hans Burgo, the new Mary Vice-admirall a ship of fiue hundred tunnes, the Owner called Adrian Cornelias, Rere-admirall a ship of fiue hundred tunnes, the Owner called Conrado, likewise another great ship came with vs, called the George of one Ha • s Duke, the Dauid and others, with this fleete we departed from Fernambuquo, the fifteenth of August 1599. and in two monethes sayle wee arriued at Lisbone, where I continued with the Gouernour in his house for the space of nine moneths, after which time I fell very sicke, and by this time hauing spent all that I brought with me from Brasill, my misery great, and had beene a great deale greater, had it not beene for a vertuous English woman, which I met withall in a Nunnery, and in that time that I was there, shee made her approbation. By God first, and by her meanes I was saued from dying a most A. Kni • et arriueth at Lisbon • . His sicknesse. miserable death.

After my comming to Lisbone, I fell very sicke in my Masters house, where I lay in a backe roome hauing only a piece of an old mat for my bed, thus I lay for the space of sicke weekes, in the greatest misery that could be, for first I was sicke of a burning Feuer, none came at mee but a poore slaue of my Masters, for before this time my deare friend Domingos G • mes was dead, this slaue in loue to me, sometimes would bring me meate and water, sometimes I was two daies without either meate or drinke: in the end of this sixe weekes, Thomas Musgraue and Master Thomas Turne • came to me with some Dutchmen, and they amongst them gaue me twelue shillings: I had receiued so many bountifull gifts before of my vertuous friend Mistris Foster, that I would haue chosen rather to haue died, then she should haue knowne my want; but Thomas Musgraue of Ratcliffe, knowing how much she fauoured me, did perswade me to write vnto her, the which (although vnwillingly) I did; presently vpon the receit of my letter, I receiued from her fiftie Crownes, and euery day was visited from her, yet for all this my sicknesse grew to be such, that those that saw me thought that I could not escape, except I had the helpe of some Doctor, then by her meanes, reporting that I was her kinsman, I was carried to the Kings Hospitall, where in two moneths I recouered, being one and twentie times let bloud, and shortly after that I was past all danger, I was very kindely discharged out of the Hospitall, with ten shillings in my purse.

After I came forth of the Hospitall, I thought with my selfe, that the best way was to leaue my Masters house, and determine how to get my liuing by some other meanes: with this determination I went to the Kings Custome house, where I met with many men of all Countries, there I met with some Scotchmen, seeking of one that could speake the language; I hearing them, offered my seruice, & after that, I had as many customers as I could turne my hands vnto, and got by them for interpreting verie good maintenance: many Dutch Merchants would haue had me gone backe againe in their affaires for Brusil, and the Indies, but I still had a desire first to come to England, thinking that there I should finde some meanes to set forth my selfe in some good fashion, but alas I finde that want hath no preferment: now for my comming into England, my determination was to haue tarried somewhat longer then I did, but that my fortunes were and are euerlike to be crost, for liuing as I haue told you in verie good fashion, maintaining my selfe verie well by foraine Merchants, that could not speake the Spanish tongue: one day amongst the rest in the Kings Custome house I met with one who told me that my Master Saluador Corea de Saa, did command me to come to him againe, if not, that he would make me be brought whither I would or no: in briefe, I made little account of his message, and held on my course with them by whom I liued, but now my old friend, imprisonment, and miserie comes againe, and I am as farre from my long desired home as euer I was, for Saluador Corea de saa, seeing I would not come at him, incenst the Viceroy Christopher de Mouco against me, telling him what harme I might doe if I got into my Countrie, I presentl • vpon this was taken in the streete as if I had beene some notorious villaine, carried to prison, cast in a dungeon, where I lay (God be my witnesse) three daies without meate, or sight of light; in the end I espied a little glimpse of the light, and clambering vp the wall, in despaire and halfe madde, I broke downe a peece of a boord that stood before an Iron grate, there I cried out in such sort that a great many came to the window, where many pittied me, but none could helpe me, &c.

§. IIII.

The diuers Nations of Sauages in Brasil, and the adioyning Regions: their diuersities of Conditions, States, Rites, Creatures, and other things remarkeable, which the Author obserued in his many yeares manifold peregrinations.

THe Petiuares are not of so wilde and barbarous conditions as many other Prouinces are The Petiu • res described. in Brasil; for if you come as a Merchant vnto them, they will trafficke with you, if as a Warrier, they will fight very valiantly. They are men of good stature, their bodies are all carued with very fine workes, and in their lips they make a hole with a Roe-bucks horne, and when they come to mans estate, they cut the hole of their lippes with a Cane, and then the hole being bigge they weare a greene Stone therein, and he that hath not this fashion is counted a pesant. These Canibals haue no religion, they may take as many wiues as they will, or as they No set forme of Religion. can get: the women can take no more husbands but one, except her husband giue her leaue in publike before them all, then she may take whom she will. When these Indians goe to the wars, Warres. Region. Diet. their wiues carry all their prouision in Baskets on their backes: these Canibals goe all naked, and inhabit on the Northerne parts of Brasil from Baya to Rio Grande: they haue no certainty of meate but rootes, and if they kill any wilde Beast or Foule in the Mountaines, when he comes home, looke to which of his wiues he giueth that which he bringeth, with her he will lye that night; then she presently goeth to the water, and washeth her selfe, and lying downe in a net, commandeth all the rest of her husbands wiues to serue her; which they doe very obediently for that day. When the time commeth that any woman is to be deliuered of Childe birth, she R • t •• of childe▪ birth. 〈2 pages missing〉

with any kinde of Nation, but doe eate all kinde of people, Frenchmen, Portugals, and Blackamoores. Many times whilest I was at the Riuer of Ianuarie, some ships were cast away at this Cape, and all the Portugals and Blackamoores were eaten. I haue seene them take great dog-fishes by the taile, and dragge them ashoare. In this place I haue seene very great water Aligartos Sharkes de • oured by Sharkes. Crocodiles, how and why taken. (which we call in English Crocodiles) seuen yards long. This Crocodile hath great scales, and long clawes very vgly to be seene. The Portugals, when they know where any of these great ones are, doe fish for them with a c • aine, and a great Iron hooke, and for bait they tie a Cock or a Hen to the hooke, they take this paines to take him because his Cods are very great, and better then any muske. At this place, the Mountaines are so full of Crab-lice, that wee knew not what to doe, Crab-lice. they would stick in our skins that we could not get them off, but were faine to take drie straw and singe our selues, as you would singe Hogs, and so rid our selues of them. Here also wee had great store of wilde Hogs, and a kinde of wilde Fowle as bigge as Turkies, called Mutas.

Abausanga, is the name of a valiant Caniball, that is adioyning hard by the Wataquazes, these Abausangaretam. Canibals are a kinde of the Tamoyes. Some twentie yeeres agone there was a Gouernour among them, called Mendesaa, in the Riuer of Ianuarie, who made warre against the Tamoyes, and in the end ouer run all their Countrie or Prouince; onely this Abausanga remayned hidden in Dungeons and gr • at Holes with some fortie or fiftie of his Cou • trimen. It was our chance going to warre with the Wataquazes to come through this Towne, and there we had newes by Abausangas people, that he was at warre against the Wataquazes; whereupon we made Spies to see if we could take him, before that we would set vpon the Wataquazes. One euening, we heard a great noise of Canibals, then the Captaine sending out some Spies, my selfe being one, wee saw that it was Abausanga, and his companie, that had taken fiue Wataquazes, and with great stirre were killing of them to eate. Assoone as we had espyed all that we could, wee returned againe to the Captaine, and told him what we had seene, and that night cir • led Abausanga, and tooke him pri • oner, with sixtie young men of his companie; wee asked of him our best course, to warre against the Wataquazes, he told vs, that he was rather to take our aduice, then we to aske his, that he vsed no policie but to fight in open field, and if we would, we should see how he made warre ag • i • st his enemies: the nex • day, we being hard by the Inhabitants of the Wataquazes; Abausanga See the former §. came forth, and ioyned all his companie together with leaue of our Captaine, and assoone as they were all readie vvith their bowes and arrowes, hee ran into the thickest of his enemies, with all his companie, where eighteene of his companie were presently killed, and most of them sore hurt, he himselfe being shot in one and twentie parts. In our sight he killed three Wataquazes before hee fell; the Portugals kept still by the woods side, and with their peeces killed one hundred and thirtie Wataquazes, the wilde people were so amazed when they heard our peeces goe off, that they thought the Deuill had beene amongst them, and euery one began to flie as fast as he could, the Portugals following them, found Abausanga in the field hurt, as you haue heard. This Abausanga assoone as he perceiued the Portugals to stand amazed at him, desired them to tell him somewhat of God, for he said, that Frenchmen had told him that there was a God, and that he which beleeued in him should be saued. The Portugals telling him of their faith, hee said that hee beleeued in that God, and desired to bee baptised, and had his name giuen him Iohn. For the space of two houres that this Indian liued, hee did nothing but call vpon God, and so ended his life, being one hundred and twentie yeeres of age, as he shewed vs by signes.

The Wayanasses, inhabite eighteene leagues Southward of the Riuer of Ianuarie, at a place called The Wayanasses. by the Portugals, Ilha Grande, that is to say, The great Iland. These Canibals are of low stature, great bellies, and broad feet, very Cowards, of a reasonable good complexion. They doe not carue their bodies, neithe • r doe they glorie so much to eate mans flesh, as the Tamoyes, the Tomymenos, and other Canibals doe. The Women are bigge in the body, and very vgly, but they haue very good faces. The Women of this Countrie doe paint their bodies and faces with a thing Painting. called in their language Urucu; it groweth in a round Cod like a beane, and that maketh a red inke like Oker; which maketh them seeme most vgly. The haire both of men and women groweth long by the sides, and on the crowne all shauen like Franciscan Friars. These Canibals lye in Nets made of barkes of trees, and likewise when they trauell through the Wildernesse, such prouision as they haue, they carrie in little Nets at their backs; they are neuer without Tabacco, Tabacco, they esteeme it more then any thing that they haue in their Countrie, and with it do heale their wounds, when they are hurt. When the Portugals doe stand in need of slaues, they doe come to Ilha Grande, and there they shall be sure to meet with some of the Wayanasses a fishing, then they shew them Kniues, Beades, and Glasses, telling them what they would haue for merchandise, and presently they will goe to a place called in their language Iawarapipo, which is their chiefest Towne, and from thence bring all such as they meane to sell to the Sea side, and as good cheape as you can you may buy of them.

The Topinaques inhabite at Saint Vincents, they are men of good stature, and of reasonable good complexion; their women are all painted with diuers colou • s, and on their heads, they The Topin • ques. weare a thin barke of a tree like a Ribband: the Canibals eate mans flesh as other Canibals doe, they adore no Idoll, neither haue they any kinde of Religion, onely when they kill any man, they all paint their bodies with a kinde of fruit, called Ianipauo, and all their heads are set with feathers, and great stones in their vnder-lips, with Rattles in their hands, and thus they will dance for three dayes together. I was amased to see how they would drinke a filthy drinke without breaking of their bellies, and asked them how they were able to stand so long and drinke so much of that filthy drinke: they answered me, that Tabacco did make them as fresh as if they had done nothing. Among these Canibals there is great store of gold in many Hills hard by the Sea side, and now the Portugals haue some of those places, I would wee had the rest. Here I end to discourse any farther of the Canibals that dwell by the Sea side, till I haue told you of such Nations as I met withall when I went through the Countrie, and how I came againe to the Sea; I haue told you in the first booke of my trauell, how that fiue or sixe yeeres after I had beene taken by the Portugals, I went to warre against the Canibals with the Portugals. Now by the grace of God, as neere as I can I haue told you of all the Nations, that I saw, and conuerst with in nine moneths, that I trauelled through the Wildernesse with the Portugals, and a yeere and eleuen moneths that I passed with the Canibals themselues.

THe Canibals called Pories, inhabite at the least one hundred miles within the land, they are Canibals called Pories. Small Cocos. most like vnto the Wayanasses, men of low stature, they liue onely on Pine nuts, and small Cocos that are as bigge as Apples, but they haue sh • lls like Wall-nuts, somewhat harder, the Indians call them Eyrires. They are of good complexion, and esteeme very much of clothes if they can get them; the women are all painted with diuers colours, as red, blue, and yellow; they are in peace with the Portugals, and warre with no Nation, neither will they eate mans flesh, if they haue any other meate; they lie in little Nets made of barkes of trees, they haue no houses but two or three boughs tyed together, couered with Palme leaues if it happe • to raine. In this part of the Countrie I saw great store of Leopards, and Lions; the Indians call the Leopard, Iawaryle, and the Lions, Iawarosou; and many great Cats of mountaine, which the Indians call Marcayahite, here you may haue of the Indians for a Knife or a Combe, fiue or sixe Gallons of Balsome oile.

After you haue passed the famous Riuer of Paraeyua, you shall come into a Countrie of Canibals, The Molopaques, bea • de • Sauages, and ciuiller then others. called Molopaques; they are much like vnto Dutchmen in bignesse, very faire of complexion, they haue all beards like other men; so hath not any other kinde of Canibals, except it bee here and there one. Most of them doe couer their priuie parts, they are very ciuill in their behauiour: their Townes are very strong, all circled with walls made of earth and great logs, they haue houses seuerall euery man with his familie. They haue one amongst them whom they call Houses seuer 〈…〉 Morouishaua, which is their King, but we saw no difference betweene him and the rest, but only the name, and he had (as I remember) thirteene wiues, and no other had so many. Amongst these Canibals we found good store of gold, the which they doe not esteeme, neither doe they vse Gold. it for any thing, but to tie on their fishing lines, when they goe a fishing in the Riuer of Para, where they take great store of good fish. Para is beyond Paraeyua eightie leagues: these Indians Riuer Par • . doe not worke in the mynes for gold, as the Spaniards doe, but onely take such peeces as they Mynes. finde when the raine hath washt away the earth: for where the mynes of gold are there are no trees, but are drie Mountaines of black earth, which the Indians call Taiuquara; and the Mountaine where the Molopaques doe finde this great store of gold, is called E • epararange: if these Canibals had the knowle • ge of God, I might bol • ly say, that there are not any in the world like them. The women are goodly of person, faire of complexion, as our English women are, they Faire wome 〈…〉 are very modest and ciuill in their behauiour, you shall neuer see them laugh, they are people very capable to conceiue any thing, they haue their haire so long, that they tie it about their middles with the barke of a tree, wherewithall they couer their nakednesse, they esteeme very much of it. Their haire is of colours like our English women, some yellow, some white, some browne: the women that haue not long haire, to couer their nakednesse, doe weare a kinde of Furre, which they call Sawyathwaso • . These Canibals doe eate mans flesh, I was not past nine or ten dayes among them, therefore I cannot resolue you further of their customes. In that time I was with them I saw no manner of Religion among them, they doe keepe very good order, obseruing times to eate their meate, at noone, and at night, and that doth not any other Nation amongst M •• le •• them, they are very cleanly in whatsoeuer they doe.

Then wee came to a faire champaine Countrie, where wee found a kinde of Canibals, called The Motay •• . Motayas. Assoone as these Canibals heard of our being in their Countrie, they all left their houses, and came to meet vs dancing and singing, telling vs that they were very glad of our comming into their Countrie; they brought Ginny Wheat, Pepper, and diuers kinde of rootes to present vs, and craued our friendship, desiring vs, that we would aide them against the Tamoyes. We desiring nothing more, told them that to that purpose we were come. Assoone as wee came to the Weeping w 〈…〉 come. houses of these Can • bals, all the women would sit about vs, and laying their hands on our bodies, they would weepe most bitterly. After that, euery one of them would bring such victuals as they had; some brought boyled Frogs, others brought Serpents, and Snakes, which wee found very good; other some brought Munkeis, and a kind of wilde Dogge that they kill in the Mountaines. W 〈…〉 D 〈…〉 The men brought vs mans flesh rosted, drie, as black as a coale, and told vs that it was of a Tamoya that they had killed, and desired vs that we would eate of it, thinking they had presented vs a great and daintie dish. When they saw that wee refused to eate mans flesh, they fell a laughing and some of them said that we knew not what was good meat. These Canibals are men of small stature, browne of complexion, they goe all naked, they weare their haire (as now we doe in England) below their eares, and so doe the women. As their haire g • oweth long, they burne it with fire, making it equall so artificially, that you cannot perceiue but that it was cut with Sizors. They will not haue any haire grow on their eye-browes, nor on their chin, but still as it groweth they pull it away with a shell: their food is Ginny wheat, and Roots, Frogs, Snakes, Serpents, Crocodiles, Monke • s, Dogs that they kill in the Wildernesse, Leopards, and Cats of Mountaine; all this • s good meat amongst them, and we found them very good, and were very glad when we could get them to eate.

Then we came to a kinde of Caniball, called Lopos, the Portugals call them Bilreros, these Canibals The Lopos. are alwayes in the Mountaines of Pine trees, and haue not any other thing to liue on: I neuer saw any houses that they dwell in, but boug • s tyed together with rines of trees, these Canibals would come to vs, and tell vs of many things, and would goe with vs two or three dayes, and then would run away from vs, and many times when they did meet with any of our Indians, or our Portugals, they would take away such things as they had about them, and send them away without any hurt to their persons. As wee went through this Countrie we found many mynes of gold, and amongst these Indians our Captaine got good store of it, and many good stones. In Gold in plentie. all America, there is not a richer part then this, but it is so farre within the Land, and that Countrie is so populous that as yet neither Portugall nor Spaniard can inhabite there. They are men of small stature, and very browne of complexion, their bodies are all painted as the other Canibals before named. The women are as browne of complexion as the men, and very rude and shamelesse, for in their behauiour they differ not from wilde beasts, but in all things liue like them.

After we had passed this Prouince, we came into the Prouince of the Wayanawasons, where we The Wayanawasons, simple sauages. found them in small Townes built by a Riuers side, and found these the simplest Nation of all other: for these Canibals would stand and gaze vpon vs like herds of Deere, and neuer say any thing vnto vs. Here we found great store of Gi • ny wheat, and pompions that wee did eate. In many Bogs hard by their Towne we killed good store of Crocodiles, and did eate of them, for in this iourney we were almost starued. These Canibals are of a good stature, bigge, and tall of bodie, and very cleane made of their lims, very sufficient to behold; but they are a kinde of lasie people, that care not for any thing, but will lie all day lasing in their houses, and neuer goe abroad but for their victuals. The women are of good stature, they are of a dunne pale complexion, and they doe prouide Pompions and Rootes for their husbands. Here we were all, or most of vs very sicke with eating of a kinde of fruit, which the Indians call Madiopuera, this fruit is as bigge Venemous plum. as a Horse plum, as yellow as gold, the kirnell of it is as sweet as any Almond, of this fruit did most of our companie eate, and of them dyed sixteene, and many others sicke for a fortnight after.

Assoone as our companie had recouered we went on our way to seeke out the Tamoyes, hauing for our guides sixe of the Motayes, who carried vs at the least two moneths vp and downe the Wildernesse, euery day making vs beleeue, that we should come vnto our enemies Countrie. They brought vs at last to the sight of two Townes along by a Riuer side. The Portugals after they had seene how great the Townes of the Canibals were, durst not aduenture to passe ouer the Riuer, for feare lest the Indians had espied vs, and were layne in ambush. There was not any of all the companie, Portugall nor Indian, that durst to goe ouer the Riuer; the Captaine and the chiefest of the Portugals agreed together and made me goe to the Towne, whether I would or no. When I saw that there was no remedie, I tooke my leaue of them all: for I thought verily that I went to the slaughter house, or at least to haue liued a Caniball with them during my life. With these M • ny straits. two extremities in my thought, commending my soule and bodie to Almightie God: I swam ouer the Riuer vpon a little Target made of Corke, and assoone as I had landed I went straight to the Towne, where I found nothing but two tame Estridges: he people had espyed vs, and were run away. When the Portugals had newes from me that there was no body, then they were so T • me Estridges. Riuer Iawary. Menua • e. valiant as Lions, striuing who should get first into the Towne, this was the Riuer of Iawari • , the Towne is called Menuare. Here it was that I should haue beene hanged, for striking of Antonio Martines in the Court of guard, after I had killed the great Serpent, called Sorocueu. In this Towne we found great store of Gi •• y wheat, and Pompions dried in the smoke. In this Towne likewise we had great store of drie Tabacco, and Potato rootes: wee found great store of gold in peeces, and also store of Cristall, and many other good stones; some found Diamonds, and a kind Gold, Cristall and Iemm • s. The Serpent Sorocueu described, his st • ange forme and qualities. of blue stones that the Portugals did esteeme of very much, and called them Pedras de Sangua, bloud-stones.

The Serpent that I killed was thirteene span long, it had foure and twentie teeth, as sharpe as any naile, about the necke it had greater shels then the other parts of her body; the shels were blacke and russet like a coller, and on her body they were russet and darke greene; vnder her belly all speckled with black and white. It had foure sharpe feet, no longer then a mans finger, it had a tongue like a harping Iron, her taile was like a straight Bull horne, all black and white listed. From one of these did the Lord defend me, and permitted me to kill one of them with the helue of an axe in the night. The Indians dare not goe to kill one of them except they goe fiue or sixe of them with bowes and arrowes. All kinde of wilde beasts, Lions, or Leopards, all kinde of Snakes, but only this, doe feare the fire, and if they come where the Indians leaue any fire trauelling through the Wildernesse, if any of these Serpents doe finde it, they neuer leaue beating themselues in it, till they either kill themselues or put out the fire. These Serpents when they seeke their prey will stand about a small tree or a bough, and when any wilde beast passeth, hee falleth vpon him, thrusting his taile into the fundament of whatsoeuer it seizeth on.

After we had remayned at this place a fortnight, or three weekes, the Portugals did resolue to come back againe without any purchase, there the Captaine gaue vp his authoritie, and ioyned himselfe with his friends to seeke the neerest way home, then did I and twelue young men of the Portugals determine to goe to the South Sea by land, for we knew by the Notes of the Motayes, that we were not farre from Peru, and Cusco, and we knowing how poore our estates were, and the great famine we had passed comming to the Towne of Menuare, made vs afraid to goe back againe, that way which we had come, and for mine owne part, I encouraged the twelue young Portugals all that I could to goe forward, for I had surely beene knocked on the head if I had gone back in my Captaines companie. With much adoe, wee thereon resolued to seeke our fortunes in the Wildernesse. After we were departed from our companie, wee came to many Mountaines, where we found good store of gold, and many precious stones; when wee came into this Countrie, wee thought wee had beene in the Prouince of Peru, wee had such plentie of mynes, and there was not one of vs but had store of stones, that those which we tooke as to day, wee would throw away to morrow to take other better then them which we had before. Thus wee trauelled some two moneths in the golden Countrie, till at the last wee came to that great and most Two moneths trauell in a golden Countrie. Cristall mountaine. Vault-straits. strange Mountaine of Cristall. This Mountaine is of a huge height, that it seemeth to be within the cloudes, and so steepe that it is impossible to goe ouer the top. Here it was that wee passed through the Vault, and in truth it was one of the greatest dangers, and the most desperate that euer I was in.

Assoone as we had passed this danger, it was the pleasure of God to deliuer vs into the hands of our mortall enemies the Tamoyes, where my twelue companions were killed and eaten, onely my selfe remayned among these Canibals a yeere and eleuen moneths, in the which time I went many times to warre against other Prouinces that were ioyning vpon the Countrie of Tamoyes, and (I thanke God) prospered so well that I was very much esteemed of them, and had a great comm • nd ouer them when they went to the field. These Tamoyes be as proper men as any bee in all Europe; they vse to make holes in their vpper-lips like the Petewares; most of them are of a Tamoyes proper men. very faire complexion. The men haue their heads alwayes set with feathers of diuers colours which sheweth very pretily, they goe starke naked. The women are as proper as any Nation can be, tall, comly, well legd, cleane made of body, very small in the waste, very faire of complexion, fine handed, and very comly faces. They vse a kinde of caruing ouer their breasts, which becommeth them very well. Here the Canibals esteeme not any more of gold, or precious stones, Store of gold. then wee doe of any stones in the streets: if the Spaniards had knowne of this Countrie, they needed not to haue gone to Peru, there is not like vnto this for all kinde of rich metals, and many kinde of precious stones. In this place I liued eighteene moneths, and went naked as the Canibals did. After I had liued with these Canibals the time that you haue heard, I was in great fauour and credit with them, insomuch that they would not doe any thing before they had made me acquainted withall: I haue told them many times of the comming and going of our English ships to the Straits of Magellan, and how well we did vse all kinde of Nations, and what kinde of all things necessarie wee had for their vse. These wordes made the Canibals desire to come to the Sea coast, and asked of mee how it were possible for them to come to dwell by the Sea without being slaues to the Portugals: I told them that I knew many places where English men and French men did vse to come, but that neither Portugall, nor Spaniard was neuer there. After I had His iourney with the Sages. Tocoman. Pigmeys dwelling in Caues told them what I thought best, we all agreed to come through the Prouince of Tocoman, and so to the Sea, betweene the Riuer of Plate and Saint Vincents. This Countrie of Tocoman is all sandie, and in it inhabite the Pigmeys; I haue seene many of them amongst the Spaniards at the Riuer of Plate. They are not altogether so little as wee speake of them here in England: their inhabitation in Tocoman is in Caues of the ground. In this Countrie the Inhabitants in many places haue such Wheat as we finde in England, and Cassaui meale.

This Tocoman is iudged by the Spaniard to be the end of Brasill, and the entring into Peru; for in Tocoma there are all kinde of Brasila Rootes, and all kinde of Corne, aswell as Peru; this Countrie yeeldeth nothing to the Spaniards, but wilde Horses, and the Indians of Tocoman are mortall enemies to all the Inhabitants of Peru; therefore the Spaniards doe keepe this Countrie because they keepe the Prouinces of Peru in feare, or else they would rise vp against the Spaniards. After we had passed this Countrie, we came to a Riuer that runneth from Tocoman to Chile, where we tarried foure daies making Canoas to passe the R • uer, for there were so manie Riuer running to Chile. Crocodiles, that we durst not passe it for feare of them: after we had passed this Riuer, we came to the Mountaine Detodas Metalas, that is, of all Mettals. At this pl • ce diuers Spaniards and Portugals haue beene, and certain lawlesse men were set on shoare on this coast by one Pedro d • Charamento, Mountaines of a 〈…〉 Mettals. which came to this place, and set vp a great Crosse, and on it writ, that the Countrie was the King of Spaines; the which I put out, and w •• t that it was the Queene of Englands. This hill is of diuers kinde of Mettals, Copper and Iron, some Gold, and great store of Quicke-siluer. It is verie high, and all bare wit out any Trees. Here likewise was a little Church made, where we found two Images, one of our Lady, and another of Christ crucified. When the Tamoyes saw those signes, they thought that I had betraied them, and (indeede) I was amazed, thinking that we had beene in some part of the Riuer of Plate, and because the Indians should not be discouraged, I shewed my selfe to be very glad, and told them that I knew those were signes tha • my Countrie men vsed to make when they came into strange Countries: with these perswasions I made the Tamoyes to come on their iourney to the Sea; where otherwise if I had told them it had b • n set vp by the Spaniards, the feare that the poore Canibals stood in of them had bin enough to haue made them all returne againe from whence they came. At the last we came to the Sea, as I haue told you, to the Towne of the Cariyohs: this Towne standeth in a fine pleasant place, hard by the coast in a faire Bay, where one hundred Ships may anker without any danger. And in this place you shall alwaies haue great store of fish. In this Countrie, for a Knife or a •• sh hooke, you may buy a dozen of skinnes of very good Furre; and if you will, these Indians will goe (for any tr • fle) and fetch two or three baskets of Mettals, and some haue had such good lucke, that for two or three Glasses, and a Combe or two, with some Kniues, they haue got the value of foure or fiue thousand Crownes in Gold and Stones. The Towne stood vpon a hill, but we puld it down. But when we were taken by the Portugals, and that the Cariyohs were restored againe to their Countrie, they did scituate againe with in the same place where they were when we draue them out of their Countrie. Here the Portugals did binde mee, and would haue hanged mee for the twelue Portugals that the Canibals had killed and eaten:

The Caryi • hs are men of good stature, and very valiant: they make holes in their vnder lippe as the other Canibals doe. These Canibals likewise eate mans flesh, and speake the same language The Caryiohs. that the Tamoyes doe: the women are very comely, the most of them are o • a faire complexion; they weare their haire loose about their eares, and all their bodies are died with blacke, and their faces withered, and yellow, their brests are all carued with diuers colours, which be seemeth verie well. Here is the end of my trauell through America, with the Canibals, from whence I returned againe to my Master Saluador Corea de Sasa; where I was worse then euer I was before.

The Giants of Port Desire, and inhabitants of Port Famine: also Angola, Congo, and Massangana, and Angica, Countries of Africa.

AT Port Desire, which is the next hauen to the straits of Magelan, inhabited Giants of fifteene or sixteene spans of height. I affirme, that at Port Desire I saw the footing of them, by the shoare side, that was aboue foure foote of one of our mens in length; and I saw two of them that were bur • ed newly, the one of them was foureteene spannes long. After I was taken with the Spaniards, the Desire, one of our Shippes that had beene all alone at Port Desire, lost nine men and a boy, and two or three of them that had beene taken on the coast of Brasil, said that these Giants did throw stones of such bignesse at them out of strings, that they were faine to weigh anker, and to lye further from the shoare. I saw another of these in Brasil, that was taken by Alonso Dias a Spaniard, that with foule weather was driuen out of Saint I ul • ans; this was but a A youth 13. spans high. young man, yet aboue thirteene spannes long. This Port Desire is a faire pleasant Countrie, it hath many fine Riuers, and the Spaniards doe affirme, that from this place it is easie to goe to the Indians Chele, which is a very rich Countrie. In Port Desire, in many small Riuers there is Chile. great store of Pearle, and Currall. Here you may haue great store of Penguins and Seales at an Iland that lieth a mile Southward of the mouth of the hauen. These Giants whereof I haue spoken, goe all naked; they weare their haire long to the shoulders. He whom I saw at Brasil, was Giants habitlesse habit. a man of faire complexion, and very well proportioned according to his long stature: and this is all that I can report of them, for I know not their behauiour, but as the Portugals and Spaniards iudge, they are no better then the Man-eaters of Brasil.

At Port • amine the Generall would haue left mee. Here inhabit a kinde of strange Canibals, Port • amine in the S • r • its of Magelan. Wide mouthed men. short of body, not aboue fiue or six spans high, and very strong and thicke made: their mou •• es are verie bigge, and reach almost to their eares; they eate their meate in a manner raw, for they doe nothing but scorch it a little in the fire, and so eate it, and with the bloud that runneth from their mouthes, they smeare all their faces, and their breasts, and lay yong feathers on their bodies to the bloud that clingeth to their skinnes like Glue. When we were at the straits in this place, there came aboue foure or fiue thousand vnto vs of them, but they neuer brought vnto vs any thing but Feathers and Pearle as much as we would (for there is great store in this Port Famine) all the while that we were at it. These Canibals would neuer let vs come so neere them, as to touch any of them, for feare we should take them; when they would giue vs any thing, they would tie it at the end of a long staffe, and so likewise we did to them. Here our Generall left seuen sicke men ashore: the Snow lyeth all the yeare on the Mountaines, and it is so cold in Iune, and Iuly, that our men did freeze, and many of them lost their toes, as I my selfe for one, for in Extreame cold and naked people. one night that I lay moist of my feete, I lost three of my toes on one of my feete, and foure of the toppes of the other foote; some had their feete frozen, some their noses, as Harris a Gold-smith, Henry Barrawell, that was taken with me, lost his haire from his head, and was all bald for a yeare or two in Brasil: yet for all this cold, all the Inhabitants goe naked, except here and there Harris the Gold • mith. H. Barrawell. one weare seale skinnes, or the skins of some wilde E • asts, of the which there are many, as Leopards, Lions, and a kinde of Beasts bigger then Horses, they haue great eares aboue a spanne long, Beasts bigger then Horses at the M • gellan st • ai • s, called Tape • ywason, in Ethiopia: whether he meaneth Zebra or Dantec • , see Tom. 1. p. 1002. and their tailes are like the tailes of a Cowe; these are very good, the Indians of Brasil call them Tapetywason: of these Beasts I saw in Ethiopia, in the Kingdome of Manicongo, the Portugals call them Gombe: farther within the Straits at Tolisbay, we found many barkes of trees, that the Indians of the Straits doe fish in, these Indians would not come neere vs, but still as they spied our Boates they would runne away, but we plainely saw that they were men of good stature, and of white skinnes; they goe all naked both men and women. And thus I end my trauell of America.

Angola is a Kingdome of it selfe in Ethiopia, where first the Portugals did begin to inhabit: the Countrie of Angola commeth along the coast, as Portugall doth vpon Spaine, so doth Angola Of Angola to which he fled cut of Brasil, as is before deliliuered. runne vpon the Kingdome of Longa and Manicongo. In Angola the Portugals haue a Citie, called the Holy Ghost, where they haue great store of Merchandise, and the Moore doe come thither with all kinde of such things as the Countrie yeeldeth, some bring Elephants teeth, some bring Negro slaues to sell, that they take from other Kingdomes which ioyne hard by them: thus doe they vse once a weeke, as we keepe Markets, so doe all the Blackamoores bring Hens and Hogs, which they call Gula, and Hennes they call S • ng • , and a kinde of Beast that they take in the Wildernesse l • ke a Dogge, which they call Ambroa: then they haue that Beast which before I haue told you of, called Gumbe, which is bigger then a Horse. The Blackamoores doe keepe good Lawes, The Kings pompe. and feare their King verie much: the King is alwaies attended with the Nobles of his Realme, and whensoeuer he goeth abroad, he hath alwaies at the least two hundred archers in his guard, and ten or twelue more going before him singing and playing with P • pes made of great Canes, and foure or fiue yong Moores comming after him as his Pages, after them follow all his Noblemen. When there falleth out anie contro • ersie among them, they craue battell of the King, and then they fight it out before him. They come before the King and fall flat on their breasts, then Rites of the people. they rise vp and kneele on their knees stretching out their armes, crying Mahobeque benge, benge; then the King striketh them on the shoulders with a Horse-taile, then they goe to the Campe, and with their Bowes they fight it out, till they kill one another. After the battell is done, if any liueth, he that liueth falleth downe before the King in the same manner as he did when he went to the field, and after a long oration made, he taketh the Horse-taile from the Kings shoulder, and waueth it about the Kings head, and then l •• eth it on his shoulder againe, and goeth away with great honour, being accompanied with all the Nobles of the Court: the Moores of Angola doe know that there is a God, and doe call God Cari pongoa, but they worship the Sunne and the Moone.

The Countrie is Champain plaine, and drie blacke earth, and yeeldeth verie little Corne, the most of any thing that it yeeldeth is Plantons, which the Portugals call Baynonas, and the Moores call them Mahonge, and their Wheate they call Tumba, and the Bread A • ou; and if you will buy The Countrie. any Bread of them, you must say Tala C • na a • en t • mbola gimbo, tha • is, giue me some bread, here is money. Their money is called G • llginbo, a shell of a fish that they finde by the sh • are side, and from Brasil the Portugals doe carrie great store of them to Angola. These Moores doe esteeme verie much of red, blew, and yellow cloathes, they will giue a slaue for a span of cloath in breadth I meane, and the length of it of the breadth of the peece, those peeces of cloth they weare about their middles, and vnder it they hang the skin of a great Weasell before them, and another behinde them, and this is all the garments that they weare. A Weazell in their language is called P • cc • . You can doe a Blackamoore no greater disgrace, then to take away his Skinne from before Wezels s • i • affected. him, for he will dye with griefe if he cannot be reuengéd: the Portugals doe marke them as we doe Sheepe with a hot Iron, which the Moores call Crimbo, the poore slaues stand all in a row one by another, and sing Mundele que sumbela • e Carey • a belelelle, and thus the poore rogues Branded beguiled slaues. are beguiled, for the Portugals make them beleeue that they that haue not the marke is not accounted a man of any account in Brasil or in Portugall, and thus they bring the poore Moores to be in a most dam • able bondage vnder the colour of loue. The Countrey of Angola yeeldeth no stone, and very little wood: the Moores doe make their houses all couered with earth; these houses are no bigger then a reasonable Chamber, and within are many partitions, like the Cabbins of a ship, in such sort that a man cannot stand vpright in them. There beds are made of great Bulrushes sowed together with the rindes of a Tree. They doe make cloth like Sparke of Veluet (but it is thinner) of the barke of a Tree, and that cloth they doe call Mollelleo. The Elephants doe feed in the Euening and in the Morning in low marishes as there bee Taking of Elephants. many. The Moores doe watch which way they come, and assoone as the Elephants are at meat, they digge great holes in the ground, and couer them with sticks, and then they couer the pits with earth, and when they haue made all readie they goe to the Elephants, and shoote at them with their Arrowes, and assoone as the Elephants feele themselues hurt, they r • nne at what soeuer they see before them, following after the Blackamores that chase them, then they fall into the deepe pits where after they are once in, they cannot get out. The Moores of Angola are as blacke as • et; they are men of good stature, they neuer take but one Wife, whom they call Mocasha. These Moores doe cut long streakes in their faces, that reach from the top of their eares to their chinnes. The women doe weare shels of fishes on their armes, and on the small of their legges. The Law amongst them, is, that if any More doe lie with an others wife, hee shall lose his eares for his offence. These Moores doe circumcize their children, and giue them their names, as wee doe when we baptize. Angola may very easily be taken: for the Portugals haue Circumcision. no Forts to defend it of any strength.

The King of Congo is the greatest King in all Aethiopia; and doth keepe in the field continually sixtie thousand Souldiers, that doe warre against the King of Vangala▪ and the King of Angola; Of Congo. this King is a Christian, and is brother in Law of Armes with the King of Spaine, his seruants of his house are most of them all Portugals, and hee doth fauour them very much. The King is of a verie liberall condition, and verie fauourable to all Trauellers, and doth delight verie much to The King. heare of forreigne Countries. He was in a manner amazed to heare how it was possible her Maiestie had liued a Maiden Queene so long, and alwaies reigned in peace with her subiect. When I was brought before the King, and told him of my Countrie; what plentie of things we had, if the Portugals had not liked of it, they would interrupt my speech, and the King would shew himselfe verie angrie, and tell them that euerie man was best able to speake of his Countrie, and that I had no reason but to tell him that which was true. The King of Congo, when hee goeth to the Campe to see his Armie, rideth vpon an Elephant in great pompe and maiestie, on either side of the Elephant he hath six slaues two of them were Kings, that he himselfe had taken in the field; all the rest were of noble birth; some of them were brothers to the King of Ancica, and some of them were of the chiefest bloud of the great King of Bengala. These noble slaues at euerie command of the King of Congo; doe fall flat on the ground on their brests. When the King doth ride as you haue heard, they carrie a Canop • e as it were a cloth of State ouer his head. His two Secretaries, the one a Nobleman of Spaine, the other a More, doe ride next after him. Before him goeth at the least fiue hundred Archers, which are his Guard, then there followeth a More, which doth nothing but talke aloud in praise of the King, telling what a great Warriour he hath beene, and praising his wisdome for all things that hee hath accomplished verie honourably to his great fame of such as knew him. When this King of Congo commeth to his Host, all the Souldiers as he passeth, fall flat on their faces to the ground. He neuer commeth into his Host after any battell, but hee dubbeth at the least twentie Knights Portugals, and as many Moores, giuing them verie great liuing according to their callings, and the seruice that they haue done. The brother of this King was in Spaine, at my comming from thence for Ambassadour from his brother.

Here the Portugall Captaine would haue taken mee perforce, to haue beene a common Souldier, but the King commanded that they should let mee goe whether I would, and my determination at that time was to haue gone for the Countrie of Prester Iohn, for I had a great desire to see the Riuer of Nilo and Ierusalem (for I accounted my selfe as a lost man, not caring into what Countrie or Kingdome I came) but it was not the will of God, that I should at that time obtaine my desire. For trauellin • through the Kingdome of Congo, to haue gone to the Kingdome of Angila, It was my fortune to meete a companie of Portugall Souldiers that went to a Conquest, that the King of Spain had newly taken, called Masangana; which place is on the borders Masangana. See Tom. 1. l. 7. c. 3. And. Battell liued here sixe yeeres. of Anguca. Here they made me serue like a Drudge, for both day and night I carried some stone and • ime to make a Fort. It lieth right vnder the Line, and standeth in a bottome in the middle of foure hils, and about are many fogges, but not one Riuer. It is the vnfirmest Countrie vnder the Sunne. Here the Portugals die like Chickens; you shall see men in the morning verie • ustie, and within two houres dead. Others, that if they but weat their legges, presently they swell bigger then their middle; others brake in the sides with a draught of water. O, if you did know the intollerable heate of the Countrie, you would thinke your selfe better a thousand times dead, then to liue there a weeke. There you shall see poore Souldiers lie in troupes, gaping Sickly disposition of the place. like Camelians for a puffe of winde. Here liued I three moneths, not as the Portugals did, taking of Physicke, and euerie weeke letting of bloud and keeping close in their houses when they had any raine, obseruing houres, and times to goe abroad morning and Euening, and neuer to to eate but at such and such times. I was glad when I had got any thing at morning, noone or night, I thanke God I did worke all day, from morning till night, had it beene raine or neuer so great heate. I had alwaies my health as well as I haue in England. This Countrie is verie rich, Gold. the King had great store of Gold sent him from this place: the time that I was there, the King of Angica had a great Citie at Masangana; which Citie Paulas Dias, gouernour of Angola, tooke Paul Di 〈…〉 ▪ and scituated there, and finding hard by it great store of Gold, fortified it with foure Forts, and walled a great circuit of ground round about it, and within that wall, now the Portugals doe build a Citie, and from this Citie euerie day they doe warre against the King of Angica, and haue Angica. burnt a great part of his Kingdome.

The Angica • are men of goodly stature, they file their teeth before on their vpper Iawe and Anzicans valiant. on their vnder Iawe, making a distance betweene them like the teeth of a Dogge; they doe eate mans flesh, they are the stubbornest Nation that liues vnder the Sunne, and the resolutest in the field that euer man saw; for they will rather kill themselues then yeelde to the Portugals: Of Mahometan Religion if the Author were not deceiued by occasion of their circumcision; which in Africa is common to Christians and Ethnicks, with Mahumetans. they inhabit right vnder the line, and of all kinde of Moores these are the blackest; they doe liue in the Law of the Turkes, and honour Mahomet, they keepe manie Concubines as the Turkes doe, they wash themselues euerie morning vpwards, falling flat on their faces towards the East. They weare their haire all made in plaits on their heads, as well men as women: they haue good store of Wheate, and a kinde of graine like Fetches, of the which they make Bread: they haue great store of Hennes like Partridges, and Turkies, and all their feathers curle on their backes: their houses are like the other houses of the Kingdomes aforenamed. And thus I end, shewing you as briefe as I can, all the Nations and Kingdomes that with great danger of my life I trauelled through in twelue yeares of my best age getting no more then my trauell for my paine. From this Kingdome Angica, was I brought in Irons againe to my Master Saluador Corea de sa sa, to the Citie of Saint Sebastian in Brasil, as you haue heard. Now you haue seene the discourse of my trauels, and the fashions of all the Countries and Nations where I haue beene, I will by the helpe of God, make you a short discourse in the language of the Petiwares, which language all the Inhabitants of Brasil doe vnderstand, especially all the coast from Fernambucquo to the Riuer of Plate, the which I hope will be profitable to all trauellers, and of them I trust my paines shall be well accepted of.

First, you must tell them of what Nation you are, and that you come not as the Portugals doe, for their wiues and children to make them bondslaues.

We are Englishmen, as you all know that in times past had peace with you.

Now knowing the neede and want that you haue of all such things as before your Fathers had, for the loue that both your ancestours and ours did beare one to another, and for the loue and pittie that we haue of your want, we are come to renew our anciēt amity.

Ore aqureiuua que se neering peramoya werisco Catadoro wareuy orenysbe beresoy.

Coeu pecoteue Cowauere pipope pewseua baresey opacatu baye berua oweryco coen pecoteue sou se-Core mandoare peramoya waysouba, ore ranoya waysonua reseij eteguena rescij pecoteue pararaua, oro in ibewith ore ramoya pereri socatumoyn go pacum.

§. V.

The description of diuers Riuers, Ports, Harbours, Ilands of Brasil: for instruction of Nauigators.

RIo Grande, is called by vs the great Riuer, lately was conquered by a Portugall, called Rio Grande, Manuell Masquarenhas. It is aboue two leagues broad in the mouth, and on the South-east side standeth a great Fort made by the foresaid Manuell Masquarenhas: that Countrie is plaine and sandy in many places, especially neere the Sea, and yeeldeth Sugar Canes in abundance. On the coast are many great Bayes, where the Indians doe oftentimes finde great store of Ambergreese: within this place, there is also store of Wood, Pepper, Ginger, and Waxe. Ambergreese. Here inhabit a kinde of Canibals, called Petywares: these Canibals haue had trafficke a long time with France, and amongst them there are many that can speake French, which are Bastards, begotten of Frenchmen.

On the coast of Brasil there are three Riuers of Paraeyua: one is this that lieth next to Rio Para 〈…〉 〈◊〉 Riuers. Gande, the other is a great Riuer that runneth through the Countrie almost as farre as Lymo, and commeth out betweene Cape Frio and Spirito Sancto: the third is a faire Riuer that lieth betweene the Riuer of Plate and Saint Vincents. This Pareyua whereof we speake, is a faire great Bay, where shipping being neuer so great may enter, within this Bay vpon a hill, you shall see a faire Citie, and on the Sea side standeth two small Forts. You may anker neere the shoare, at the entrie of this Bay, you shall see three hils of red earth on either side of the harbour, which the Portugals call Barer as Mermeth • es.

Guyana, is a small Riuer that lieth by Paracua, it belongeth to Iasper Desiquerd, who was chiefe Iustice of all Brasil. In the mouth of this Riuer standeth a great rocke, which is continually A Riuer called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 •• an 〈…〉 Sir 〈◊〉 •• wly. couered with Sea Foules. This Riuer hath two fadome water in the mouth, a quarter of a mile within this Riuer, on the South-west side, you may take fresh water, and great store of Cattell: vpon this Riuer there are great store of Sugar Mils, and continually you shall haue in this Riuer small Caruels that fish, and carry Sugar from thence to Fernambuquo: likewise here is great store of Brasil, Pepper, Ginger, and Cotten, Cocos, Indian Nuts, here likewise inhabit Petywares.

Etamariqua in the Indian language is a bed, it is a point of the land like a Cape: the point runneth halfe a mile into the Sea, and vpon it the Portugals haue built a Towne, you may anker The description of a place, called by the 〈◊◊〉 . very neere the shoare, both on the South-west and on the North-east side of the Towne, in seuen and eight fadome water. All the Countrie till you come to Cape Augustin, is low land, and to saile from thence to Fernambuquo is no danger, but the clifts which lye along the coast, as farre as the Riuer Saint Francis, which are alwayes seene, the Seas when there are any Spring tides, doe ouerflow the land behinde: moreouer if any winde blow from the East, it beateth the Sea into hils of the Clifts, that it maketh a great noise. Wherefore the Indians call it the Land of the Bell. Here are reasonable store of Sugars, and great store of Coco Nuts.

On the North side of Fernambuquo, you shall see white Downes, and when you are past all the Downes on the South, you are by Capignramirinij, which is a place where alwaies you shall ••• n • mbuq • o and 〈◊〉 Citie o • 〈◊〉 . see Fisher-men in small Boates or Iangades; and from thence to Fernambuquo, are fiue or six miles, and so if you be vnder 8. degrees, you shall see a flat land euen and bare, called Capituya; then you must take heede you runne not Southward, for then you runne vpon a point of the land, called by the Portugals Punto de Olynda, which is foure leagues from the Cape, and stretcheth into the Sea as farre as Cape Augustin. As soone as you haue doubled this point, you must take heede you put not in with the Towne of Olynda, which you shall see; for if you doe, you will runne vpon the Sands, called by the Portugals Bayhos de S. Antonio, which lye at least foure or fiue miles into the Sea, being neere the shoare, you shall see the Shippes that lye at anker ouer the Clifts, called by the Portugals Arecias: this place is a league from Fernambuquo, being the harbour where all the Shipping that goes from Fernambuquo doe arriue: from this place to the Cape you shall see the Clifts, as if it were a wall made by Bricklayers, no higher in one place then in another, but all euen. The Towne of Fernambuquo is scituated vpon a hill, and very strongly entrenched round about, on the Sea side euery twelue score, standeth a small Fort or defence for Soldiers, with foure cast Peeces, and so they scowre all the shoare from the Arecias, where the Shippes lye to the point of Olynda, which is the farthest part of the Towne Northwards, from the Arecias where the Ships lye commeth a Riuer through the land, a Harquebusse shot from the Sea coast, and runneth right behinde the Towne from the South to the West and East, which maketh the Towne almost an Iland, all but a little part of the North side.

The Cape of Saint Augustin is a Point of land that runneth into the Sea two or three miles: Cape of Saint Augustine. from the Sea you shall see three hils, called by the Petiwares, Aquare Wason Remitum, they will seeme vnto you like the backe of a Camell, and now you may easily know it, for you may see a Church that the Portugals haue built; and halfe a league towards the South, you shall see the Iland of Saint Aleyxo.

The Iland of Saint Aleyxo is long and narrow: it lieth within a league of the shore, and stretcheth North-east and South-west, you may anker betweene the shoare and it all weathers, I • . of S. Aleyxo. for the Iland hath very faire Baies, where you may lye in ten or twelue fadome water. Vpon this Iland you may take wood or fresh water.

Porto Docalno lyeth Southward of the Iland of Saint Alyyxo, it is a flat land, you neede not Porto Docalo • . feare the comming in by the rockes, for hard by them you shall haue foureteene fathome weater. Here you shall haue great store of Cattell, and Sugars. This Countrie is plaine low land, and all planted with Sugar Canes: you shall know this harbor very easily from the Southerne point of the Iland Saint Aleyxo, for when it ebbeth, you shall see a faire Bay, and all the shore bare almost to the Cape, being blacke ground.

Eight leagues Southward from the Porto de calno, is the Riuer of stones. Southward of it you Riuer of stones shall see three great red Hills, which stand ouer the Riuer of Camarysu • a, which is a league from this Riuer, you shall see from Sea a great Bay run within the Land, and before the mouth of it many great Rocks, to come to this Bay you must come close to the shoare on the South-west side, and after you bee in the Bay keepe full West, and it will bring you to a Riuer that runneth into the Land at the least twentie leagues. In the mouth of this Riuer dwell sixe or seuen Portugals, that keepe Cattell for Iohn Pays, but they are of no strength. Here you may take water at pleasure, and alwayes in those houses, that stand in the mouth of the Riuer, you shall haue good store of Cassaui meale. If you be of any strength, that you dare goe ten or twelue miles vp the Riuer you shall take good store of Sugars, for there standeth three or foure Sugar mills onely, an other on the Riuer side; likewise here is good store of Brasill, and Pepper, Cotton, and many other merchandise.

Camaryi ••• (as I haue said) lyeth a league Southward from the Riuer of stones, to know it Camaryi ••• . you shall see three Hills of red ground, called by the Portugals, Bare • s Vernellios, this place is not inhabited: the mouth of this place is narrow, and hath not aboue fiue foot water, but you may anchor in the Bay hard by the Riuer, and send your Boat safely for fresh water without danger, or to fish with your Net, for there is great store of fresh fish of all kindes.

The Riuer of Saint Antonio lyeth seuen leagues from Camaryi •• a, it is a faire great Riuer, lyeth The Riuer of Saint Antoni • . some fiftie leagues within the Land, hath foure fathom water at the comming in, but is so narrow that no ship can come in. It is a very good place for you if you stand in neede (hauing salt) to make your prouision, for there you shall haue great store of all kinde of fish, especially of Salt. Fish Var ••• . a kinde of fish, called by the Indians, Vara •• , which is as bigge as an Oxe. After you are within this Riuer, you shall haue high land on both sides, and you must be carefull and keep good watch, for vp this Riuer dwelleth a kinde of people, called Caray •• , these people if they see you vnprouided will fight with you, but if they see you able to defend your selues, then will they bring such things as they haue to traffick.

The Harbour of French-men, called by the Indians, A 〈…〉 pi • s •• e, lyeth two leagues Southward A place called the Harbour of Frenchmen. from the Riuer of Saint Antonio. It is a small Bay, that may be knowne by a high Hill that standeth ouer it, which is all full of Brasill trees. To enter into this Harbour, you must marke the Cliffes, and when you are to the North of them all but one, you may safely come within a stones cast to the shoare. When you haue landed if you want fresh water, you must seeke on the South side of the Hill, and you shall finde a streame that runneth out of the Hill into a great Cisterne of stone, which is made out of a Rocke, you cannot misse of this place if you seeke for it, for all the way you shall see small Rocks, and mens names written in them.

This Riuer in our language is called the Riuer of Crocodiles, for in it there are many, which the Riuer called Iaquareasicke. Indians call Faquares; it is narrow, and in the mouth of it standeth a white Rocke. To enter it you must take heed you keepe on the North side of this Rocke, and you shall finde nine and ten foot water; after you be within it you shall come to a great Bay, and on the North-east side you shall finde a small Riuer, where you may take fresh water, but let euery man take heed how hee leapeth into the water, for the Crocodiles lie by the banke-side hidden, and if any thing fall into the water presently they kill it. Here is nothing to bee had vnlesse you will fish for the Crocodiles, and take the Bladders or Cods of muske from them: here you need not feare any Inhabitants, except you be espyed by some passengers that goe to Fer • ambuqu • .

Alaqua is a very faire Riuer, that lyeth foure leagues Northward from the Riuer of Saint Alaqua. Michael, and three leagues Southward from the afore said Riuer of Crocodiles. On either side of it you shall see a great Hill, called by the Portugals, Os Cai ••• . You shall finde but seuen or eight foot water at the comming, and very cleere from any Rocks, but after you bee within, you shall finde many bankes of sand, where you shall kill good store of fish, and alwayes you shall bee sure to haue Caruells fishing in this place, at the comming in on both sides you may take fresh water.

Before the Riuer of Saint Michael you shall see the Cliffes like Arecines of Fernambuquo; you Riuer of Saint Michael. must enter at the end of the Cliffe, hard by the shoare on the South-west: and you must marke a small Cliffe that lyeth betweene the mouth of the Riuer and the shoare, this Cliffe you leaue betweene you and the shoare, and betwixt this Cliffe and the great Rocks you may enter it; three fathom water. But take heed when you enter, that you saile not towards the North-east, although you see the Bay great, for you shall run vpon many great bankes of sand, therefore you must keepe West still within a stones cast of the shoare, so shall you be sure to keepe in the Channell. Thus you must saile till you discouer a house, that you shall see doubling a Point full South from you, then your best is to anchor, for if you goe farther, you are in danger except you know the Channell very well. In this place dwels a Portugall, called Iohn de Rocho: and vp a Riuer that you shall see runne into the Land dwell many Portugals, where they haue a Church with Friars to say Masse. Here you shall haue good store of Cattell if you need, and Brasill wood, Cassaui meale: and in this Riuer you shall haue good store of Oisters, and in them you shall find many great Pearles: likewise here is good store of Balsom oile, and trees of All Nesico, which is a very precious and rich wood, singular good for bruises, or old hurts: also here is good store of Tabacco. This place is eight leagues from the Riuer of Toades, where we were driuen on the Rocks, because we knew not where wee were, for it is a singular good Harbour to enter, if a man know the comming in betweene the Rocks, called, Os Bayos de Don Rodrigo.

Because the Indians indeed doe kill many Toades, therefore they call it Cororoen, that is to The Harbour, called The Riuer of Toades. say, the Riuer, or water of Toades, I tell you the name in the Indian language. Because in all places you shall haue of them, and so you may know when they tell you where you are. When you are in ten degrees and an halfe Southwards of the Equinoctiall Line, you shall see fiue hils and the three that standeth on the North side of this place whereof wee speake are round and high, the other two that stand on the South, not farre in distance one from another, are long and lower then the other, if you come neere the shoare, you shall see a great many of small Rockes, and a great Bay which is the place I speake of, right before this Bay you shall see two great Rockes, to goe into this Harbour, you must passe betweene these Rockes which are called Bayos de don Rodrigo, when you are • ntred you may anchor hard by the Rockes, and sound the Channell, which will lye Nor • h-east from you. Here you may haue fresh water vp the Riuer, but it will be hard for you to find therefore your best is to goe a quarter of a mile by the Sea side, and you shall see a fa • re Riuer, where you may take water at pleasure, and kill good store of fish. At this place comming from the Riuer of Ienero, in the night we were driuen vpon the Rockes for want of a Pilot that knew the Coast.

I doe not set downe the places betweene this and the Cape Frio, because I know them not, but by report of other Trauellers, and therefore I leaue it to them, for I will write no more but what I haue seene, and am able to proue when time shall serue, and thus▪ I end shewing you all that I haue seene on the Coast Northward of Cape Frio, which is in our Language Cape Cold.

Cape Frio is a point of the Land that runneth into the Sea at least twelue mile, it lyeth vnder 22. degrees. At this Cape you may haue sight of a great Mountaine, that you may see ouer it called Abausango Re • ambuera, here you may anchor on the East-side of this Cape in a Harbour called Aba •• a formozo. Here you may haue great store of Brassell-wood, and in this Bay you shall find oftentimes good store of Ambe • -greece, and on the North side of this Bay you shall see a great Riuer called vparason, where you may kill good store of many kinde of fishes, and in the mouth of this Riuer you shall haue great store of Corall, if you will dragge for it.

Saquarema is a Riuer, where the Frenchmen did traffique with the Canibals called Tamoyes; it floweth foure leagues Southward from the Cape. This Riuer is n • rrow at the comming in, you R. Saquar • ma. shall find twelue foote water, till you be three or foure leagues vp the Riuer. You shall find fresh water on either side of the Riuer, and great store of Brassell-wood, all along the Riuer side. On the South side of this Riuer you shall • ee a great hill which the Indians call Boype • a, that is, The rotten Whale, for you shall see the top of it like a dead Whale. If you want refreshing, you may haue good store of Potato Roots there, Plantons, Lemons, Orenges, and many other good Roots as bigge as great Tu • nips, which the Indians call Carauasou.

Etioca is a league Southward of the Riuer of Saquarema, It is (as I haue said in the description Eti • ca. of my trauell) a great and huge Rocke, hollow within, where the Indians say that the seruant of God did preach vnto them, which they call Topa • uayaper • , before the mouth of this Rocke towardes the Sea standeth another flat Rocke, that reacheth somewhat into the Sea; vpon it you shall see the prints of bare feet, here if you fish with Lines, you may quickly lade your shippe. A little behind this stone house, you shall see a fine Riuer of water, where you shall finde many pretie greene stones that Indians doe vse to weare in their lips. You may anchor within a Musket sho • of the shore, but it is verie dangerous if the wind be in the East.

Piratening • is fiue leagues to the Southward of Etioca, right before it standeth a small Iland, it is inhabited by the Portug • ls, It is a Bay that runneth betweene two Mountaines a mile and Pir • teninga. more within the Land. There I haue seene a Mermaid and many other strange fishes. You may M 〈…〉 mayd • een by the Author. lie with your shipping at the Iland, and send your Boates ashore, where you shall find great store of Cattle; and you may take good 〈…〉 ore of all kind of fishes i • you will, either with Hook or Net. Here you may haue Oranges, Lemmons, and Cassaui Meale, and all other such things that the Countrey yeeldeth, but you must be alwaies sure to keepe good watch, for feare of the Portugals of the Riuer of Ianuary, which are hard by you.

The Riuer of Ianuary lieth three leagues from Pirate • inga, it is a great Arme of the Sea, that runneth into the Land at the least fourteene miles; on the mouth of this place, stand foure Ilands, The Riuer of Ienero, and Ci 〈…〉 o • Saint Sebastian. and now the best marke that it hath to be knowne, is a Fort that standeth on the North side of the comming in of the Harbour, vpon a Rock. On the South side standeth a Hill that reacheth into the Sea, which the Portugals call C •• o, that is, The top of a ship, for it seemeth like the maine top-saile of a ship from Sea. Hard by the Sea side on the foote of this Hill on the North side of the Hill as you saile into the Harbour; standeth a Rocke of great height made like a Sugar-loafe, and is called by the Portugals the Sugar-loafe. In the midst of the going in, in the mouth of this Riuer lieth a Rocke plainly to bee seene, to goe in you must keepe betweene the Rocke and the Fort, that standeth on the North side of you. When you are entred the mouth of the Riuer and are past the Fort, you shall see an Iland lie right before you, and euen with a Church called Santa Lucia, this Iland is called the Iland of Brigalion. You must be sure to passe on the North side of this Iland, and assoone as you haue passed it, you shall see all the Citie both on the Hill, and on • he Sea side. Then you must take heed that you goe not right to the Towne, for you shall run vpon certaine shelues of sand, that lie right before the Towne all along to a small Iland called the Iland of Saint Bent, this Iland l • eth a quarter of a mile from the Iland of Bragalion, and Eastward Iland of Brigalion. of this Iland of Saint Bent, standeth a great Rocke, you may saile betweene the Rocke and the Iland, and assoone as you haue entred, betweene them you may anchor hard by the Iland, and then you shall see a Church standing vpon a Hill which is called Saint Bent, then you need not Iland of Saint Bent. feare to goe right before the Towne, within a Caleeuer shot of the shore from the Towne, you shal see on the North-east shore a towne of Canibals, called Saint Lorenzo, which is in peace with the Portugals, and within the Bay you shall finde many Riuers and Sugar-mils, where there is great profit to be made.

Waratiua lieth three leagues from the Riuer of Ianuary, you may know it by two Ilands that lie right before the mouth of the aforesaid Riuer. At the mouth of the Riuer likewise standeth a The Riuer c • lled Warati •• . high Hill, and on either side both on the South-west and North-east is low Land, in this place you cannot enter with any ship, but you may anchor betweene the Ilands, and send your Boats ashore. If you goe vp, you shall find good store of Potatoe Roots, Plantons, great store of Oranges and Lemmons, and many other kind of f • uits, which are very good to releeue sicke men. If you will fish with you • Net, heere you shall kill all kinde of good fishes, but alwayes bee sure to keepe good watch, for the Portugals are very neere you.

From the Riuer of Warati •• for the space of foure leagues is all s • ndy low Land, you shall see Certaine Ilands called by t • e 〈◊〉 ▪ gr 〈…〉 ; Grea • Ila •• . a high Hill which the India • s call M • rambayap ••• , that is in our Language, the end of Warre; right ouer against this point you shall see a great Iland at the comming in of this Harbour, you need not feare, for hard by the shore, you shall haue tw • nt •• fathome wate • . When you are in the mouth of this Harbour right before, you shall see a whi • e Rocke, which will lie full West from you: you must leaue the Iland Southward from you, then shall you descrie another great Iland called Ep • oya; at a point of this Iland that lieth full West, towards the firme Land, you shall see two small Ilands, and when you are right against those two Ilands you shall see a faire Bay, where you may anchor at pleasure to come into this Bay, you must enter between those two Ilands that I haue spoken of. I doe describe this Harbour vnto you aboue many good Harbours that you may find, because you may depart from hence with any wind, for the mouth of Marambaya lieth So • th-ea •• • rom you, when you are in this Harbour, then you haue another going out that lieth North-east from you, from this Port where you shall anchor called Epeoya. If you want victuals for your ships, you may take your Boat or your P • nn • sse, and goe out betweene the two Ilands that you entred, and when you are betweene those Ilands you shall see a flat broad Iland, which will lye f •• t South-west from you; this Iland the Indians called S • peawera; that is, the morning, and this is the Iland that I was driuen vpon, when I runne away to Master Hawkins, as I haue told you in the discourse of my troubles, you must come with your Boat to this Iland, and you must be sure to passe betweene the West shore and the Iland; and assoone as you haue passed the point of this Iland, you shall see three Hils of red Earth one hard by another. You must leaue one of them West from you, then may you land your men at pleasure, when you haue landed, you must goe through a little Copps, for the sp •• e of a Harquebusse shot, then shall you come into a faire Lawne, where you shall find great store of Cattle, and a house or two that standeth vpon a Hi • l where you shall haue alwayes good store of C • ssa • i meale, if you will haue Rootes and Planton • vpon the Iland where you anchor there are good store, but there is an Iland called the Long Iland, where you shall haue of all these things in abundance. To know this Hand, • ow with your Boate to the Iland of Epeoya that lieth full South from your ship, and then you shall see a long Iland hard by the firme Land, which is this whereof wee speake, and because you shall bee sure not to misse it, be attentiue. When you come neere the shore, beholding a Rocke that lieth a quarter of a mile from the shore, vpon which Rocke standeth a Crosse, this is the place where a Portugall called Manuell Antones dwelleth, but now there is no bodie, but a kinde of Canibals that come and goe, therefore be sure alwaies in those parts to keepe good watch and be carefull; if you can speake their language you may haue many things. From this Iland Southwards you shall see two small Ilands halfe a league from you, these Ilands are called Am •• buq ••• o, right against them lieth a faire Riuer, where you shall haue alwaies great store of fish, and by the Riuer side you shall see the Mandioca plainly, and many other Roots very good to refresh your companie. Southward from this place some two leagues you shall see a faire Bay called P • rat •• y there dwelleth a kind of Canibals called V ••• asses, of them you may buy skins of diuers wilde beasts, and sometimes they haue good store of Amber, which they call Pira p • ni • ergaty.

Saint Sebastian lieth some three leagues from Great Iland, It is a long and a faire Iland, you The Iland of 〈◊〉 ▪ Sebastian. may anchor betweene it and the shore. After you haue entred at the North point of this Iland, you shall see a great white Rocke, right ouer against this Rocke, you shall see a point of the fi • me Land runne into the Sea, and right before this point lie three Rockes, where commonly you shall see Indians shooting fishes with their Bowes and Arrowes, if you goe with your Boate to that point, you shall see a great Bay called by the Indians Iequerequere. There likewise standeth a great Towne of Canibals, such as those that dwell at Great Iland, halfe a league from Saint Sebastians standeth a small Iland right into the Sea, called by the Indians Uraritan, and by the Portugals Alquatrasses, heere you shall finde great store of Seafoules and Seales, Alegators that liue on the Land called by the Indians Fisew • so • . Right ouer against the South point of the Iland of Saint Sebastian standeth a great white Rocke called by the Portugals Paidemilio, that is, the life of Ginnie Wheate; then shall you see an Iland hard by the shoare call • d by the Indians Bo • souconga, that is, the Whales head, this Iland standeth in the mouth of Pertioqua, which is, the Riuer that goeth to Saint Vincents, as you goe to this place after you haue passed the Iland, you shall see North-east from you certaine houses where there dwell a kind of Canibals called Ca •• oses, there you may haue good store of Cattle, Orenges, Lemmons, and many kinds of R • ots and Fruits.

Right against this Towne of Canibals called Caryhos, standeth the Towne of Saint Uincents called by the Indians Warapiu • ama; as you goe farther vp the Riuer you shall see a small Iland The descripti 〈…〉 o • S. Vin 〈…〉 s & Sa • tos. Southward, where you shall see a Sugar-mill of the Captaines of Santos called Ieronimo Let •• , where our Gentlemen were slaine. Farther vp the Riuer, you shall see a Castle stand at the foote of the Hill▪ then you come to the Towne of Santos, which standeth ha • d by the water side. Right behind the Towne of Sa •• os standeth a Hill wher Brascubas had a house, from the top of this Hill did Iohn Dauies make a Plate of the Countrey. Now the Portugals haue found Mynes of siluer in this place.

The third Pariena is a good Harbour for ships, and here are great store of Canibals and Carij • os, The description of the third 〈◊〉 ; no • called by the P •• tugals O • pato • , and by the Indian • V •• son. The description of the Riuer of Plate. which very lately are inleagued with the Portugals, you may buy of them great store of Pepper and Ginger, very rich Furres, and Cotton-wooll, and Waxe, this is the place that I came vnto after I had beene taken by the T • m • y • s within the Land. Here the Tamoyes were taken by the Portugals, and I was giuen againe to be my Masters slaue, when 10000. of the ••• oyes were slaine, and 20000. of them parted among the Portugals for slaues.

The mouth of the Riuer of Plate is wide, and within it there are many Downes of sand, you must bee sure to keepe very neere the North shoare, till you shall see a high Mountayne white at the top; then must you saile Southward at least foure leagues, and shall you see another small Hill on the Northside, you must saile right with it; then shall you come into a faire Bay, where you must be sure to keepe still along the shoare, and after you haue passed the Westerne point of this Bay, you shall haue the Riuer Maroer; then you need not feare any shallowes till you come before the Towne of Bon • s Ayres. There the Riuer runneth full Southward, and along the Riuer side from Bonos Ayres is a small Village built by the Spaniards of Lime and stone that they brought from Brasill, for all the Countrey is sandie: the Indians doe make their houses all couered with earth. Here are great store of wilde Horses and Cattle, sheepe and Goats, but for siluer and gold, there is none but that which commeth from Cordi • a and Potasin. Here likewise the Indians haue great store of Wheate, twentie leagues within Land lyeth a Prouince called Tocoman, now it is a Bishopricke, this Countrey is the diuision of Brasill, and all the Prouinces of No • a Hispania. Here the Indians haue Wheate and Cassa • i, Apples, Peares, Nuts, and all other fruites of Spaine, likewise they haue all the fruites of Brasill. But after you trauell Southward of this Countrey, you shall not find any thing that groweth in Brasill, nor any wild beasts, as Leopards, Note. Beasts of Brasil. or C • pi •• ras, Iawasenings, Cat of Mountaines, Aq • eq • es, Wari 〈…〉 s, M • r • q • ies, Ioboyas, Sur • c • o • s, •• rarcas, Boy • e • a, Boyseninga, Boybeua. Brasill is full of all these wilde and dangerous beasts, and diuers others; But the Prouinces of Peru are cleere of them, except it bee some chance. From T • coman to Saint I • go is eightie leagues, and you shall trauell it as you doe by Sea with a Compasse, for the Countrey is all sand, and as the wing bloweth, so shall Traueil by Compasse on sands. you haue the Mountaynes of sand, to day on one side of you, to morrow on the other, in this passage you shall passe through many Riuers, which to your thinking are not aboue a foote deepe, but if you haue not good guides and great experience, your waggons and horses will quickly be cast away in them, and at an instant be couered with quicke sand. After you haue passed this Countrey, you shall come to Saint Iago, then till you come to Potosin, you shall trauell through great Mountaines and Valleyes, and all the way as you goe, you shall haue great Townes of Indians, who are all in peace with the Spaniards, you shall haue fiue hundred of these Indians by the way as you trauell readie with Nets to carrie you, tyed one a Cane from Towne to Towne, for a fish-hooke or a few beads of glasse, or any such trifle; and there is no trauelling in the World so easie as this, for you may lye, or sit, and play on a Gitterne all the way if you will, for so the Spaniards doe; you shall passe by many Mynes of Gold and traffique with the Indians for Gold, and diuers kinds of precious Stones, but not in that plentie as you shall at Pot • sin, by reason that there the Mynes are open and wrought on, and those betweene Santiago and Potossin are not. At Potossin there is no want of any thing, although the Countrey of it selfe bee very barren, but by reason of the great traffique that they haue from Lyma, and all the Townes of the South Sea; they haue alwayes prouision enough, for from those Townes, they bring Oyle and Wine in great Iarres of earth vpon great sheepe, which are called sheepe of fiue quarters, for their tailes haue almost as much as a quarter. To tell the particulars of the Mynes, would bee a new Storie, only this: they find the Oare like blacke Lead, then they grinde it in Ingines, then they wash it through fine Sieues in paued Cisternes that are made for the purpose; the Moores are all naked as long as they worke, because he shall not hide any precious stone. The Spaniards her • are all very rich, and in truth as gallant fellowes as can be. The Francisco Friers carrie a great sway in this Countrey, by reason that they were the first that preached in this part of India.